Star Trek- Invasions Part 1/5- Hostilities

Part 1

Stardate 55078.85, Earth, San Francisco, Starfleet District

Captain Nick Michael Mason sat in his quarters at the Starfleet accommodation centres in the Starfleet District of San Francisco. He was currently on Earth after being recalled for a delicate meeting. Something he had feared since the end of the Dominion Wars. There was a Klingon Echelon to be attending the meeting; the Chancellor had sent General Met’Vek and Captain Korris, 2 of his most trusted officers as his envoys. The Captain had gone down to Earth with his wife and first officer, Commander Aleya Michelle Mason. She slept softly, completely unaware of the trials ahead and not the least bit prepared for a chain of events that would turn the Federation upside down. Captain Mason had thought about contacting his ship, the USS Legacy. She was a Sovereign-Class starship, registry number NCC-73283, the reserve flagship of the Federation Fleet. With him and his first officer on the planet, his Vulcan Tactical officer had been left in command. Lieutenant Commander Solkar was a competent Starfleet officer, who had become good friends with the Captain while they were both held in a Dominion detention camp in Cardassian space. Back then, the Captain had been a mere Lieutenant and Solkar had been a Lieutenant on a different Starship. Lieutenant Mason had been the only survivor of the USS Oklahoma, and he had been presumed dead, until a group of Klingons acted out an escape plan and he joined them. However, that had been 4 years ago at the height of the War. He was reminiscing about the dark times of the war, unable to sleep consumed with concern about why the Klingons were here.  As he remembered, Starfleet had tried to order him off duty, but he had insisted on returning to service. Admiral Alynna Nechayev had granted his wishes, concluding that Starfleet needed officers like him. She promoted him to Lieutenant Commander and put him on the USS Nevada as the tactical operations officer. In 2375 during the final days of the war, a squad of five Jem’Hadar attack ships attacked the Nevada, killing the Captain and First Officer, leaving him in command.

Aleya Mason rolled in bed, hands searching for her husband’s chest. Finding the bed empty and the sheets cold, she woke with a start. Getting out of bed, she padded over to the doors into the living area and saw Nick Mason slouched in a chair, eyes looking distant. She knew he was thinking about the War. Everyone still thought about the War. 2 years after the Dominion fled the Alpha Quadrant, Cardassia Prime was still in ruins, Starfleet and the Klingon Defence Force were still rebuilding and Gul Damar was petitioning to have Cardassia inducted into the Federation to assist both sides in repairs. The after affects of the Dominion were still being felt. Other allies of the Dominion had retreated, but still launched attacks against the Federation Alliance and the Klingon Empire, such as the Breen Confederacy.

She touched his shoulder, causing him to jump at the unexpected contact. Realizing he was safe, he gently intertwined his hand through hers. “You ok, Nick” she asked, concerned. “Fine, just thinking about what the Klingons might need to call such an urgent meeting with us for,” he said. Aleya Mason had known that something like this might be affecting her husband and Captain, “There is no point worrying about it all night, you need to sleep. The Klingons can wait until 0900” she said. Smiling he joined her and they went to bed.

8 hours later…

In the briefing room at Starfleet Headquarters, sat Captain Nick Mason and Commander Aleya Mason, accompanied by Admiral Alynna Nechayev and Admiral Kathryn Janeway for Starfleet. General Met’Vek and Captain Korris of the Klingon Defence Force sat as the Chancellors Emissaries. “Greetings to our Federation Allies” boomed the General, happy to be among Starfleet as if they were his own family. “Good to see you, General” replied Alynna Nechayev. “What news do you bring from the Empire?” asked Janeway. “Grave tidings, but an opportunity for battle and honour to the warrior brave enough to seek it. Much of the Empire conspires against my Chancellor. The House of Duras is getting restless and questioning the Chancellors honour,” said Korris. The Starfleet personnel shuddered. “How bad is it?” said Captain Mason, ignoring protocol with the deliverance of such news. “They have gained much support and are promising to overthrow the council and take back all Klingon treaties with the Federation, calling the Federation honourless cowards, unworthy of Klingon support. I disagree, the Duras have no honour” spat the General. The Admirals looked at each other, “How much support does the Duras have” asked Janeway. “4 of the great houses, and many more besides, however, there is still great respect given to my family and the Chancellors family, we may have less support, but our respect and our warriors are beyond praise. Together, with you, our glorious allies, we will crush any rebellion that rises,” said the General. The Admirals nodded, “Especially when such a rebellion threatens to destabilize the Federation,” said Nechayev. There was much deliberation on what actions the Federation could take. In the end, Janeway called in a Lieutenant Commander who had been assigned as her attaché. “Get me the Enterprise,” she said. Then she turned to Captain Mason, “Captain, I want you to take the Legacy and accompany our friends back to Klingon space, I’ll brief Captain Picard and have the Enterprise rendezvous with you en route,” she said. “Yes, Ma’am” said Nick Mason. Janeway and Nechayev nodded their approval and then left to go about their business. The Masons turned to the Klingons. “So, Captain, you will accompany us into the jaws of the beast, glorious,” said the General, giving the Captain a huge grin, “We will win much honour” agreed Korris. “Gentlemen, the honour is mine, to fly with such distinguished warriors,” said the Captain, returning the compliments.

Not long after that, Captain and Commander Mason walked onto the bridge, “Helm, lay in a course for Kronos, match speed with the Negh’Var, maintain scans for the Enterprise I wanna know the second she enters range” he ordered to his helm officer, Lieutenant Rudy Taylor and Lieutenant Commander Solkar.  He looked at his wife, “I don’t like this” he said, “A destabilization in the Klingon Empire could have disastrous effects to those who are still recovering from the war,” he said. His wife nodded, “I don’t want to have to go through another war,” she muttered. The Captain caressed her hand, “I’m sure with us and the Enterprise accompanying the Klingon Flagship we’ll be able to avert crisis. They sat in silence, listening to the sounds of the second most powerful ship in the Federation. The harmony of the ship was joined by Solkar, “Captain, the Enterprise has entered range, we are being hailed” reported the second officer. “On screen” ordered the Captain, “Captain Picard” he said, greeting the Captain, “Captain Mason, what is the nature of this assignment” asked Picard, straight to business. Mason smiled, grimly, “Conspiracy, we need to investigate the fact that the House of Duras has raised a considerable force to take over the Klingon Empire and launch an attack on the Federation” said Mason. Picard glanced at his new first officer, Commander Martin Maddox, “I see, and how big is this force compared to that of Chancellor Martok’s trusted forces” asked Picard. It was Mason’s turn to glance at his first officer, “4 of the great houses and all the support that they have” he said. Picard sighed, visibly deflating, “Understood, Picard Out” said Captain Picard. Mason sat back down, “How long until we reach Klingon Space” he said. “8 days at maximum warp” replied Rudy Taylor. The Captain regained his nerve, “Go to maximum warp,” ordered the Captain, “Aleya, you have the bridge,” he said.

The Captain sat in ready room dozing, he believed this would be a short assignment. “Bridge to Captain Mason, you are receiving a priority 1 message from Captain Picard” came the voice of Commander Mason, “Put it through in here” he said. Picard’s face appeared on the computer screen in the ready room. “Nick” said Picard with a smile. “Jean-Luc” replied Mason. “What’s the likelihood of an attack on the Federation?” asked Picard, “Its high, Captain” said Mason, “The Duras were kept in check through the war, there were plenty of enemies for them to fight, but now the supply of foes has dried up”. Before Captain Picard could reply, both ships went to red alert, “Let’s get to work,” said Picard.

Mason walked onto the bridge, “Report” he ordered. “The New Frontier colony is sending out a distress signal” reported Solkar. The Captain hummed thoughtfully, “Population” he asked. “5000, spread out across 3 major cities and a couple of small settlements” said the Operations officer, Ensign William Hamilton. “Signal the other ships, let’s get there and find out what’s going on,” said the Captain. His crew stood ready, “Rudy, get us there” ordered Mason. Rudy Taylor nodded. “Engaging, Captain” he stated, “ETA 43 minutes at Maximum Warp”

Meanwhile, orbiting the planet where the colony was, newly installed Duras Chancellor, Karath sat aboard a prototype Negh’Var cruiser. “My Lord, 2 Federation starships and a Klingon Warship are approaching, the colony must have sent a distress signal” reported his military commander, General KaiTan, “Cloak the fleet and remain in battle formations” ordered the Chancellor. “We will reveal ourselves to the Federation and out charge with strike fear into their hearts. This day the Klingon Empire will take its rightful place among the stars” said the Chancellor smiling with the anticipation of battle. The Klingons around him were also bloodthirsty, spoiling for a fight. He had 27 birds of prey with him, and they were all ready to fight.

The Legacy, Enterprise and Negh’Var dropped out of warp. The crews were confused by what they saw. The place was empty. Not s single ship was showing up on sensors. “What the hell” said Captain Mason, “Full intensive scan” he ordered. Ensign Hamilton went about the scan, with a confused look on his face, “Nothing to report, Captain. Just the planet” he said. The Masons shared a glance, “Scan the planet” ordered the Captain. As soon as the Ensign began, he became even more confused. “Sensors are inconclusive, the area just became flooded with tachyon emissions,” he reported. The Captain stood up, “Source” he questioned. “Unknown, Sir” replied the young Ensign. They were soon given their answer, 28 Klingon ships de-cloaked directly ahead of the three ships. “Captain, there are mostly Birds of Prey in that fleet and 1 Negh’Var class cruiser” said Lieutenant Commander Solkar. “All hands, battle stations” shouted the Captain in a panic. Ensign Hamilton was monitoring the sensors and communications, “Captain, you are being hailed by name,” reported the Ensign. The Captain looked shocked and surprised. “On screen, he ordered. “This is Captain-“he began. “Captain Nick Mason. My, my how you have progressed since we last met” said the Klingon on the screen. The crew looked at the Captain, “I’m afraid I don’t remember you” said the Captain. The big Klingon shook his head, “It’s me, Karath. We were both captured by the Dominion, we escaped together” said the Klingon. “Ah, Karath, yes of course, but what are you doing here” asked the Captain. The Klingon shifted, “Well, we are beginning our invasion of the Federation, and any who oppose us, the old Council fell, and I rose to power, I will bring glory to the Empire” rejoiced the Warrior. “No, Karath, you are a traitor, and you are attacking a Federation planet. Leave, now or we will be forced to destroy you,” said the Captain. A look of fury briefly clouded the Klingons face. Then he broke out laughing, “I thought you might say that, you are loyal to the Federation, I knew that when we met. At least you will die a warrior’s death. Prepare for battle, Captain for today, you will witness the true strength of my new empire” growled the Klingon. The Captain chuckled, mirthlessly. “If you say so, Karath” he said, cutting the channel. He turned to his chair, “Target the lead ship, coordinate fire with Picard and Met’Vek, attack pattern Alpha” ordered Mason. The ships closed in on Karath’s Negh’Var, torpedoes blazing and phasers cutting a destructive path right at the ship. “Captain, the ship has suffered no damage, I’m reading secondary and tertiary shielding” said a defeated sounding Ensign Hamilton. A torpedo slammed the Legacy, “Captain, all Klingon ships in the vicinity are closing on our location” said Solkar. The Captain ignored both events, “Hamilton, scan the planet, I want to know what they were doing down there” ordered the Captain. “Nick, we have to go,” said Aleya Mason, “Not until we know,” he snapped back at her. “Captain, there’s nothing left down there. I’m not picking up any life signs,” reported Hamilton. Another barrage of shots slammed the ship. The entire attack fleet of the renegade Klingons was targeting the Enterprise, Legacy and Negh’Var. “Mr Taylor, get us out of here, Mr Hamilton, signal the Enterprise and Negh’Var to retreat,” he ordered. The three ships retreated, energy beams from disrupters and phasers travelling back and forth between them as they ran for their lives. “Go to maximum warp as soon as we are clear” ordered Mason. “Yes, Sir” replied Taylor. The ships cleared the hostile fleet and jumped to warp. “Contact Admiral Nechayev, inform her of what happened,” said the Captain. As the crew went to follow his orders, another alarm sounded, “Report” demanded Mason. “Captain, there are 6000 Klingon ships are crossing from Klingon space” reported Lieutenant Commander Solkar. “Well, no time to lose, inform Admiral Nechayev” he ordered. He looked to the front of the bridge, worry gripped him, for now 6000, ships friendly to the traitorous Duras cause were crossing into Federation space, but who knows whom the Duras would recruit to their cause. A hail came through from the Negh’Var; “Captain Mason, it begins” said a grave, but excited General Met’Vek.

SNEAK PREVIEW- PART 2- “ONE YEAR ON”

Chancellor Karath sat upon his throne in the Klingon council chambers. He was pondering the years success in the war with the Federation. The borders between the Klingon Empire and the Federation had been pushed back by 7 light years.  But there was a problem, Captain Nicholas Mason, former friend and prisoner of the Dominion was leading successful defensive missions, stopping the Klingon Fleet. The USS Legacy was personally responsible for the death of his brother and so began his quest for revenge. The large doors slammed open and 5 guards carrying spears, bat’leths and sharpened ceremonial swords escorted the most recent prisoners in. There was a brief commotion as the prisoners struggled against their guards, but they were easily subdued and forced to their knees. Karath stood up, towering above the kneeling prisoners. “Where is Captain Mason” he demanded. 

Posted in Miscellaneous | Leave a comment

Star Trek TOS: The Tended Garden

Author’s Note – Fascinated by the strange goings on in the BBC’s CBeebies TV programme In The Night Garden (having a young son means one watches such kids’ programmes!),  I suddenly was struck by inspiration and penned the following story as a crossover between Kirk-era Trek and In The Night Garden – I believe this is the first of its kind anywhere.  I guess one can’t analyse a toddler programme too deeply but I have attempted to and my story also contains messages – as the best of Trek the original series did.  I also inserted typical story elements and characterisations of both programmes – for humorous purposes and I feel I am spot on in my characterisations of the original series crew – unlike many of the novels.  I hope you enjoy it…

Star Trek:  The Tended Garden

Captain’s Log, Stardate 6370.2:  Whilst doing routine mapping of the Jacobi star system, we have encountered a strange vessel orbiting a small planetoid.  The vessel gives off ambiguous readings, as does the area of space we are passing through…

 

‘Captain, sensors indicate the vessel ahead is made… of wood’ Spock said and his arched eyebrows reaching toward his hairline was the only indication of his surprise.

Wood?  How can a spacefaring vessel be made of… Uhura, hail them please’ Kirk ordered.

‘Aye, sir’ the communications officer said and then continued ‘no reply, sir’.

‘There is no communication device aboard the vessel, Captain’ Spock replied, glancing up from his scanner.

‘We’re close enough for a visual, sir’ Sulu reported.

‘On screen’.

‘What in the world!’ McCoy, at Kirk’s side exclaimed.

‘It’s a sailing boat!’ Chekov’s jaw dropped.

 

* * *

            ‘Scanning for lifeforms’ Spock said.  ‘There is one being aboard, sir’ and Sulu increased the magnification on the viewscreen.  The boat was piloted by a strange blue being and, as they watched, the red sail was taken down and it and the being vanished.

‘Was that a transporter, Spock?’ asked Kirk.

‘Negative, no transporter signature detected – the lifeform just vanished’ the Vulcan replied, then continued ‘and it has reappeared on the surface of the planetoid’.

‘Well, whatever it is, it hasn’t done anything wrong, maybe we should just leave it alone’ McCoy suggested.

‘But how can a wooden boat…!’ Scotty blustered.

‘You know what curiosity did, Mr. Scott’ Kirk chided.

‘I know this saying…’ Chekov said.

‘Don’t tell us, it was -’

‘Inwented inRussia’ the navigator finished for the Captain, with a smirk.

‘Well, ladies and gentleman, the Starfleet charter is ‘to explore strange new worlds’ – shall we do so?’ Kirk asked flippantly, a smile playing at the corner of his lips.

 

* * *

 

TheEnterpriselanding party beamed down to the planetoid and materialised amongst a group of trees in a lush, green copse, with the sunlight dappling the ground.

‘Class M… oxygen-nitrogen atmosphere similar to that of Earth… gravity point eight of Earth’s’ Spock reported, whilst looking at the tricorder’s readout.

‘Spock, sometimes you just have to stop and smell the roses’ McCoy gently ribbed the first officer.

‘Negative Doctor, there are no flowers of that genus in evidence, although some of the flora is remarkably like that of your Earth’ the Vulcan replied.

‘It’s a saying, Spock, you green blooded, pointy-eared -’

‘Bones, cut it out’ Kirk ordered.

‘Sir’ McCoy said, appearing chastened but with a mischievous glint in his blue eyes.

‘Sair, look!’ reported Chekov, as he spied the furry pastel blue alien from the sailing boat.  It had a tuft of red spiky hair perched on the top of its head and was clutching a red blanket, skipping through the woods.

‘It – uh, he’s – a child, Jim’ said McCoy, waving his tricorder in the direction of the fast departing alien.

‘Mr. Spock and Lieutenant Jensen, search for any evidence of other lifeforms.  McCoy, take Lieutenant Startoris with you.  Ensign Chekov, with me’ Kirk ordered, as he followed the strange blue child.

 

* * *

 

Kirk and Chekov found the child in a clearing, dancing and emitting a squeaking sound.

‘Vhat is he doing, Keptin?’ asked the ensign.

‘Looks like he’s dancing’ Kirk answered.  ‘I assume the squeaking is his language but why doesn’t the universal translator interpret that?’

‘Maybe it’s so alien that it cannot be interpreted by the universal translator’s logic circuits’ Chekov suggested.

‘I think we need Uhura down here’ Kirk flipped open his communicator.  ‘Kirk to Enterprise’.

‘Enterprise’.

‘Lieutenant Uhura, we have a communications issue that requires your presence planetside.  Please beam down immediately’ Kirk ordered.

‘Of course, sir’ and no more than four standard minutes later, the communications officer materialised.  Kirk briefly explained the problem.

‘Ahhh, he’s adorable!’ Uhura said of the blue child, as she pointed her tricorder at him, tying it into the universal translator.

‘Squeak!’ said the alien as he continued to dance.

‘Bzzzzt’ went the universal translator in Uhura’s hand and she made a further adjustment.

‘Squeak!’ went the alien.

‘Bzzzzt’ went the translator.

‘I don’t think the squeaking is his language sir, it’s just – a noise’ Uhura reported.  ‘I think… his movements during his dance are the way he communicates’.

‘Like the way the alien empath Gem used her movements as communication…’ Kirk pondered.  Uhura hadn’t been in the landing party that time and was disappointed she hadn’t been there to learn Gem’s unique form of balletic communication.

‘Iggle Piggle’ emerged from the universal translator.

‘Sir, I think I’ve got it.  The squeaking is a rudimentary form of communication but it’s definitely the movements that convey meaning.  His name’s Iggle Piggle’.

‘Iggle… Piggle?’ Chekov snorted.  Iggle Piggle scampered further into the woods, just as Kirk’s communicator beeped with an incoming call.  He flipped it open.

‘Spock here, Captain.  We have discovered an edifice – Lieutenant Jensen calls it a ‘gazebo’ – and nearby, a small cave containing more life.  It is a tiny creature but nevertheless intelligent.  It can say a few words only and I suspect it is also a child, as per the blue lifeform’.

‘Iggle Piggle’ Kirk said.

‘I beg your pardon, Captain?’ Spock’s voice emanated from the communicator.

‘That’s the blue one’s name.  Have you communicated with who you found?’

‘Sir, he can say certain short phrases.  I believe his name is Makka Pakka’ Spock replied.

‘Bwah hahahah!’ laughed Chekov, at the funny name.

‘Ensign!  Please restrain yourself or return to the ship!’ Kirk ordered.

‘Sorry, Keptin’ said a chastised Chekov.  Just then, they heard over the communicator, Spock spluttering, as if being drowned.

‘Spock!  Come in!’ Kirk shouted into the communicator but no sound came back.

 

* * *

 

At Spock’s location, a tiny creature appeared to be washing Spock’s pointed ears with a multicoloured sponge.

‘Makka… splutter… Pakka… splutter… I do not need a wash’ the Vulcan explained, as Makka Pakka rubbed more soap onto the sponge and went to work on the stoic countenance.

‘Agga pang… mikka makka moo!’ chimed Makka Pakka.  Spock had sent Lieutenant Jensen off to investigate a strange bush-like structure nearby and he now returned, with three small aliens clothed in various polka dotted outfits.

‘Tombliboo!’ the three chimed up as they saw Spock sitting on the ground, with Makka Pakka drying him with what he had called an ‘uff-uff’.  Makka Pakka then tooted a little trumpet and that’s when Kirk, Chekov and Uhura ran up to the scene.

‘Chekov, Uhura – phasers on stun!  That little lifeform is attacking Mr. Spock!’ Kirk exclaimed.

‘No Captain, I am quite alright’ Spock replied, getting to his feet, ‘Makka Pakka was just washing my face’.

‘I… see, Spock’ Kirk smirked.  ‘Lieutenant Jensen, who do you have here?’

‘I think they’re called Tombliboos, sir.  At least that’s what they keep saying over and over’ and as he said that, the three started dancing in a formation.

‘Uhura, do you think they also communicate through a mixture of limited vocalisations and body movement?’ asked Kirk.

‘Possible, Captain but then it appears they can understand what we say.  Maybe Spock could attempt a mind meld’ Uhura replied.

‘They are children – I would not wish to frighten them, Captain’ Spock said.  Just then, Iggle Piggle wandered into view with another lifeform – this one obviously female – and they were holding hands and skipping along.

‘Upsy Daisy!’ exclaimed the new arrival.

‘Greetings, my name is Captain James T. Kir -’ but before he could finish, Upsy Daisy started dancing.  Uhura watched her movements closely, for signs of communication.

‘Look at her hair – it appears to be somewhat prehensile’ Spock commented.

‘I don’t see any snakes’ Uhura said.

‘Ah yes – you refer to Medusa, from ancient Greek mythology, whose mere gaze could turn men into stone, unless they looked at her in a reflection’ Spock replied.

‘Aah Daisy doo!’ the female said when she’d finished her dance and blew Kirk a kiss.  Iggle Piggle gave a little laugh and his shoulders shook.

‘Spock, have you studied the – ah, edifice over there?’ Kirk asked.

‘Negative Captain.  I did commence readings with my tricorder, when we heard a sound from this cave.  It was Makka Pakka sounding his instrument – which belongs to the aerophone family – and he calls it a ‘hum dum’.

‘Well, if you’re washed enough now, Spock, let’s look at this structure – maybe it’s a transporter?’ Kirk offered and they set off for what Lieutenant Jensen had called a gazebo.

 

* * *

            ‘Is it a transporter, Mistair Spock?’ asked Chekov.

‘Scanning… indications negative’ Spock replied, deep in concentration.

‘I’m reminded of Apollo’s temple, where he drew his power from’ Kirk said.

‘That’s right, Keptin’ Chekov’s eyes lit up at the memory of that particular encounter, in which they’d discovered that aliens visiting earth had become the gods of Greek mythology.

‘Negative, gentlemen – there is only a slight residual power in evidence, which appears to be generated by… fascinating’ Spock raised an eyebrow.

‘You were saying, Spock?’ Kirk prompted.

‘This structure is powered wholly by clockwork, Captain’ the Vulcan finished.

‘Clockwork?  You mean like an old-style chronometer?’ Jensen asked.

‘I believe the term was ‘wristwatch’, Lieutenant’ the Vulcan replied.  It was then that Kirk’s communicator beeped.

‘Kirk here’.

‘Jim, it’s McCoy.  Startoris and I discovered two groups of tiny aliens – like Tom Thumb I guess’.  At this, Spock raised an eyebrow – which Makka Pakka dried with his uff-uff.  ‘They live in a house that looks a lot like those on Earth two to three hundred years ago, by my reckoning.  Startoris, watch out!’ and the landing party gathered by the clockwork gazebo heard a crash and the connection went dead.

 

* * *

 

‘He’s dead, Jim’ said McCoy, shaking his head as the landing party arrived at McCoy’s location.

‘What happened?’

‘Well, that vehicle over there’ the doctor gestured behind him, ‘came bowling out of the woods and knocked over Startoris’.

‘Ah, Doctor McCoy’ said Spock, who was using his tricorder on the vehicle McCoy had pointed out, ‘how could a child’s toy run over the Lieutenant?’

‘What are you talking about, Spock –it’s a large wheeled ground veh…’ McCoy stopped as he whipped his head round.  ‘Well I’ll be a purple-headed Horta’ the doctor exclaimed.  The vehicle was sitting there on the ground at their feet.

‘Captain, as with the entire planetoid, this – ahem – vehicle – is giving off some strange readings.  I -’ and Spock’s report was interrupted by theEnterprise signalling Kirk.

‘Kirk here’ the Captain replied as he flipped open his communicator.

‘Cap’n Kirk, Scott here.  Sir, ship’s sensors are detectin’ some strange fluctuations o’ the planetoid, I’d advise caution’ the Scotsman reported.

‘Scotty, please transmit findings to Mr. Spock’s tricorder’.

‘Aye, sir’ came the reply.

‘Receiving transmission… it appears that there is a fluctuation in the area of space we are in… the laws of physics do not apply here.  It would explain why the vehicle that struck Lieutenant Startoris has shrunk.’ Spock said.

‘But Mr. Spock, ye cannae change the laws of physics!’ exclaimed Scotty over Kirk’s communicator.

‘Mr. Scott, in order for the laws of physics not to apply, we must have crossed through into a different universe – or are in a ‘bubble’’ reasoned Spock.

‘Mr. Scott, is there a danger to the landing party if we don’t all beam aboard?’ Kirk asked.

‘I wouldnae like tae say Cap’n.  It’s your call’ the Scotsman answered.

‘Scotty, I’m afraid we’ve had one casualty down here, Lieutenant Startoris.’  McCoy chimed in.  ‘Please have an anti grav stretcher standing by to take him to stasis.’

‘Enterprise, beam us up’ Kirk ordered, as the landing party gathered around him, the child-like aliens looking mystified.  Nothing happened.  ‘Enterprise, is there a problem?’

‘The transporter cannae detect your patterns sir, permission to leave the bridge and go tae the transporter room tohelpLieutenant Kyle’ Scotty replied.

‘Go, Scotty – Sulu has the conn in your absence.  Let us know what you find.  Kirk out’.

‘Well Jim, looks like we could be down here a while – let’s show Startoris some dignity.  Give me a hand here, Jensen’ McCoy said and they carried him to within the shade of a tree and looked around for something to cover him with.  The only thing they spied was Iggle Piggle’s blanket.  McCoy asked the blue alien if he could borrow the blanket and Iggle Piggle complied.  Then the collected aliens gathered in a circle round Startoris’ prone form and danced around it.

‘They think it’s a game!’ Uhura said.

‘They really are children…’ Kirk replied.

‘Ah, Captain…’ Spock sought the attention of his commanding officer.

‘Yes, Spock’.

‘The vehicle is increasing in size’ the Vulcan said, as he continued holding his tricorder towards it.  ‘Only imperceptibly but it is – ‘growing’ – for want of a better word’.

‘Wery strange’ muttered Chekov.

‘Fascinating’ Spock answered as the speed of enlargement increased and suddenly it was big enough for the landing party themselves.  They watched as the doors on each section lowered and all the aliens except Makka Pakka entered different sections of the vehicle.

‘Ninky Nonk’ squeaked Makka Pakka.

‘Sir, that is the name of the vehicle’ said Uhura, glancing at her tricorder linked to the translator.

‘Each different lifeform plays together,’ Spock said ‘but this appears to be segregation of the different species’ he continued.

‘You mean like racial segregation on old Earth?’ Uhura asked, thinking of her ancestors.

‘Nothing so sinister, Lieutenant.  Whilst they play with abandon, there does seem to be some structure to their existence’ Spock replied.  The Ninky Nonk sat there, its lights blinking, as if waiting for something.

‘I t’ink it’s waiting for us to board, Keptin’ Chekov said.

‘Could be a trap, Jim’ McCoy cautioned.

‘No, I don’t think so’ Kirk mulled it over.  ‘Uhura, Chekov, with me.  The rest of you continue to explore here’ and with that, he walked up the steps, ducking his head and squeezing through the door of the round carriage of the Ninky Nonk, followed by Uhura and Chekov.

 

* * *

 

‘Captain, we’re going to hit that tree!’ exclaimed Uhura during what had become a bouncy ride in the Ninky Nonk.

‘Hang on, everybody!’ Kirk yelled.  But the collision never came, as suddenly, the vehicle started going up the tree trunk.  The tombliboos, seated with them in the same carriage, were having a fun time.

‘But that tree wasn’t big enough for us to -’ said Uhura.

‘Sorry to appear ninky nonchalant about it Keptin’ Chekov punned, ‘but I t’ink that the vehicle has decreased in size, taking us with it’.

‘Hang on!’ Uhura shouted as they started going upside down, held in by their seatbelts, which the Tombliboos had shown them.  They weren’t used to seatbelts but the way they often got thrown around the bridge during a Romulan or Klingon attack, they should have them – maybe Scotty could fit some or maybe an integrated chair repressor field, Kirk thought idly, just as the Tombliboo’s trousers all flew off and spun around the compartment, which they found highly amusing, especially when the trousers landed on Chekov, Uhura and Kirk’s heads.  Finally, the Ninky Nonk returned to terra firma.

‘We’re back on the ground’ Uhura said.

‘You’re stating the obvious, Uhura’ Chekov said with a wry smile.

‘That’s my job, Ensign’ Uhura said coolly.

‘Heads up, people, we’re coming to a stop’ Kirk said.

‘I wonder where we’ve come to?’ Uhura said.

‘Ve’re back vhere ve started?!’ Chekov exclaimed.

 

* * *

 

‘Spock, you said there weren’t any flowers of the rose genus here – but look at this one, it sure looks pretty – ‘a rose by any other name would smell as sweet’ McCoy quoted and put his nose to the flower, to inhale its scent.  Out flew a multicoloured bee, not too dissimilar to a Terran bee and stung him on his nose; unlike Terran bees, it did not leave its sting behind, like wasps.

‘Owww!  For the love of Pete!’ he exclaimed.

‘Doctor, I do not believe we have a crewmember called ‘Pete’ – to whom do you refer?’ Spock asked.

‘It’s – owww – a saying, Spock’ explained McCoy as he fumbled in his medikit.

‘The logical thing to do would have been to scan the flower with your tricorder before placing your nose near the flower’s opening’ the Vulcan reasoned.

‘I’m a doctor, not a gardener!’ McCoy muttered, as he sprayed something from his medikit onto the end of his nose, where the bee had stung him.

‘Sirs, it’s almost like this garden has been cultivated’ Lieutenant Jensen commented.

‘You mean terraformed, Lieutenant’ Spock replied.

‘No sir, someone must tend to the garden – look over there, those upended  flowerpots by that tree and the little flowers planted around all the tree trunks – there must be a gardener somewhere…’.

‘Spock!  Bones!’ a tinny voice said, as the Ninky Nonk ground to a halt behind them.  They turned around, looked down at the toylike vehicle and saw a tiny Captain Kirk waving at them through the window.  As they continued to watch, the Ninky Nonk grew rapidly, along with the passengers and the doors opened for everyone to exit.

‘What a bouncy ride!’ Uhura said, as they watched the Tombliboos put their trousers back on.

‘Uh, Tombliboos – you have the wrong trousers on’ Kirk said and the three looked down in shock, took them off again, exchanged trousers and then put them on again.

‘Did you find out anything of interest, Captain?’ Spock asked.

‘Uh, well it was more for – uh – fun, I think’ Kirk fumbled.

‘Hm.  Fun’ Spock said disapprovingly.

‘Captain, look behind the gazebo!’ Chekov said and pointed to the strange, colourful beings that had suddenly appeared.

‘Iggle Piggle’ Kirk asked, ‘what are those called’ he asked, pointing to the bouncing things behind the gazebo.

‘Ha Hoos’ the translator echoed, as Iggle Piggle moved his arms in a circle.

‘What do they do here?’.

‘They are the Ha Hoos’ Iggle Piggle wriggled.

‘Everything here looks like it was made for or by children’ McCoy said.

‘And this garden planetoid is like the Garden of Eden’ Uhura mused.

‘Sha Ka Ree’ Spock pronounced in his native Vulcan tongue.

‘What’s that, Mr. Spock?’ she asked.

‘Vulcan too has a Garden of Eden in its prehistory, Lieutenant – we call it ‘Sha Ka Ree’’.

‘Do Vulcans still believe in a supreme being as well?’ asked Kirk.

‘Of course Captain’ the first officer replied, ‘to deny the existence of God is not logical’.

Their conversation was interrupted by a strange whomp sound and the Ha Hoos suddenly soared collectively into the sky.  The landing party’s eyes followed their rapid journey and they collectively gasped – even Spock – as they saw theEnterprise, its leading edge of the primary hull glowing white hot from entering the atmosphere.

 

* * *

 

A short while beforehand, on theEnterprise, Scott sat surveying the operations on the bridge.  He’d returned there after checking the transporter and could see nothing amiss with its circuits and left things in the more than capable hands of transporter chief Kyle.  Scott was scrolling through a couple of engineering reports when Lieutenant Davenport, the relief science officer, called from Spock’s science station.

‘Sir!  Detecting the biggest fluctuation so far, just off starboard’Davenportreported, just as theEnterpriseshuddered in response.  An alarm sounded and theEnterprise’s orbit suddenly shifted.

‘Mr. Scott, helm is not responding!’ Sulu reported.

‘We’re caught in a gravity well!’ shoutedDavenport.

‘Red alert!  Sulu, try to establish new geostationary orbit trajectory, above our last one’ Scott ordered, as Sulu wrestled with the controls and the leading edge of the primary hull hit atmosphere and started to heat up.

‘Intruder alert… intruder alert’ stated the ship’s computer suddenly, as two of the Ha Hoos appeared on the bridge.

‘What in… security to the bridge!’ shouted Scott.

‘What is it?’ asked Lieutenant Alden on communications, just as the turbolift doors parted and a security team led by Lieutenant Wood marched onto the bridge.

‘Lieutenant Wood, don’t fire until they make a hostile move’ Scott ordered.  Then the Ha Hoos started expanding.  ‘Just like old Earth balloons’ Scott continued.

‘Uh, maybe we should not fire… if they explode…’ Wood said.

‘Sir, look!’ exclaimed Sulu, pointing at the viewscreen.  On it, more expanded Ha Hoos were pressing themselves against the primary and secondary hulls of theEnterprise– they didn’t seem affected by the ship’s deflectors – and started lifting the ship out of the atmosphere.

‘We’re out!’ Sulu grinned from his panel, as he’d continued to wrestle the ship into a higher orbit with thehelpof the Ha Hoos.  With that, the Ha Hoos on the bridge suddenly vanished, followed by those outside the ship.

‘Well done, Sulu’ Scott congratulated, just as Kirk signalled the ship.

‘Scotty!  What’s happening?’ Kirk’s voice came over the bridge speakers.

‘Cap’n, the ship got sucked into a gravity well and for a short while we were forced into the atmosphere.  But then some strange inflatable – uh, thingamajigs – appeared andhelped us’ the Scotsman replied.

‘Ha Hoos’ Kirk’s voice replied.

‘Beg pardon, sir?’

‘Those ‘thingamajigs’ – which I take is an official Starfleet Corps Of Engineers technical term – are called ‘Ha Hoos, Scotty’ Kirk laughed.

‘Thank you Cap’n.  Everything is okay here now, Lieutenant Davenport and I think if we increase the sensitivity of the sensor array, that will give us more warning of any other gravity wells.  Hold, sir’ Scott was interrupted by a call from the transporter room.  ‘And you’ll be pleased to know, that has also enabled us to get the transporters up and running again’ Scott finished.

‘Good work Mr. Scott, Kirk out’.

 

* * *

 

Back on the surface, the landing party witnessed the arrival of another vehicle, though this one was airborne.  It was as colourful as the Ninky Nonk and had strange flapping parts over the hull and a slowly rotating propeller at the front.

‘Pinky Ponk’ Makka Pakka announced.

‘Highly illogical – there must be an anti gravity gyroscope mechanism inside it, as the propeller isn’t turning fast enough to lift the dirigible’ reasoned Spock.

‘Is anything as it should be, according to our physical laws, Mr. Spock?’ Uhura commented.

‘You are correct, Lieutenant, one must not assume that everything here obeys our own laws of physics’ Spock replied.  By this time, the vehicle had landed and the doors opened and from within emerged the red-clothed tiny aliens McCoy had discovered, whilst the blue-clothed aliens came running through the grass.  Both the tiny groups held old Earth-style telephone receivers and Iggle Piggle danced ‘troublephone’ and handed a larger telephone receiver to Spock, who placed it to his ear.

‘Spock, what are they saying?’ Kirk asked.

‘My mind to your mind… my thought to your thoughts… our minds are getting closer… closer… we are one…’ Spock intoned in the tradition of the Vulcan mind meld.

‘Well that’s a novel way to read someone’s thoughts’ McCoy piped up.

‘Mi-mi-mi-mi’ said Spock, connected through the troublephone to both the groups of tiny beings.  This went on for a few minutes, with Iggle Piggle shrugging his shoulders at the conversation between the tall Vulcan and the tiny beings.  Then Spock was suddenly free.

‘Well, Spock?’ Kirk asked.

‘Captain, the Pontipines – in red – and the Wottingers – in blue – are the dominant lifeforms on the planetoid, which is called the ‘NightGarden’.  During my mind meld with the Pontipine and Wottinger elders, I learned that each of the two families are gestalts – hive minds’.

‘Like bees on Earth’ McCoy interrupted, rubbing his nose.

‘Or the Kantarian bat – their venom is deadly to all humanoids’ Chekov said.

‘Well done, Ensign’ Spock said and then continued from where he had left off.  ‘The elders also said that none of the inhabitants of this planetoid know how they came to be here nor how long they have been here’.

‘Could it have been the Preservers?’ Kirk asked, thinking about the evidence uncovered on several planets, that the mysterious race had transplanted humanoid species throughout the universe.

‘It’s a possibility Captain’ Spock replied.

‘Another social experiment, like with Miri and the Onlies – the adults all died, whilst the children’s aging was slowed down?’ suggested Kirk.

‘But there are adults here – the Wottinger and Pontipine parents’ McCoy reminded him.

‘I believe, from our observations and tricorder readings, that the inhabitants of the garden have a symbiotic relationship with their surroundings’ Spock reported.

‘That they’re all tied into the ecology in some way’ McCoy said, ‘when the planetoid was threatened by theEnterprise’s descent into the atmosphere, the Ha Hoos went into action’.

‘Indeed – the Ha Hoos are the guardians of this place’ Spock reported, when a repetitive noise sounded from the gazebo and the Ha Hoos appeared behind it.  The collected inhabitants of the garden then ran and skipped to the gazebo and some tonal music started playing from an unseen speaker.  They all started dancing and in the centre, dancing along with them, was the recently-deceased Lieutenant Startoris!

 

* * *

 

‘Startoris!  What – how…!’ Kirk gasped.

‘Hello, Captain, isn’t this fun?’ the security man grinned, as McCoy waved his tricorder at him.

‘Readingsall normal… I don’t understand it’ the chief medical officer frowned, as the music ended and then birdsong could be heard, coming from a tree a few yards away.

‘The Titifers’ danced Iggle Piggle, interpreted by the universal translator, by way of explanation and Startoris handed Iggle Piggle’s red blanket back to him, just as all the dancing beings scampered off into the grassy landscape.

‘Where are they all going?’ McCoy asked.

‘They’re returning to their homes – I think it’s their bedtime’ Uhura said, as Makka Pakka gestured to the landing party members to follow him.

 

* * *

            The landing party followed Makka Pakka over a small bridge that played musical tones as they walked across it and then arrived at the cave.  Once there, the little being handed each of the landing party a stone from a pile just outside the entrance as a gift.  He then went into his cave.

‘I think Makka Pakka wants you to tell him a bedtime story, Mr. Spock’ McCoy piped up, as the little being popped his head back out of the cave entrance.

‘Vulcans do not tell or listen to ‘bedtime stories’, they study various historical and scientific texts before meditation and then sleep’ Spock said, affronted.

‘Lighten up, Spock’ Kirk prodded.

‘Hmmph’ theVulcan made a noise whilst he thought, then had it.  ‘Once upon a time, in theNightGarden, a starship came to visit.  Whilst the landing party was exploring, the starship hit a gravity well and started to endanger the garden.  The Ha Hoos went to its rescue and lifted the ship back into a stable geostationary orbit’.  The landing party applauded Spock’s storytelling and then Kirk decided to return to the gazebo just beyond Makka Pakka’s cave, for transport back to theEnterprise.

 

* * *

 

As they approached the gazebo, both the Ninky Nonk and Pinky Ponk, again miniaturised, stopped by the stone path leading to it.  Then they heard the tinkling bell sound of Iggle Piggle, as he ran past them towards the structure.

‘Wait a minute… somebody’s not in bed’ Kirk said mock-sternly and Iggle Piggle stopped in his tracks and fell over backwards.

‘Don’t worry, Iggle Piggle – it’s time to go’ McCoy said and the blue child stood up again.

‘Enterprise, seven to beam up’ Kirk ordered over his communicator and Iggle Piggle waved at their fading transporter patterns.

 

* * *

After the Enterprise landing party dematerialises and all the denizens of the garden are asleep in their beds, Iggle Piggle waves at the gardener who arrives, then returns to his boat above the plantetoid.  The gardener walks through His creation and stops by an apple tree.  He looks up at the branch where there is one missing fruit.  He sighs, then settles down beneath the tree, His back to the trunk and closes His eyes.

 

* * *

 

Back on theEnterprise, Kirk settled in the command chair and stretched his legs out in front of him.  Despite the occasional fraught moment, for the most part the mission had seemed more like shore leave.  He felt relaxed.

‘Well Jim, that was a nice place to visit… don’t you think Spock’s ears are nice and clean since Makka Pakka washed them?  They’re almost brighter than our home sun’ McCoy joked.

‘Now, now Bones’ Kirk chided, looking over at his science officer, who was frowning at yet another strange reading from the Night Garden.  For just a moment, Spock thought he saw indications of another lifeform appear suddenly, then it was quickly absorbed by the background radiation.  He made a log on the system for detailed analysis by the science department later.

‘I wonder if he got enough scientific data for his liking?’ McCoy continued.  The Vulcan’s ears had of course picked up McCoy’s voice from across the bridge.

‘Yes thank you, Doctor but sometimes one has to… ‘stop and smell the roses’ and he raised his eyebrow and gave what was the Vulcan equivalent of a smile, a slight elevation of one side of his mouth.  McCoy scowled and Kirk laughed.

‘Mr. Sulu, impulse power until we’re clear of the system and reverse on the viewscreen’ Kirk ordered.

‘Aye, sir’ Sulu replied and the viewscreen showed the garden planetoid shrinking away, until it became just another part of another constellation.

‘Mr. Sulu, ahead warp factor one’ and the vessel leaped forward, the stars becoming a blur.

 

The End

 

 Story Copyright 2011 D G Wickenden

Characters copyright 2011 CBS Studios and Ragdoll Productions

Posted in The Original Series | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek TNG: Universal Schisms Part 4- New Beginnings

PART 4

Commander William Riker watched the battle unfolding on the battered bridge of the Enterprise. “Begin repairs, we need to find the Captain and get out of here” he said. Captain Smith had ran off to rescue a group of children trapped when the Borg boarded the ship. The Borg, supremely confident in their ability only sent 20 Borg per deck below deck 10. The Captain was trapped down there now as well. Riker looked to Data, “Mr Data, you have the bridge, what’s left of it anyway” he said, walking into the ready room. There was a morbid atmosphere on the bridge, they had just been watching the defeat of a combined force of 100 ships, Federation and Klingon, and been slammed out of the fight by the USS Galaxy, a former Federation vessel now commanded by the assimilated former Captain of the Enterprise, Jean-Luc Picard. Riker sighed and picked up a chair in the ready room, returning it to its rightful place behind the desk.

On deck 20, Captain Mark Smith sat slumped against a wall in the room where he had rushed to try and save the children trapped down there. All he felt was a profound sense of failure. When he had arrived in this time and learned that the Borg were breaking through, he set himself against the Borg, vowing to save the Federation and the rest of the Alpha Quadrant the same pain they were going through in his time. But through his efforts, Captain Picard had been re-assimilated by the Borg, the entire crew of the USS Galaxy had shared the same fate. The fleet had been engaged in battle with hundreds of Borg vessels in the Viridian system, and he had no idea what had happened to them. The Ensign who had sent the distress call in the first place was scanning the door that the Captain had sealed, “Captain, the Borg are leaving the door for the moment. Orders” he said. “Get some rest, Ensign, to get out of here, we are gunna need it” he said. The Ensign nodded and went over to the wall by the door and sat down, exhausted. The Captain went back to self pity, knowing it was useless, but at that particular moment he didn’t care. A small boy interrupted his train of thought, “Hi” said the boy nervously. In the dark Smith couldn’t see who it was, “Well hi there, kid” smiled the Captain, instantly hiding his true feelings, “You ok” he asked looking at the boy, “No, I’m scared” replied the child. The Captain looked at the boy, “What’s your name son” he said gently, “Mark” replied the child solemnly. Realization hit the Captain, “Mark Smith” he said, “Yes” said the younger version of himself, “What’s your name” asked the boy curiously, “Captain Mark Smith” replied the Captain. “Wow, you have the same name as me” said the boy, “Actually, I am you” said the Captain, ignoring the temporal prime directive. The young Mark Smith was confused, “Me” he said, “Yes, kid, I’m you from the future, so why are you scared” he asked. “The Borg” replied the child with a shiver. “Well they are very scary” agreed Captain Smith, gently patting the floor next to him. The child sat down, “They want to get us” said the child sadly. The Captain looked at him, “Yes” he said, “They want to get us”. The boy looked at him, eyes full of fear, “Will they” he asked. The Captain looked down on him, softly, “No, they will not get us if I can help it” said the Captain, “But to make sure they don’t get us, I need your help” he said, smiling, “I need you to be my brave little officer” said the Captain, smiling at all the children who had gathered around him. “All of you can be my brave little officers” he said. Looking around, he could see they were not convinced. “Here we go” said the Captain, reaching up to his collar and removing a pip, “Mark, I’m going to need a first officer” he said, putting the pip on the boys collar. “You there, what’s your name” said the Captain. “Alex” said the child. Smith smiled, “The Klingons would say that is a strong name, how would you like to be my security officer” he smiled. The child laughed softly, momentarily forgetting his fear, Ensign Saunders watched, laughing softly as well. Captain Smith clipped the second pip to the second young boy. He looked around, searchingly, “Who is good at science” he said. A couple of children put their hands up, “Ok, you” he said closing his eyes and pointing. A boy of about 12 stepped forward, “You are my new science officer” he said putting the third pip on the boys collar. Now I need to give a last pip, but what should they be an officer of, thought the Captain. Then he got it, “Now, who has the best eyesight” asked the Captain. All the kids pointed at a boy in the middle, “What’s your name, boy” asked the Captain, kindly. “John” said the boy, “I name you, Chief look out” smiled the Captain, giving the last of his pips away. He looked at the remaining kids, “Now, the rest of you have a job just as important as the others” he said, “I need you all to be the eyes and ears for me and Ensign Saunders” he said, “Can you do that” he said, smiling, “Yeah” said the children. The Captain laughed, “Right, bedtime then, a crew need s a good sleep before a mission” said the Captain. Within minutes, the children were all asleep, and Captain Smith and Ensign Saunders were agreeing on a watch rota to make sure the Borg didn’t catch them by surprise.

After the group had slept for a long time to get their strength up, the Captain was ready to start his push to evacuate the children. He tested internal communications, tapping his communicator, “Smith to Bridge, is anyone there” said the Captain, “Captain, we had no idea you made it, internal communications failed shortly after your last conversation with Ensign Saunders” said an elated Commander Riker. The Captain smiled, in such a short time he had earned the respect of the crew, “Commander, are the turbolifts working yet, I need to get the children off the decks where the Borg are” he said, “Yes, Captain, turbolifts are operational again” replied Riker. “What about transporters” he asked, “They should be repaired soon, we have internal sensors back so I can keep a lock on you and if the transporters come online I can beam you out” said Commander Riker, “Acknowledged, Smith out” said the Captain.

10 minutes later, the scared group silently crept through deck 20, looking for the turbolift. They found themselves at a corridor with a turbolift at the end, “Ensign” whispered the Captain, “Take them to the turbolift, I’ll hold at this position until you are all in” he whispered, as the Ensign crept up beside him, “Yes, Sir” said the Ensign, ushering the children along the corridor. That’s when things started going wrong, Borg came out of nowhere from either side of the corridor section. He fired his phaser at them, taking a couple down, but they were quick to adapt, he smoothly changed the setting and fired again. He heard a shout behind him, “Captain, come on” shouted Ensign Saunders. The Captain turned and ran. As he ran past a door, it hissed open and a strong vice-like hand grabbed his arm, stopping him in his tracks. Saunders began to leave the lift, “Get back, Ensign” shouted the Captain, struggling with the drone. He turned and punched it in the face. As he struggled with the first drone, he didn’t notice the second drone come out of another door, until it grabbed him, “Get out of here, that’s an order” shouted the Captain, as Borg swarmed towards the lift. The last sight they got of the Captain was him struggling in the grip of 2 drones, with about 40 drones rushing towards them. As the lift smoothly ascended Saunders tapped his communicator.

On the bridge, Commander Riker was monitoring the repair efforts, when the call came through, “Saunders to bridge” he said, “Riker here” replied the Commander, “Sir, we are in the lift, the children are safe. I regret to inform you, Captain Smith was apprehended by the Borg” said the Ensign, “Understood, Ensign, Riker out”. The crew looked extremely demoralized, “Commander we are being hailed” said Worf, “On Screen” said Riker. “We have your Captain, lower your shields and surrender your ship, you will adapt to service us” said the Borg queen. Riker saw drones dragging Smith onto the assimilated bridge of the Galaxy, “Don’t surrender, Commander, that’s an order” he shouted. “Acknowledged, Captain. Don’t you surrender either, Sir” said Riker. “Acknowledged” said the Captain. The queen smiled, “Why do you resist us, we only want to help you achieve perfection” she said, almost petulantly, “I happen to like myself just the way I am” said Riker. The queen looked at him, “But you are an imperfect being and we are the height of perfection” she said. Riker looked at her pointedly, “Believing oneself to be perfect is often the sign of a delusional mind” he said, “Enterprise out” he said, cutting her off before she could respond. But the image remained. She was forcing the communication through the Enterprise computer. That was how they saw Captain Smith break free of the Borg drones, knocking them over like bowling pins. He ran forward across the bridge, and dived at the Borg queen. He quickly snapped her neck, severing the tenuous balance between machine and organic components. That should have been the end of it, but the Borg had adapted as soon as the future cube came through an anomaly and established communication with the collective in this time. As the queen dropped dead, the Borg collective fell under the control of Locutus, who Captain Smith couldn’t kill for the danger of killing Captain Picard. He jumped across the bridge and deactivated the Picard drone and grabbed his communicator. Luckily for him, deactivating Locutus caused a temporary disturbance in the collective. He looked at the screen, “Lock onto my communicator while they are disrupted and beam him out of here” he said, slapping the commbadge onto the drones chest. The drone vanished from the bridge. “Captain, the Galaxy’s shields have been raised again, we can’t lock onto you” reported Commander Riker. The Captain ran to the tactical station. He looked around and found a phaser compartment underneath it. Quickly tapping the buttons on the small hand held weapon he turned it on the Borg and opened fire on the few drones on the bridge. “I’m locking out the main bridge, that should give me some control of the ship” said Smith. He checked the status, of the systems, “Damn, they managed to reroute shield controls before I locked them out” said Smith. A beeping came from the sensors, “Commander, does the Enterprise have any propulsion systems” said Captain Smith. “Yes, we have thrusters, but we aren’t going anywhere without you, Sir” said Riker. The Captain smiled, “Commander, you have the Captain, and I’m not supposed to be in this time period, if I remain, who knows how I could damage the future” said Smith, revealing something he had already been planning. “Save Picard, I’ll save the Alpha Quadrant” he said.

As if to drive the point home, the Borg cube dropped out of warp. “Commander, lower the energy signature of the Enterprise, they shouldn’t register you” said the Captain, alone on the assimilated Galaxy’s bridge. “The Borg are conducting an intensive scan, they have lost the signal of both Captain Picard and the Borg queen” reported Worf. Riker nodded, “Data, have they detected us” he said, heavily. Data checked the sensors, “There is no indication that they have detected us, Commander” said Data. “Helm, move us away, full thrusters” ordered Commander Riker, reluctantly. “Put the Galaxy on screen” he said, taking the chair on the bridge that was previously occupied by Captain Picard or Captain Smith, 2 men who he had come to respect.

On the Galaxy, Captain Smith was playing with the weapons and propulsion systems. He was targeting the Borg vessel. He started to work the firing. Within seconds he was pitting Borg technology against Borg technology. The Galaxy was firing on the Borg cube, but the Borg cube was battling back hard. The Captain could see instantly that he was outmatched. The ship was slammed around under the brutal assault of the Borg cube. Sparks were flying everywhere as the ship was slowly being torn apart. In a few short minutes, Smith had watched his shields reduced to 15%, his weapons were losing power and the warp core containment field was losing integrity. He was thrown to the floor as another shot slammed the ship. The shields were destroyed and the weapons failed. The sound of a critical alert filled the bridge. “Smith to Enterprise, it’s been a real experience” he said. “You too, Captain, good luck” came back Commander Riker.  Captain Smith went to the propulsion console, the ship was counting down to a warp core breach. He plotted a course at warp speed, straight at the Borg cube and engaged. As the Galaxy jumped to warp speed, the crew of the Enterprise observed a flash of metal as the ship covered the distance in seconds. The Borg cube began to tear itself apart under the stress from the impact. The day had been won. But at a heavy price.

6 years later

Cadet Mark Smith stood with the Enterprise crew in the Starfleet Auditorium. It was the sixth anniversary of the Borg invasion, where Captain Picard had been assimilated and the Galaxy crew along with him. Cadet Smith glanced down the row of the crew and saw Captain Picard standing sombrely at the end of the row, alongside an Admiral whose name he couldn’t remember and Commander Riker. The Admiral was addressing the assembled crowd of Klingons and Starfleet officers. “The honoured dead fought for freedom from the Borg 6 years ago and they paid the highest price. A combined loss of nearly 10000 men and women serving in the Klingon and Federation fleets. Today we honour their sacrifice and the sacrifice made by the crew of each ship to survive the Battle of Viridian. To name the honoured would take me another 6 years, and therefore I regret that I can only name a few. The interim Captain of the Enterprise, Captain Mark Alexander Smith, put in command by Captain Picard before an attempt at an ambitious plan to rally Starfleet and her allies. General M’Tath of the Klingon 1st  Battle Group”. The Admiral went on naming the honoured dead, but Cadet Smith was thinking of just 1. Captain Mark Smith. The man he had spoken to in the darkened interior of the Enterprise. The man who despite his own apparent fears comforted children he had never met. The man who had showed him the true potential of himself. Of course, subtle changes had to be made to records, Cadet Smith now went by the name Mark Smith Jr and the records showed his father died when he slammed the USS Galaxy into a Borg cube. But other than that, Captain Mark Alexander Smith’s mission to stop the Borg causing unimaginable damage to the timelines and the future had been completely successful. There had been no sign of Borg activity since the ships self destructed and he had even fallen in love with a young woman called Alyssa May. As far as Cadet Smith was concerned life was good.

The End

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , , , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek TNG: Universal Schisms Part 3- Apocalypse Now

PART 3

Captain Mark Alexander Smith stood on the bridge of the USS Enterprise looking at her former Captain. “Resistance is futile, lower your shields and surrender your ship. Your culture will adapt to service us” said Locutus, formerly Captain Picard, “No, we will not surrender, Locutus, you were taken from the Borg by this crew and restored to Captain Picard before” said Captain Smith. “The unit Picard is part of us, he cannot be removed” said Locutus, “Surrender is the only option” he said. Smith sighed, “Commander, prepare boarding parties to recover Captain Picard” he said, “Mr Worf, go with him” he said. Ensign Macaulay stepped up to replace Worf, “Ensign, target the Galaxy shields, Mr Data, do whatever you have to, to keep the Enterprise a step ahead of the Borg” he said. Weapons fire from the Galaxy hit the Enterprise first. The power of the shots quickly overwhelmed the defences, “Damage report” shouted Captain Smith. “Main power is offline” shouted Ensign Macaulay, “Shields and Weapons are inoperative, hull integrity down to 74%” shouted Data. “Helm, reverse course, full impulse” shouted Smith, “Manifolds can’t handle full impulse, Captain” shouted the helm officer. “Commander LaForge” shouted Smith, “I’ll be in Engineering” replied LaForge.

Commander Riker was regaining his feet, “Riker to Bridge, what’s happening” said Riker, tapping his commbadge, “The Galaxy is attacking, we are taking heavy damage. I’m sorry, Commander, we have to pull back and focus on rescuing Captain Picard another time” said Smith, “Understood, Captain” said Riker. He steadied himself against another shot, “Mr Worf, what are the odds that the Borg try to board the ship” asked Riker, “High, Sir, the Borg only live to assimilate, it is their way” he said, “Take a security detachment and secure main engineering. I’ll take the rest and secure other key areas of the ship” said Riker, “Aye, Commander replied Worf. The officers walked in separate directions leading security detachments across the ship. As they went another volley of shots crippled secondary power, “Right, we won’t make it to the bridge, I suggest we head to sickbay and help Doctor Crusher keep the wounded alive and safe” said Riker.

The bridge lights exploded, “Captain, impulse engines are offline” shouted Data, “I’ve lost helm control” shouted the Helm officer, “Secondary power systems are offline” shouted the stand-in tactical officer. The assault stopped, “Captain, incoming message from the Galaxy, audio only” reported Ensign Macaulay. “Let’s have it” demanded Captain Smith. “Witness the beginning, resistance is futile” said the voice of Locutus.

Stardate 48922.81, Starfleet Headquarters, San Francisco

Vice Admiral John Adamson was looking at the report given to him by Captain Michael Thornton, Commanding Officer of the USS Akira. “Captain, I want an account of everything” said the Admiral, “Sir, about 4 hours ago, we lost contact with the Starships Enterprise and Galaxy. Our sensors picked up massive amounts of weapons fire as well as Borg signatures. When everything died down, we detected a starship but we could not open a line of communication. Intensive scans showed it to be the Enterprise, she was maintaining position when we moved back to transmission range. Admiral, we are the only other starship within 4 days of the Enterprise, if the Borg are gathering forces in this area, we need more ships” said Captain Thornton. “Understood, Captain, you are to hold your position on the edge of the sector until reinforcements arrive. Monitor the Neutral Zone for any signs of the Romulans taking advantage of the weakened state of the Enterprise, Adamson Out” he said. He turned away from the viewscreen feeling uneasy. As the head of Fleet operations, Captain Jean-Luc Picard had filed a report about Captain Smith, and the position Picard was assigning him. With the Galaxy and Picard MIA and a heavy Borg presence being noted, along with the destruction of Starbase 245, the Admiral was becoming concerned with the security of the Federation.

“Damn it, we were attacked 4 hours ago, Locutus could be anywhere by now and we have no way of contacting Starfleet” snapped Captain Smith, in what was left of Starboard observation. “Mr LaForge, status of the Engines” he said, “We think we have thrusters back, Captain, we need to test them before we can bring Impulse and Warp power back online” he said. He nodded, his temper subsiding slightly. “Mr Data, how are the sensors” he said, “We can only use short range sensors at the present time. All long range sensors have been destroyed” he said. Smith’s head dropped, “Find a way to reroute long range sensors through the short range sensor arrays, then transfer all power from the long range arrays back into shields and weapons. Mr LaForge, assist Mr Data when we are sure about the status of the Engines” he said. Riker pitched in, “Captain, Doctor Crusher is requesting that anyone with a level 2 medical qualification assist her teams in triage” he said. “Give her all the help she needs” ordered Smith. He turned his attention to Worf, “What about weapons” he said, “The phasers are being repaired as we speak. The torpedo firing system is online” he said. Smith sighed, “Very well, dismissed, prepare for engine trials” he said, joining the officers as they stepped onto the bridge. “Helm, forward thrusters to 50%, port and starboard at station keeping” he said. The thrusters activated, seemingly without fault, “LaForge to Bridge, Captain, the thrusters repairs are complete, I can give you partial impulse in 10 minutes and partial warp in 15 minutes”  said LaForge. Exhausted with the fatigue of defeat, Captain Smith turned to Councillor Troi, the most senior officer on the bridge at that time, “Councillor, you have the bridge, alert me if we run across the Galaxy” he said, walking into his ready room as Councillor Troi sat in the command chair.

After a few hours of restlessness, he was thrown to the floor as an explosion rocked the ship. “Report” he said. Walking out onto the bridge, “Romulans” was the only reply, “Open a channel” ordered Smith. The stand in tactical officer was doing so, “No response, Captain”. Smith pondered, in his time, the Romulans were allies, he even had Romulan friends, but where he was now, they would attack and they would not consider being friends. They wanted a ship like the Enterprise.  “Back us off, use thrusters and impulse engines to get us inside that proto-stellar nebula” ordered Smith. “Captain, if we go in there, we will be cornered, if the Romulans leave, the Borg will just take their place” said Ensign Macaulay. “Agreed, very well, Ensign, helm go to warp 1 and get us away from Romulan space” ordered the Captain.

The Enterprise repairs were going well, after 15 hours, weapons and shields were at 94% while Data and LaForge had managed to enhance the short range sensor arrays with long range equipment. Impulse engines had been fully repaired and Commander LaForge was preparing to unlock the magnetic constrictors and allow the full use of the warp drive. Commander Riker had returned to the bridge, but he had left security details at main engineering and sickbay ready for any Borg incursions. They were both sat in their chairs at the centre of the bridge. “Captain, our long range sensors have picked up unusual readings, I went to Stellar Cartography and ran a Quantum Spectral Analysis. The signatures are Borg, in about 3 days, the Viridian and Ceridian systems will be overwhelmed” said Riker, “I contacted Starfleet and forwarded the date I had, they are marshalling all ships to Sector 221 to engage, but I also found the Galaxy” he said. Smith looked at Riker, “Where is she” he said. Riker pulled up the data on a PADD. “The Goren sector, approaching Earth at maximum warp, accompanied by 2 Borg scout-ships” said Riker with a sigh. Smith looked at the data, “What’s their ETA” he said quietly. Riker looked at the information, “20 days 4 hours at maximum warp, Sir” said Riker. He stood slowly, “Captain, we have also been hailed by Admiral Rogers, we have been ordered to meet with the fleet at the edge of Sector 221” reported Data, “I can’t get a stable communications line due to interference from a plasma storm in that area” he reported. “Helm, lay in an intercept course for the Galaxy, warp 4.8” ordered Smith. The helm officer shot a look at Data, “Course plotted, Captain” reported the officer. “Engage” replied Smith, “Red alert” he finished, “Commander, I apologize, but hopefully this is an opportunity to rescue Captain Picard before he is destroyed. The timeline relies on it, so disregard any and all Starfleet Protocols. Submit the situation in your report” he said. Turning to the helm officer he said, “Ensign, ETA on the Galaxy”. The helm officer looked back, “At this speed 15 hours, but if we can get to maximum warp, I can do that in less than 4 hours” she said. Smith nodded, “Smith to LaForge” he said, tapping his communicator. “LaForge here” replied Lieutenant Commander LaForge. “Commander, can you have the constrictors unlocked in 1 hour” he asked, “Yes, Captain, I’m just finishing the preparation procedure, it’ll be done in about 20 minutes” reported LaForge. “Acknowledged” he said.

Meanwhile, on Earth, “Admiral, we have just got a long range sensor report from the USS Rhode Island. We are seeing a ship that appears to be the USS Galaxy as well as the USS Enterprise” reported a Vulcan Commander. Admiral Robertson looked at the report, “What is the heading of the Galaxy” he asked. “They are on a direct course for sector 001, the Enterprise is on an intercept course” reported the Commander, “Get me the Enterprise” ordered the Admiral. Minutes later, the Enterprise bridge was on his monitor. “Admiral, what’s the situation” asked Commander Riker. “Where is Captain Smith” he said, remembering the report of Picard and the Galaxy crew being assimilated. “On his way, Admiral” replied Riker. “Commander, what the hell is going on” said Admiral Robertson. “The Galaxy is making a direct run at Sector 001 while the fleet is engaged at Sector 221. They have Borg escorts, we are pursuing in the hopes of recovering Captain Picard, the future of the Federation may depend on it” said Riker. “Do you require assistance, I can have ships meet you in 3 days” said the Admiral, “Not necessary, Admiral, the fleet will be needed where they are”. The Admiral nodded, “Robertson Out” he said.

An hour later, the Enterprise was travelling at Warp 9.6 in an attempt to intercept the Galaxy and Captain Picard. The ship was only 2 and a half hours out travelling at current speeds. “I want shields set to rotating harmonics, weapons set to high-end EM frequencies, prepare anti-matter spreads to confuse their sensors. All emergency and secondary power to shields, reduce lighting in all areas of the ship to 15% and divert that energy to the weapons” ordered Captain Smith. “Reduce all non essential systems to minimal requirements and hold that energy in reserve” ordered Riker.

2 hours later

The darkened bridge was comforting for Captain Smith. He was used to the bridge dimming at red alert to divert power to the weapons and shields, it felt like normal to have a darkened bridge again. “Captain, the Galaxy has altered course to intercept but its escorts are continuing on course to Sector 001” reported Worf. “What’s the Galaxy’s new course” asked Smith, “334 Mk 114, an intercept course” he reported. “Entering visual range” said Data, “On screen” ordered Riker. The Galaxy looked different. Borg devices were appearing on the hull, the nacelles were glowing green rather than blue. The ship was a Borg ship all over. “Time to intercept 2 minutes 14 seconds” reported the helm officer. Smith and Riker shared a glance, “Battle Stations” they said, in unison.

The bridge was silent with anticipation, “Slow to half impulse” ordered Smith, “Ready phasers, load photon torpedoes” he continued. “Captain, the Galaxy is dropping out of warp 5000 km dead ahead” said Worf. Data was looking at the sensors, “Captain, I’m reading an increase of protons emanating from the Galaxy deflector dish” reported Data. “Proton emissions” questioned the Captain, confused. A sudden realisation hit him, “Rotate shield harmonics to compensate for Proton bursts” shouted the Captain as the first burst slammed the ship, “sparks erupted and the ship shook heavily, “Shield rotations having no effect” shouted Worf, “5 EPS conduits ruptured in Engineering, they have massive casualties” shouted another officer. “Smith to Engineering, Commander, I need a way to block these proton bursts” shouted Smith, “I got nothing, Captain, they are disrupting power systems, I’ll get back to you” said LaForge, “Brace for impact” shouted Worf as another burst hit the ship. The crew were again thrown to the floor, “Captain, shields are completely ineffective” shouted Worf, “No activity in the main weapons array on their ship, or ours” shouted Worf, “Helm, move us away” ordered Smith, “Aye, Sir” shouted the helm officer. “LaForge to Bridge, we have a new problem, you need to stop using the impulse engines, we’re burning Deuterium down here, were gunna blow our nacelles up, we won’t need any help from the Borg” came the shout of Commander LaForge. He considered, “Hold her together. I’ll reduce speed to ¾” said Captain Smith. Another burst slammed the ship, “Captain, starboard nacelle is fused, there is a plasma leak in that nacelle” reported the helm officer. Another burst slammed the ship, “Captain, weapon interlocks destroyed, primary and secondary systems destroyed” shouted Worf. “Reinforcing the structural integrity grid may buy time” said Data. “Make it so, Commander” shouted. “Bridge, this is Ensign Johnny Saunders, I need a clear evacuation rout for the children. There are 34 families on board presently and I have about 40 kids here” came an urgent call. Knowing that he had a younger version of himself aboard he knew he had to save the kids, “Commander Riker, you have the bridge, I need to get them kids” he said. “Yes, Captain” said Riker, in no mood to argue as another shot slammed the ship. Captain Smith grabbed a phaser, as he left the bridge he heard Worf shout, “Commander, Shield power relays taking heavy damage, Internal sensors are failing, but showing 20 Borg on every deck below deck 10, you won’t make it to deck 20, that’s where Ensign Saunders’ signal came from” he said addressing the Captain. “I intend to try, Commander, transmit orders for ALL crewmen to arm up” he said. “Aye, Captain” said Riker. Just as he prepared to enter the turbolift a burst slammed the ship. “Captain, Main power offline, not enough secondary for turbolift operation” shouted Worf. The Captain instantly went to the Jeffries tubes, “Commander, seal the bridge when I pass the bulkhead” he ordered. Riker simply nodded.

5 minutes later, Captain Smith hit a blockage in the tube at deck 6. He kicked through a damaged panel. “Smith to Bridge, Commander, I’m running deck to deck on foot” he said, tapping his communicator. “Copy that, Captain, the Galaxy is holding position. No more activity” reported Riker. “Acknowledged, reinforce structural integrity grid and polarize the hull, divert power from shields and weapons if you have to, cut impulse engines” he ordered. “Aye, Captain” said Riker, “Smith Out” said the Captain.

After another 5 minutes Smith was on Deck 14. He had climbed into a turbolift shaft and made a rudimentary rappel and fast roped down to the turbolift that was on deck 14. As he forced the door. He saw Borg working on the Enterprise and her crew. “Smith to Saunders, I’m on deck 14, ETA 5 minutes, Smith Out” he said. He holstered his Phaser, he didn’t want to provoke the Borg. He was looking for another access point. He wanted to jump the last 6 decks like had jumped to deck 14. He found it. As soon as he forced the door, the Borg turned towards him. He jumped down again and the door shut behind him. “Smith to Saunders, I’m on the deck, which section are you on” he said. “Head to section 3, Sir, Saunders out”, the Captain moved on. Soon he was in section 3. He forced the door and stepped into a phaser in the face. “Easy there, Ensign” said Smith. Another proton burst slammed the Enterprise followed by another 2. Smith sealed the door as the corridor outside the room collapsed.

On the bridge, Worf picked himself up, looking at the rest of the bridge crew. “Report” said Riker. “Last internal scan showed a collapse in section 3 of Deck 20. There are 900 micro-fractures in the hull and 14 hull breaches, the Borg have repaired long range sensors and routed the Long range sensor data and all stellar cartography data with full detail as to all ships in Starfleet, the Borg fleet and the Klingon fleet to the bridge. Communications are down, weapons and shields are inoperative. Main power is offline, secondary power is at 23% and is barely sustaining life support” reported Worf. Riker looked around, “Shut down all lighting except alert lighting and divert the power to the life support systems” ordered Riker, “Get repair teams on those micro-fractures and have Geordi work on getting sub-space communications back” said Riker. “Display data being given by the Borg” said Riker.

They were not aware of how the Borg were working such an angle. “Mr Data, how could the Borg go from emotionless to working an emotionally motivated attack. They have a concept of morale and human emotions, they are wearing our morale down” said Riker, “I do not know, Commander”. Riker sighed, “Ok, what are we looking at Data” said Riker. Data looked at the data, “500 ships are at the edge of the Viridian system trying box in a Borg invasion force. There are 42 anomalies open in the Viridian System. Starfleet is overwhelmed, Commander” reported Data. The bridge crew watched the dots moving around on the screen, each signifying hundreds, even thousands of lives desperately fighting for their lives. The only sound to pierce the silence of the smashed bridge of the Enterprise, was the crackling of flames, and the explosion of sparks from damaged consoles.

To Be Continued….   

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , , , , , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek TNG: Universal Schisms Part 2- Losses

PART 2

Captain Jean-Luc Picard and Captain Mark Smith stood at a critical turning point. The Borg had placed a demand for Captain Smith. Captain Picard knew that handing him over would only mean that the Borg would chase the Enterprise until they recaptured him. Picard also had a hostage situation on deck 14 where the malicious Borg queen had transported scores of drones aboard as leverage to get what they wanted. Picard was trying to maintain control of a hot-headed Captain Smith who wanted to rescue the remnants of his crew. “If you have my crew, show me” demanded Smith. The Borg queen didn’t respond, other than moving aside to show two drones holding a struggling figure of a woman in the same uniform as him. “Mark” came the struggled gasps of the woman. Again Captain Smith fell to his knees as he recognised Lieutenant Commander Alyssa Smith, his wife”. The Borg queen again stepped back into the picture, “Will you join us, Smith” asked the queen, knowing she had the Enterprise crew and Smith backed into a corner. Knowing the situation was beyond him, Smith looked to Picard, “Captain” he said, resigned and defeated. Picard looked to him, “I cannot allow you to leave this ship, the Borg will just come after us again regardless, but then again, I cannot expect you to abandon your crew” said Picard, “Sir, we can’t save them” said Smith, “The Enterprise is more important” he said. Riker exploded, “How can you abandon them to assimilation”. Smith glared at him, “I don’t do it easily, Commander, that’s my wife on the screen, but here and now I have a duty as a Starfleet officer” he said. He turned to the screen, “My love, I’m sorry” he said, head sinking, before turning his attention to the Borg queen, “Go to hell, you skinny mechanic bitch” he growled. The drone holding Lieutenant Commander Smith lifted its hand, injecting the nanites into her blood stream. She screamed, the pain unbearable as the Borg nanites began to alter her. Her scream was not long-lived. Soon only a shell of the former human remained. “Locutus, you will be ours again, Smith, you will make an excellent drone” said the queen, closing the channel. A sniffle escaped Smith.

Worf was intently watching the sensors throughout the whole exchange, nothing had really changed until now, “Captain, Borg weapons systems charging” he said. Picard wasted no time, “Helm, Warp 4, engage” he shouted. The Enterprise leapt away to warp 4. “Captain, receiving a distress transmission from deck 14” said Worf. Picard stood up, “Are the Borg following us from Earth” he asked. Worf checked the sensors, “Yes, Captain, closing at warp 7” said Worf. “Increase to maximum warp” he said, “Lets lead them away from Earth, Mr Worf, scan deck 14, I want to know what’s going on down there” said Picard. Worf worked the sensors, “Captain, visual contact” said Worf. “On screen” said Picard. The corridor was dark, drones moved around assimilating crewmembers of the Enterprise. Picard and the Bridge crew watched in horror, “Survivors” asked Riker. “None, Commander, all either assimilated or in the process of being assimilated” said Worf. The bridge was silent, “Vent deck 14” ordered Picard. The crew rippled, “Captain” said Commander Riker, “Number one, venting deck 14 might spare the crew a living hell, I’m doing it to save the Enterprise” said Picard. Worf keyed in the command sequence, “Ready, Captain” he said, indicating that the deck was primed for venting. “Make it so, Commander” said Picard. Worf punched it in. “Venting complete, Captain” said Riker, “Nothing is alive down there” he finished.

The Borg cube pursued the Enterprise relentlessly. The Borg queen was hell bent, if you could consider her hell bent, on capturing Locutus and Captain Smith. The Enterprise was going at maximum cruise speed. She watched as the Enterprise drew closer as the Borg ship was outrunning her. She could picture the resistance that Locutus and Smith would put up as they were assimilated into the Collective. If you could call what she felt pleasure, she had a pleasurable anticipation of the assimilation to come.

Back on the Enterprise, Captain Picard watched the Borg ship closing in, “What is our current velocity” he asked. “Warp 9.2, Sir” reported Data, “Increase to Warp 9.8” said Picard. Smith stood up, “Captain, Warp 9.8 puts the Enterprise at extreme risk, especially given that the Borg are pursuing us” said Captain Smith. Picard looked over at him, “What are you suggesting, Mr Smith” he asked. “Mr Data, show me a map of the region” said Captain Smith. The map came up at Data’s station. “There, the Archanis Nebula, if we head there at Warp 9.6, we can be there in about 11 hours. With that Borg cube as badly damaged as it is, it is unlikely that they will be able to go much faster that Warp 9.6” said Smith. Picard nodded, “Make it so” he said, returning to the command chair.

The Borg queen experienced something that could be likened to rage and frustration. The Enterprise had increased speed to Warp 9.6 and with the damage caused by the impact with the Lexington meant that the cube could not outpace the Enterprise. The only way they would out run the ship is if they carried on for more than 12 hours and had to drop out of warp. The entire collective consciousness of the Borg was focused on the Enterprise and little more.

10 hours 53 minutes 23 seconds later

The Enterprise dropped out of warp and headed into the nebula. Commander Riker stood next to Data’s station, “Captain, this nebula has a high level of Particle Flux, we can’t stay in here long” he said. Picard nodded, “How long do we have, Number one” he said, gravely. Riker looked at the screen, “24 minutes, Captain”. “Take us to the edge of the nebula, Mr Worf, prepare a full spread of Photon torpedoes to fire straight into the damaged section of the Borg cube” said Captain Picard. “Aye, Sir” said Worf. The Enterprise moved out at half impulse, Worf ready to unleash the Enterprise’s weapons systems on the Borg ship. When they reached the edge of the Nebula, there was no Borg ship. “Full sensor scan” said Picard. Data performed the Scan, “Captain Smith, please have a look at this information” said Data. Smith had a look, “Captain, the Borg vessel has set a course for Starbase 245, it looks like it’s just approaching the edge of sensor range, so presume it’s moving at Warp 9.7” said Captain Smith. Picard looked shocked, “Bridge to Engineering, Geordi, what is the effect on the warp engines from our prolonged travel at warp 9.6” he said, “We have to keep power output of the warp engines to a minimum, Captain, I suggest you don’t push her faster than warp 7”  said Geordi LaForge. Picard turned to Data, “Mr Data, how soon could we be there at warp 7” he said, “2 hours 28 minutes 45 seconds, Sir” said Data, “Helm, lay in a pursuit course, Engage” said Picard.

Starbase 245

Commodore Andre Heston was the base commander of Starbase 245. It was a quiet assignment as Starfleet had always routed invading forces before they approached the base. Today however, they were watching the sensors as they showed a Borg vessel approaching at high warp with no Federation Starships to route it. The Commodore watched as the crew bustled to the final preparations, making sure the weapons and shields were active. “Sir, Borg vessel arrival in 2 minutes” said an officer. This was it, the battle was afoot and there was nothing anyone could do about it. Moments later, the gargantuan cube dropped out of warp. Without warning it savagely attacked the Starbase. Within moments officers were reporting shield failures and hull breaches. After a meagre 7 minutes, the station was little more than a debris field. The Borg cube silently moved off, hoping to lure the Enterprise towards them.

2 hours 21 minutes later

The USS Enterprise dropped out of warp 50000 kilometres away from the debris field that was Starbase 245. “My God” said Captain Smith looking at the devastation left in the wake of the Borg. “Captain, the Borg are trying to lure us into a trap. Judging by the continuing trail away from this site, it is the only conceivable solution”. Riker thought hard, “We need reinforcements, Captain, but we can’t take the Enterprise back into Federation space. The Borg would just follow” he said. “Mr Worf, what is the nearest Starship to our location” he said. Worf checked, “The Galaxy, Sir” he responded. “Open a channel” he ordered. Within seconds, the face of Captain Alex Bertrum was on the screen, “Captain Picard, how can we help you” he said, “We need to get an officer back to Earth to brief the Council about a Borg invasion. But I can’t take the Enterprise back in to Federation Space, could you rendezvous with us” asked Picard, “Certainly, Captain, set a course to meet us and we will do the same, rendezvous in 3 hours, Galaxy out”  said Captain Bertrum. “Helm, lay in an intercept course and engage at warp 6” said Picard, “All senior officers, report to the bridge” said Riker.

Picard, Riker, Data and Worf walked into the observation lounge. Picard took the seat at the head of the table and waited, the tension palpable between the officers. Moments later, Doctor “Commander” Beverley Crusher, Lieutenant Commander Geordi LaForge and Councillor “Lieutenant Commander” Deanna Troi walked into the briefing room. When they were all seated. “For those who haven’t met our new crewmate, this is Captain Mark Smith. He commands the Federation Starship Lexington about 30 years from now and was only sent back when he intersected with a temporal distortion” said Picard, introducing Smith. There was a ripple of recognition as they all recognised the 41 year old version of the boy who still regularly saw Councillor Troi and Doctor Crusher. “Good Morning” said Smith, formally to the people who had helped raise him to what he was. “As you know the Borg are trying to lure this ship into a trap in an attempt to acquire Captain Smith and myself, so we can’t fly back to Earth, without bringing the Borg down on us. So we are setting a course to rendezvous with the USS Galaxy. I will go aboard the Galaxy and we will head back to Earth at maximum warp. Commander Riker and Captain Smith will assume control of the ship, with Captain Smith leading the Borg away” said Picard. Picard turned to Smith, inviting him to talk, “I know it won’t be easy, taking orders from someone you perceive to be a small boy, but I promise you, I will do everything I can to keep this ship safe. I would welcome any suggestions you might have while I’m in Command” said Smith. Picard turned back to the crew, “We rendezvous with the Galaxy in 3 hours, Captain Smith please stay, the rest of you return to your duties” he said. Captain Smith remained seated alongside Captain Picard. “Captain, what I’m about to do is dangerous. When I was assimilated by the Borg, they assimilated my thought patterns and its possible that wherever they are they know what I’m planning, or at least they can guess” he said. He looked distant for a moment, and Smith knew what pressure this was putting on the Captain. “I’m going to send a report to the Admiralty explaining who you are, but I’m going to classify it top secret, so you will have to get into a Starfleet uniform like what the crew wears. I also would like you to keep a sensor lock on the USS Galaxy for as long as you can in case the Borg attack. Are you prepared to command my ship, Captain” said Picard, “Aye, Sir” said Smith, “Computer, transfer all command functions to Captain Smith, authorization Picard Alpha Tango” said Picard. “There is no Authorization for Captain Smith, please enter the relevant information” said the computer. “Computer, enter authorization code Smith Zulu five” said Smith, “Register information under Captain Mark Smith” said Smith. “Command functions transferred to Captain Mark Smith” said the cool voice of the computer. “The Enterprise is now your ship, Captain” said Picard. Smith smiled sadly, “The Enterprise will always be your ship, Captain, I will just be another chapter in hers and your story, Sir” said Captain Smith.

3 hours later

The USS Galaxy was holding position just off the starboard bow awaiting Captain Picard’s arrival. “Smith to Transporter room two, is Captain Picard ready to disembark” he said, “Yes, Sir, just waiting for confirmation from the Galaxy, Sir” replied Miles O’Brien. Smith settled into his chair and his new uniform. “As soon as you have confirmation from the Galaxy, beam Captain Picard over” he said, “Yes, Sir” said O’Brien.

Captain Smith was somewhat uncomfortable. The universe was in a state of temporal flux that none could predict and he and Captain Picard were now right at the centre of things. A single mistake could result in the destruction of the Enterprise, writing the rest of history for the Federation in a completely different manner, it could even destroy the Federation. As the report came in that Captain Picard had been transported to the other ship, Smith ordered that a wide band covariant signal be transmitted on all frequencies and that the ship move away at warp 6. As far as all intelligence aboard the Enterprise, only one Borg vessel had been reported, so that meant they had to keep it busy until Picard could muster the fleet to destroy it.  “Captain, Borg vessel approaching from heading 232 mark 4” said Worf, his deep voice rumbling across the bridge, “Hold your course, Mr Evans” ordered Smith as the crew rippled with unease. “Mr Worf, Report” he said  turning to look at his tactical officer. Worf checked the sensors, “Borg vessel is approaching at warp 9.1 , visual contact in ten seconds, its weapons are fully charged” said Worf. Smith sighed, “On Screen” he said. The image showed a Borg vessel, but it looked to be too small to be a Borg cube. “Magnify” he said. The magnified image showed a Borg sphere, “Damn” shouted Smith, “Mr Evans, drop out of warp, Mr Data, contact the Galaxy, warn them that they might be at risk of attack” said Smith. “Time to intercept, 1 minute, 24 seconds”  said Worf. “Red Alert, all hands to battle stations” said Riker. “Captain, I am unable to raise communications with the Galaxy” said Data. “Sensors show a second Borg signal on an intercept course with the Galaxy” said Worf, as the Borg sphere dropped out of warp. “Mr Worf, fire a full spread of photons and phasers at a concentrated section of that vessel” he said, “Helm, lay in an intercept course for the USS Galaxy, maximum warp” he said. He watched dispassionately as Worf’s barrage of weapon fire slammed into the Borg vessel, ripping it apart. “Helm, the USS Galaxy, engage” he said, urgency gripping him.

The Enterprise jumped to warp. “ETA on the Galaxy” he said, “12 minutes, Captain” said the helm officer, “Maintain course and speed” he said, “Senior officers, report to the bridge” said Smith. He turned to Commander Riker, “Mr Riker, when we complete this briefing, I want  you and Mr Worf to prepare a fully armed security detail and lead it over to the Galaxy if I see fit” said Smith. “Aye, Sir are you expecting trouble” said Riker, “Yes, Commander” he turned to Councillor Troi, “Councillor, what do you imagine the news of an imminent threat to the Federation would do to the crew” he said, “ Panic them, and if we are wrong, it would cause resent and the crew would be bristling under your command” said Troi. Smith sighed, “Options, we are facing a real and present danger from the Borg and I cannot in good consciousness keep them in the dark” he said. Smith wished he had Picard’s wisdom in this situation, “We are informing the crew, I’ll address them at the proper moment” he said as the bridge turbolift doors hissed open and the senior officers stepped out. “This is a critical briefing, it will be given to all hands, open internal communications link” he said. He sighed, “All hands this is the bridge, there is an extreme risk to the Federation. We just lost contact with the USS Galaxy which Captain Picard transferred to in order to warn Earth of the impending Borg attack. We have reason to believe that the Galaxy is under attack from a Borg cube and are therefore setting a course to intercept, I want all stations battle ready in 4 minutes” he said, closing the internal comms. “I need to options. The Enterprise may be out matched by the Borg and I need ways to keep her in the fight. Mr LaForge, Mr Data, work on a way of increasing shields and weapons to compensate for the adaptive nature of the Borg, Commander Riker, Mr Worf, I need tactical strategies in place. Captain Picard may still be in a position where we can rescue him and so we must try to do so. The future of the Federation may depend on it” he said, “Doctor Crusher, Captain Picard may be injured if we can retrieve him, and the battle may cause injuries across the ship, I want your medical teams on full standby” he said as Doctor Crusher nodded her assent. “Councillor Troi, I need you to remain on the bridge, with the rest of the senior staff off the bridge, I’ll need you to act as my first officer” he said, Troi looked worried, but accepted his orders, “Captain, we are approaching the USS Galaxy I’m not reading any Borg vessels” said the Helmsman, “Slow to 1/3” he said. “Mr Worf, open a channel, we shouldn’t have met the Galaxy so soon” he said. Turning his attention to the Galaxy, he said “Enterprise to Galaxy”. There was no response, “Enterprise to Galaxy, please respond” still nothing, “Mr Worf, intensive scan” he said. Worf scanned the Galaxy, “Nothing out of the ordinary, Captain”. Then the first shot came. “Captain, we are being hailed” said Worf, “On screen” shouted Captain Smith.

The Borg queen observed the crew of the USS Enterprise with an almost excited disposition. She knew that they would be demoralized when they saw her, and even more demoralized to see who accompanied her and what she had done to him.  It pleased her to have so many new ‘children’ in her fold. “You, what the hell are you playing at” said Captain Smith. “Perfecting the galaxy” replied the queen cryptically. “Where is Captain Picard” demanded Smith.

The bridge crew of the Enterprise were bristling at the appearance of the Borg queen on the USS Galaxy. The Borg queen hadn’t responded to Captain Smith’s question as to the whereabouts of Captain Picard. Suddenly she stepped aside. A figure stepped forward, “I am Locutus of Borg, lower your shields and surrender your ship, resistance is futile”

To be continued…

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , , , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek TNG: Universal Schisms Part 1 – Sacrifice

PART 1

Stardate 77372.14

Captain Mark Alexander Smith stood on the bridge of his starship, the USS Lexington. He looked out at the gargantuan Borg vessel on the viewscreen. “Captain, the Borg seem unaware of our presence, but their scans are increasing” said his operations officer, “Maintain Grey-mode Protocol” he ordered. The ship was following the Borg Cube trying to divert it from its course to Earth. Starfleet was bogged down with the Borg in other sectors and even with help from the Klingons and Romulans, they were not making much headway. Planet after planet in system after system were falling to the Borg. a siren alerted at the tactical status, “Captain, we’ve been detected, Borg vessel altering course to an attack position” reported his tactical officer, “Full shields and weapons, fire” he ordered. The Borg vessel was faster as his crew bustled. The first shot was staggering. Explosions rocked the vessel, throwing the Captain to the floor. “Damage report” demanded the Captain, staggering to his feet, “Hull breach on deck 24, main power to 15%, secondary power and emergency back-ups are destroyed, weapons are offline, shields are at 27%, Sir” shouted his tactical officer, “Number 1” he shouted, mimicking an old mentor and role model. His first officer was dead under some debris. The ops officer shouted up, “Captain, what’s left of the sensors are detecting tachyon emissions “. The Captain ignored that and shouted, “Helm, all forward, lay in a collision course, Lieutenant, drop an emergency beacon with information about what happened here” he ordered to his bridge staff, “Bridge to Main Engineering, shunt all available power to the impulse engines on my mark” he said. He took a deep breath to calm himself, “Mark” he said, “Power shunted, Captain” said the Chief Engineer. “Helm, Engage” he said. The ship moved forward, disintegrating as it went, the computers warning system kicked in, “Warning, collision detected, impact in 30 seconds”. The Captain watched with resignation as the Borg ship completely filled the viewscreen. Just before impact he saw a bright light, then lost consciousness.

Stardate 48905.72. USS Enterprise NCC-1701-D. Earth

Captain Jean-Luc Picard sat face to face with Admiral Edward Robertson. Sat next to him was Commander William Riker. The Admiral was briefing the Enterprise command officers as to their mission, “Captain, you understand this mission is to be classified, news of the possible return of the Borg could destabilise the Quadrant. Given that previous Borg attacks have been targeted at humanity, it might give those hostile to Starfleet the excuse they have been looking for to launch assaults along the Federation Borders” said the Admiral, “Understood, Sir, shall we be on our way, time is critical if it is indeed the Borg” said Picard. The wizened Admiral nodded, “Very well, Captain, I pray that I’m wrong” said the Admiral. The Admiral stood, shaking hands with Picard and Riker before leaving the briefing room. Before Picard or Riker could say anything, Lieutenant Commander Data contacted them, “Data to Picard, Captain, internal sensors are reading massive tachyon and chronoton emissions on deck 4” he said. Picard and Riker looked at each other, “Are you sure, Mr Data” said Picard, “Quite certain, Captain, the emissions seem to be occurring in an area about the size of a humanoid male about 6 feet tall” said Data. “Very well, Mr Data, have a security detail meet me and Commander Riker on deck 4” said Picard, leaving the briefing room with Commander Riker close behind.

5 minutes later, Picard, Riker and the security forces sent by Data and Worf were at the area where the tachyons were concentrated. The corridor seemed normal. Nothing seemed out of place, “Picard to Data, we have arrived at the area you directed us to, but there doesn’t seem to be anything here” he said. There was slight interference when Data responded, “Captain, the emissions are concentrating into one area, you might see something in the next few minutes” said Data, through the interference. They did.

As the emissions condensed and concentrated, a bright light filled the corridor. When it cleared enough for the crew to look, a man lay on the deck. His uniform wasn’t recognisable, but the insignia showed he was a Starfleet officer. “Medical scan” ordered Picard. He watched the medic scanning the new man, and looked at him with a comparative eye. Whereas his uniform was black all the way up to the shoulder with red on the shoulders and a blue collar showing with his four command pips, the strangers uniform was black up to the shoulder where the shoulder pads turned grey. The collar was red and Captain Picard noticed that he was looking at another Starfleet Captain. “He’s alive, Captain” said a Security Ensign, “Picard to Transporter Room Three, two to beam directly to sickbay” said the Captain. They both dissolved and left the Commander and the security team on the deck. “Picard to Riker, return to the bridge and set a course for Ceridian III, Warp 6” said the Captain as Doctor Beverley Crusher examined her patient. The Captain watched the bustle quietly as they worked to heal the man’s extensive injuries. Thirty minutes later, the medical team stepped away from the patient, “I’ve stabilized him for the moment, but he is very weak. The next hour should determine his rate of recovery” she said. The Captain pondered the situation, “Can you wake him” he asked. The Doctor looked at him again, “Yes, of course, but he will be very weak” she replied.

Captain Mark Smith was slowly becoming aware of his surroundings. It took him a few seconds to realize that he shouldn’t be able to become aware of his surroundings at all. He tentatively opened his eyes and saw a face that he hadn’t seen in the 20 years since his death. Captain Jean-Luc Picard stood over him. This was impossible as the Captain had been dead for 20 years. “My name is Captain Jean-Luc Picard of the Federation Starship Enterprise” he said briskly, “I know who you are, Sir” said Smith weakly, “I’m Captain Mark Smith, USS Lexington” he said. Before the Captain could reply, Smith fed him the vital piece of information, “Captain, I grew up on this ship, I think I have travelled back in time” he said. Picard didn’t seem surprised, “Yes, we observed tachyon emissions around the time and place you were discovered. But who are you to have grown up aboard the Enterprise” said Picard. Smith sighed, “My dad was the Deputy Chief Engineer who was killed in an EPS explosion when I was eleven” said Smith, “Yes, Lieutenant Smith was killed a week ago, Mr LaForge is trying to find out exactly what caused the explosion. Counsellor Troi is working with, erm, you” said Picard. There was a moment of awkward silence between the Captains. “What’s the Stardate where you’re from” said Picard. Smith cleared his throat, “77371.95” he said. The Captain sighed, “What’s Starfleet doing 40 years from now” said Picard, genuinely interested, “Well, Sir, there is lots I can’t say because of the Temporal Prime Directive. I couldn’t tell you much about the next forty years. However, for the last two years in my time, the Federation has been plagued by the Borg. The USS Alaska monitored several temporal distortions around the badlands, and a number of them had Borg signatures. When the Borg started hitting Federation colonies, the temporal schisms became a low priority” said Smith. Picard looked at him, looking ever so slightly haunted at the mention of the Borg, “What were you doing when you ended up on the Enterprise” asked Picard. Smith wracked his brain, “I believe that we were following a Borg vessel when we were detected. My ship was heavily damaged so I ordered all power to be diverted to the impulse engines and lay in a collision course” said Smith. Picard responded instantly, “Captain, we are on a mission to investigate the sudden appearance of Borg vessels in the Ceridian System. There have been no Borg incursions since the Battle of Wolf 359, but a deep space sensor relay suddenly picked up about 20 signatures. The Enterprise has been sent to investigate” said Picard. Smith frowned, “What’s the precise Stardate, Sir” said Smith, “48905.72” replied Picard. Smith suddenly had all his fears confirmed, “Captain, my recollection of this Stardate is the Enterprise going to Starbase 384 for weapons system refits” said Smith. Picard looked at him, “Yes, but Admiral Robertson redirected us to investigate the readings from the deep space sensor array” said Picard, equally concerned. “It would appear that some event has changed the timelines, quite possibly starting with the Borg invasion in my time, leading to the destruction of my ship to my appearance aboard the Enterprise” said Smith.

On the bridge Commander Riker was looking at the sensors with Data. “What could be causing these readings, Mr Data” said Riker. Data made a face that almost looked pensive, “The parameters do not conform to that of any known sub-space or temporal distortions currently on record, Sir” said Data. Riker considered his options, “Any theories” he said. Before data responded, Worf spoke up, “Commander, there is a Borg signature emanating from the distortion. A Gravimetric distortion extending from the main disturbance” he said. Before the commander could give an order, the ship was enveloped in the gravimetric disturbance. “Red alert, Captain Picard to the bridge” said Riker, “All engines, full reverse” he ordered. The ship shuddered violently as the helm officer carried out Riker’s orders, “Commander, engines are at full reverse, it’s not having any effect” said the helm officer.

Down in sickbay, Captain Picard was deliberating with Captain Smith, “Captain, come with me” said Picard. The Captains left the sickbay and walked towards the bridge. “Picard to the Bridge, Number One, what’s the situation” said Picard. “We are caught in a gravimetric distortion expanding from a larger anomaly. Mr Worf has detected a Borg signature and Mr Data has no theories. Engines are at full reverse but it’s not having any effect” said Riker. Picard sighed, “Understood” he said.

Riker was watching the situation evolve in front of him. “Bridge to LaForge, I need more power to the impulse drive” said Riker urgently as the ship shook more violently, “I’ll do what I can, Sir, but if we keep this up the manifolds will rupture and we’ll be dead in the water” said Commander LaForge. The turbolift doors hissed open and Captain Picard stepped out with the other Captain, Riker was aware of the ripple of unease at the stranger on the bridge. “Report, Commander” said Picard, “Sir our best indication is that a Borg vessel is about to emerge from the distortion, there are chronoton emissions emanating from the distortion” said Riker, he looked at the other Captain, “It’s possible that this distortion could also lead to your time, Sir” said Riker. Picard looked to Smith, “Suggestions” he said. Smith thought for a second. “Mr Data, can you display sensor readings or the distortion on the main viewer” said Smith. Data complied instantly and Smith studied the readings, “This looks like a Borg Transwarp conduit, but the readings are unusual. Commander Riker’s assessment is correct, Sir, this distortion could indeed lead to my time” said Smith. He walked over to Worf, “Commander, launch a photon torpedo at these coordinates , prime it to explode on arrival. The antimatter discharge may break the ship free, helm reduce power before the manifolds rupture” he said, walking back to Picard and Riker at the centre of the bridge. He looked at Picard, “Ready, Sir, that should free the Enterprise from the distortion field” he said. Picard nodded, “Mr Worf, fire torpedoes” said Picard. Worf nodded, “Firing, Captain”. The torpedo flew from the ship, exploding right on target, “Captain, gravimetric distortion is weakening” reported Data, “Helm full reverse” said Picard.

As the Enterprise  reversed away from the distortion, a Borg vessel protruded from it. The vessel was enormous in size and scope. “Captain, engines are overtaxed from the effort of escaping the distortion, we must power down or the impulse manifolds will rupture” said the helm officer. Picard focused on the helm officer, “Warp Engines” he questioned. The helm officer checked, “No, Captain, the gravimetric disturbances are interfering with the warp bubble I can’t get it to stabilize” said the helm officer. Smith stepped in, “Ensign, is there a way to reduce the warp profile of the Enterprise” said Smith. The Ensign thought for a second, “Yes but we can’t do it from here” she said, “ there is a malfunction in the command relays, it will have to be done from Main Engineering” she said. Picard stood, tapping his communicator, “Picard to Engineering, Mr LaForge, find a way to lower the warp profile of the ship” he said. The Borg ship continued to emerge from the distortion when LaForge contacted them again, “LaForge to Bridge, warp profile should be concealed” said LaForge. The Borg vessel was fully out of the distortion and the distortion was dissipating. “Scan the vessel, Mr Data” said Picard. Data scanned the Borg ship. “It is larger than the Borg vessels we have encountered so far, but its structure is perfectly geometric. There is a large section of damage to the vessel, indicating that a starship similar in size to the Enterprise collided with the ship” said Data. A sound of anguish and pain came from Captain Smith. The crew looked at him, “Remember what I said, Captain. The last thing I remember before waking up on deck 4 was my ship being heavily damaged in a Borg attack as a Borg vessel headed for Earth. I rammed the Borg to try and destroy them. I failed” said Captain Smith, sinking to his knees. A beeping cut through the tension on the bridge, “Captain, we are being hailed” said Worf. Captain Smith still knelt on the bridge, head held in shame, Captain Picard stood and walked forwards. Before he could order the channel open Worf said, “We are being scanned, Sir”. Picard looked at the damaged vessel, “Open a channel” he said. The screen showed an image of a terrible creature. It looked like a woman, only it had tubes sticking out of the crown of its head. Captain Picard and Captain Smith recognised it as a Borg queen. Her face showed an expression that had she not been an emotionless cybernetic abomination would have been likened to imperious and smug. “Locutus” she said to Picard. Picard’s face stonewalled, “That is not my name” he said, “Why do you resist us, Locutus, you know what we are capable of” she said. The bridge was quiet as Captain Picard and the Borg queen faced off. “Lucky for you, Locutus, we are not interested in you today” said the Borg queen suddenly. “Then what do you want” demanded Picard, coldly. She almost smiled, “Captain Mark Smith” she said, the words carefully measured for maximum effect. Picard’s gaze swung toward Smith briefly, “And if we refuse” said Picard. The Borg queen didn’t answer straight away. After a couple of seconds she said, “Deck 14 is now overrun with drones. If you do not had us Mark Smith, they will force visual and audio imagery of the slow assimilation of your crew until you change your mind” she said. Before Picard could respond, Smith stood, rage filling his thoughts. “You want me? Fine. Prepare to receive me, but if you want an easy assimilation subject, no if you expect an easy assimilation target then prepare for the biggest resistance you have ever encountered” said Smith. Picard flashed him a steely glare. “You’re threats are irrelevant, you know I won’t sacrifice a member of my crew” said Picard. Smith shot Picard an equally steely glare, “With respect, Captain Picard, the lives of the crew aboard this ship are worth more than mine. I lost my ship and all my crew are dead, so I will do anything to protect this ship and this crew” said Smith. Before Picard could respond the Borg queen smiled, that same mechanic, mirthless smile. “Not all of your crew are dead, Captain” she said.

To be continued…

Posted in The Next Generation | Tagged , , , , | Leave a comment

Star Trek: Enceladus – Prologue

This is a work in progress story that I started some time ago. I admit to not reading much fan-fiction, so please point out any glaring inaccuracies. Having said that the focus of this story will be the questionable decisions people have to make for the good of their beliefs. As such the federation may be portrayed in a darker light than some people may be happy with.

The setting is in the imedeate aftermath of the dominion war.

Enjoy.

STE 0.2 – Ash

The wind battered our faces, tore at our coats. The old leather hoods flailed behind us trying to flee the sea-born gale. We weren’t alone in our vigil. The throng of mourners huddled against the cold, facing the black cliffs and the grey waters. We stood apart from them, as apart we were, but we still watched the same hunched figure, standing alone at the edge.

Weeping and shaking, she lifted the lid from an urn, and raised it to the winds, and the ashes of Tona Yrtis lifted and swirled into the air.

There were six of us, for the last time, and we had been magnificent. To my left were Samuel and Jenna, to my right were Stella and Maxim, and all around us was Tona. My name is Jacob, and for the last time we were a crew. My crew.

As the last of the ashes scattered we came as one to attention, honouring her as officers now that we had grieved her as friends.

The congregation turned and began trudging down from the cliff top, and we followed suit at a distance. They did not want to speak to us. In their eyes we had taken Tona away, to fight the war that killed her with its final breath, and robbed her of a proper burial.

I looked at the faces of my friends, judging their states of mind. Jenna was adamant, she had mourned Tona, now she would try to live well in Tona’s honour. Jenna’s teens had been spent at war with a great empire that occupied her home. Death had visited her often.

Stella was distraught. The loneliness of the ceremony had hit her hard, there really was nothing in her mind at the moment besides her memories. Stella was normally bright and quick thinking, she loved fixing things, but there was nothing she could fix here.

Maxim consoled her as best he could. His face was tired, which was rare, and his eyes looked haunted. Always a man of action he was now helpless, all he could do was wait and worry. He looked more worried about Samuel than Stella, and so was I. Maxim could hold Stella’s hand, and be a companion, but Samuel had always been a loner.

Samuel had lost his wife and child five years ago. Since then his life had seemed empty to him, even the skills he had once so enjoyed honing. He had once done a trick with his pistol where he blasted the core out of an apple, but he had not played like that for nearly a decade. The only times he seemed to come alive were in the heat of battle, where he was forced to work his amazing best, or when he was with Tona Yrtis. He had started this decade in mourning, now it looked like it would end the same way. With the war over too, there really was nothing left of his life now.

I was resolute. I was determined that my grief would not overcome me. Tona had been the glue that held my crew together, and a dear friend to me. She was supportive and understanding to everyone she met, she could temper Jenna’s boldness and coax Samuel from caution. She would always see us off before a mission and she would patch us up when we returned. I knew it would take time for her loss to sink in.

The comforting stars slowly returned as we left K‘Tari, peeking one by one through the stratosphere. Jenna piloted the boxy shuttle into the heavens with Maxim beside her. Behind them Samuel stared blankly into the void from the bench opposite me, with Stella asleep on his shoulder.

My ship was beautiful, an elegant melange of old and new. She had been assembled from the remains of five separate excelsior class ships, but every feature had been smoothed and exaggerated. The USS Enceladus was lean, seventeen decks tall,  and her clean lines shone in the breaking dawn.

Two flashes of light lit the night beyond my ship, and suddenly two vessels appeared beside mine. They were elegant too, beautiful in a more classical sense, and their hulls gleamed with youth. One of them was the Sovereign, the namesake of Starfleet’s flagship class. The other was the USS Odyssey-B, the newest addition to the family of which my Enceladus was a direct ancestor.

Maxim beamed when he saw her name, because that ship, glistening with glory, would soon be his to command. But with Stella at his side only Samuel and Jenna would stay with me. As the Enceladus’ hangar bay swallowed us the doors closed with a silent finality.

Posted in Miscellaneous | Tagged | Leave a comment

Dorado Chasm – USS McNair Foray #1

Chapter One

Passengers from Paradise

Forward screens revealed the green jewel of Marcala only moments after the McNair dropped out of warp, as the ship soared in toward orbit. On the bridge the command crew regarded the planet together in momentary silence.

“Standard hailing frequency,” requested Captain Seay.

“Already on line, Captain,” replied Lieutenant Leach.

Seay glanced around at her from his command seat and nodded approvingly. “Rigel Three Control, this is Captain Seay of the Starship McNair, requesting clearance for orbit.” After a moment, the starfield on the forward screen flickered and revealed the head and shoulders of a pleasant, smiling, dark-haired woman. She wore a Starfleet Lieutenant Commander’s uniform.

“Welcome to the Rigel system, Captain. You are cleared for orbit. The Commodore has asked me to notify him when you arrive. If’ you’ll stand by, I’ll try to connect you.”

“Commodore Trussell?” the Captain asked, though he knew the local Starfleet command structure had not changed recently. He permitted himself a barely perceptible sigh. Trussell had always been bobbing along ahead of him in the ranks like an iceberg, threatening a collision with potentially disastrous results, ever since the incident with the fellow’s sister during Academy days. Seay wondered idly if Trussell would still think of that old grudge as the first thing to cross his mind when they beheld each other anew this time.

The Commodore was not in uniform when he came onscreen. He wore tan knee-length breeches, shoes with buckles on them, white stockings that reached to his knees, a shirt with large flared sleeves, and a three-cornered hat on his head. Apparently he had been up to some obscure activity in a holodeck. The duty officer had not overstated the case. Their arrival had been marked for instant response.

“Seay! Glad to see you got here on time. Listen, before you take on that shipment for the Altair system, I have a special run for you to make. This needs looking after immediately, and I haven’t got another starship coming in here for several days. You can be back in plenty of time.”

“What is it, Commodore? What can we do?”

“I’ve got a couple of important persons who need passage to Dorado. One of them is a special Federation agent with priority orders. He came in yesterday from Earth and has been making my life miserable trying to get out of here again.”

“It would have to be a priority assignment,” remarked Commander Hubble to Jo Leach quietly, “to get me to skip out of here so fast.” Jo knowingly nodded her assent. Marcala’s lush, high-oxygen forests and beautiful sand beaches made it one of the most desirable planetfalls in the sector, not to mention its resort areas constructed in the most attractive spots. In fact, a number of the crew had been hoping for shore leave on Marcala.

Captain Seay ignored their conversation. “We stand ready to beam up any passengers,” he said to the visage on the screen. “I also have one case of infectious Denebian typhus quarantined in sick bay, and request permission to beam the patient down to your hospital facilities.”

“Of course, Ray. Of course. And I’d like to invite you and your officers to beam down and have dinner with me when you get back, while the colonists and other freight for Altair are being loaded.”

“Thank you, Commodore. We’d be delighted. Who else do we have coming on board besides the special agent?”

“Only one, Ray. A daughter from one of the Lineages, going to Dorado for her wedding. She’s a Montgolfier.”

Captain Seay recognized the name, of course. One of the names on the nameplates around the Federation Council table, one of the ruling families of the United Federation of Planets. A lineage wedding commanded just about as high a priority as a special agent. He would have to think carefully about quarters.

“She will have a chaperone, of course?”

“Of course. He’s from one of the Celestine orders.”

Seay wondered idly which of the branches of the religion it would be. The Commodore apparently took his silence as the end of questions and answers. “Expect your passengers in about half an hour, then,” the older man concluded with a nod of satisfaction. “Trussell out.” The starfield reappeared, set with the green jewel of the planet in the foreground.

“Okay, people, anything else we need to beam aboard before we take on our visitors? Mister Key, lay in a course for Dorado and file it with the local folks.”

“Aye, Captain,” assented George Key from his seat at the forward right console. He began to bring up references and enter new instructions for the vessel.

“Mister Ward, you’re with me. Let’s go down to the transporter room and see what the Commodore is sending us. Mister Hubble, you have the con. Call Doctor Munib and have him come to the transporter room, as well.”

“As ordered, Captain,” said Hugh Hubble. He crossed from the side of the bridge to the command chair and settled himself in it as Seay and Jerry Ward walked side by side through the turbolift door and it hissed closed behind them.

When the new passengers eventually materialized on the transporter pads, deep down inside the ship, they found themselves facing Captain Seay, flanked by Doctor Munib on his right and First Officer Ward on his left.

The lineage bride lived up to what one would expect. She stood as tall as any of the men. Her slender, finely chiseled features could only come from generations of marriages arranged according to the most precise calculations of physical and mental advantage. Her expression might have been slightly disinterested tolerance, perhaps tinged with a trace of amusement. Behind her stood an even taller, even thinner figure clad in the brown cowled robe of a Celestine order. Seay saw by the color of his neck chain that he was a Focian. No trouble there.

On the other hand, the second passenger certainly was not what Captain Seay had been expecting. A Federation special agent conjured up in his mind images of an imposing figure, trim yet robust, youthful yet serious, efficient, a man of few words. Something along the lines of the legends about the early astronauts from Earth. Instead he found himself looking at a rather elderly little gentleman with tufts of white hair in some disorder atop his head, a bushy little white mustache, and wearing a somewhat rumpled colonist outfit. The dark gray tunic had seen better days, though all the buttons were in place. It was buttoned right up to the plain ring collar. The matching pants were a little too short even for his short legs, so that his ankles peeped out above the tops of his ship’s slippers.

Protocol demanded that they greet the bride first.

“Welcome to the McNair, Lady Montgolfier,” Seay said correctly. “Allow me to introduce my first officer, Commander Ward.” Jerry Ward bowed. “And this is my chief medical officer, Doctor Munib.” Munib, in his turn, also bowed.

She waited for the monk to advance to her side, coiled her hand around the arm of his robe, and stepped down to greet them.

“Thank you, Captain. We appreciate your help in getting me to Dorado for my marriage.”

“May I have Mister Ward show you to your cabin? Mister Ward, show Lady Montgolfier to admiralty cabin two.”

Jerry Ward nodded wordlessly to the Captain. Seay had reminded him in the turbolift of the complexities of protocol that arose whenever members of Council lineages crossed one’s path. Fortunately, such encounters were rare in the vastness of interstellar space. Most lineages with the power to hold a Council seat also maintained private fleets of their own ships. With a second, slightly awkward and unaccustomed bow, he led the way out of the transporter room. The lineage bride followed on the arm of her chaperone.

“Now then,” said Seay, turning back to their remaining guest, “you must be the special Federation agent the Commodore mentioned. I’m afraid he gave me no details. I don’t even know your name.”

Without any trace of hesitation, the man’s features were transformed by an expression of such disarming and sincere warmth that both Munib and Seay found themselves smiling back.

“Gentlemen, my name is Ulysses Gauss,” he said, in a quiet but firm voice. Keith Munib thought he detected a slight Vulcan accent. He looked at the fellow thoughtfully. The doctor was intrigued to feel himself smiling spontaneously at someone within seconds of encountering him. The Captain had asked him to be present to give what aid he could in discerning both the character and the mission of this mysterious passenger. Did this disarming manner have something to do with his abilities as a special agent? There might be a simple explanation for their reactions.

“You’re not Betazoid, are you?” he asked aloud. Gauss’ eyebrows rose in amusement. He laughed out loud.

“No, Doctor. Not a betazoid. Just another wretched human. But the only people who don’t ask me that question seem to be betazoids themselves. The Commodore told you nothing of my mission, then?”

“Nothing at all. We’ve only just arrived,” observed Seay. “I could suggest a pleasant little conversation in the forward observation lounge, if you’d care to fill in any of the blanks.”

“Delighted! And when will we be leaving for Dorado?”

In response, the Captain tapped his communicator pin.

“Seay to bridge. Course laid in for Delta Pavonis system, Mister Hubble?”

“All as ordered, Captain,” replied the disembodied voice of the operations officer from the bridge above. “We are cleared for departure. The patient has been transported down to the surface.”

“Warp away, Mister Hubble; warp away.”

“Warp away it is, sir.”

They felt the thrum of power build up in the ship through the soles of their feet, the only discernible evidence that they were powering up for the jump out of orbit. Seay led the others out of the transporter room, heading for the observation lounge.

“Let’s go and have a little talk,” he suggested, as the door hissed shut behind him.

 

 

Chapter Two

Unexpected Guests

Captain Seay sat thoughtfully behind the desk in his ready room. Across from him, the ship’s counselor of the McNair leaned forward in her chair.

“I sensed excitement and anxiety from Lady Montgolfier. Clearly she places great store in composure and self-control, but the effort required to keep calm came off her so strongly, it was almost like a taste in the air. Only Vulcans radiate more rigid energy.”

“That fits with my more superficial observation, Jennifer,” he confirmed. “I must say, she doesn’t look much like anybody I ever met at age nineteen.”

“Well, she’s one of the Council lineages. Careful breeding pays off, eh, Captain?”

“After a dozen generations, it would seem to.”

A whistle burst from the console on his desk. “Captain to the bridge, please,” a voice requested. “Dropping out of warp for Dorado in four minutes.”

Ray Seay tapped the console. “Thank you, Mister Hubble. I’ll be right out.”

He got to his feet as Jennifer Kelley did the same.

“And thank you, Counselor. It’s reassuring to know my basic assessment matches your own.”

“She’s just what she seems, Captain. A young girl on her way to get married. It’s the high point in her life, considering all the constraints that she’s lived with up to this point, and all the new ones waiting for her afterward.”

“I must say,” Ray commented, as they passed out through the automatic doors into the bridge, “I certainly wouldn’t want to spend my life in a strait jacket like that. Their families’ advisors will be telling them exactly what day she should get pregnant! Not very romantic, that.”

“No, sir,” Jennifer replied, suppressing a smile successfully. She did not normally think of the stoic captain as particularly romantic in his outlook on life. Passionate about his missions, about his ship and crew, yes. But romantic?

As Captain Seay stepped down onto the floor of the bridge, a small object two hand-spans long and one in width darted from beneath the helmsman’s nearby seat, running on a large number of spindly, articulated legs, and wrapped itself around his left ankle with an audible slap.

Covered with mottled pale blue and white fur, it might have been mistaken for a massage mitt or a slipper, except for the eye stalks waving above one end. Seay stopped and looked down at his ankle.

“Ensign Key!” he barked. “What is this creature doing on my bridge!? I thought I gave you strict orders to keep it in your cabin!”

George looked around at his captain’s leg, sudden realization and dismay spreading across his features. “I’m sorry, Captain! He must have hooked onto the back of my pants leg or something when I was coming on duty. I’ll get him out of here at once.” He twisted around quickly, bent low to bring his face closer to the furry offender, and declared urgently, “Trif! Trif, you get off the Captain right now, and get back over here!”

Nothing happened for a second or two.

“Trif!” he repeated even more urgently. “Do you want to go back in the box again?”

The threat seemed highly effective. Almost instantly, the object flopped off the Captain’s leg, skittered back to George and flung itself against his chest with a faint whistling cry.

“That’s better.” He straightened up, and after a barely perceptible hesitation, glanced up at the Captain. “Shall I get him off the bridge now, sir?”

“Oh, never mind, Ensign. If it stays there with you, you can finish your watch and then take it back to your cabin. We’re coming up on impulse, and I want everyone at their stations.”

“At station it is, sir,” George said, relief audible in his voice, and turned about crisply to resume his duties. When he thought no one was looking, he discreetly reached up and patted the patch of fur attached to the chest of his uniform. “Now you just sit still!” he whispered.

“But see that it doesn’t happen again, Ensign! I won’t have triffids on my bridge!”

“No, sir,” he replied, without looking around.

Counselor Kelley took her seat, as Hugh Hubble rose from the command chair to make room for the Captain. As Seay sat down, the turbolift hissed open and Jerry Ward strode onto the bridge.

“Just in time, Mister Ward,” Seay approved. From the engineering station beside the turbolift, Chief Engineer Thorne nodded at the first officer.

“Impulse in seven seconds,” Thorne announced. “Five. Four. Three. Two. One. Zero.”

“Ahead half impulse,” Seay ordered. “Mr. Key, lay in a trajectory to transporter orbit. I want a channel to the surface.”

“Coming through now, sir,” responded Jo Leach obligingly, as ever half a step ahead of the order.

“On screen.”

The stern visage that greeted them matched the scenery behind him. The dark-haired man stood looking at them from what must have been a tower perched on the lip of the Dorado rift. Through a band of windows behind him they could see the barren, rocky wastes of the planet surface off to the right, but to the left there was only an emptiness, a yawning lack of ground with a long ridge of white cloud hanging low in the sky above it. The cloud tapered away into the distance, almost arrow-straight, lit from beneath by the ruddy light of a sunset.

Except that, of course, here on Dorado it never actually set. Reacting to the tidal forces generated by the nearby sun, the enormous rift had opened directly along the terminator of the planet, splitting down even into the mantle of the world, creating a chasm unparalleled on other planets in Federation space. In its depths, heated by the same tidal forces that locked the planet in its orbit with one face forever scorched by the sun’s glare and the other face forever frozen in night, the condensed water from the planet’s atmosphere had collected into an ocean that now sustained a thriving terrestrial marine ecosystem. Without the water and oxygen settled in the rift, the colony on Dorado could not have existed. They existed, in fact, down inside the rift and only ventured out under the greatest duress.

The man’s habitually stern features made a valiant effort to twist themselves into a cordial smile of greeting, but the attempt was not very successful.

“Welcome to Dorado, McNair. This is a pleasant surprise; we were not expecting a starship. What brings you?”

“We’ve brought you a passenger. I understand you’re waiting for a wedding,” Seay replied.

The man’s expression transformed in an instant, then. An actual smile appeared.

“Oh, splendid!” he cried. He bent forward to do something on his control console. “You are cleared for orbit, and I will alert the local lineage council. I presume you mean you are carrying Lady Montgolfier?” He paused long enough to see Ray nod in confirmation. “Your arrival is quite unexpected, but certainly most welcome. I only hope we can get the proper welcoming officials to the spaceport on time.”

“The spaceport?” Ray inquired. “We could just beam her down to anyplace convenient to your council, or officials or whatever.”

“Ah,” the man replied, realizing he had left something out. “You must not be aware of the local lineage security measures. No lineage members may use transporter technology here on Dorado. The council ruled against it some time ago, to prevent illegal scanning or other interference with transporter beams. Genetic codes could be read from people in transit, and counterfeited, as you must be aware.”

Recognition dawned on the Captain. In an age when the awesome power of lineage groups spanning multiple star systems rested on confirmed genetic identities of lineage members, and when technology to counterfeit and mimic everything from retinal scans to brain wave emissions had been tested and exploited by the ever-present dishonest characters loitering about on the fringes of society, the closer one came to the pinnacles of lineage power, the more carefully people guarded their fingernail clippings, the sweat of their brows, the exclusivity of their circle of contacts. Ray had heard before of bans on transporters, but it seemed more like paranoia than reasonable security to him. Surely there would be easier ways to spy out the genetic secrets of a powerful lineage figure than hijacking transporter signals. Still, it seemed that a shuttlecraft would be in order.

“Alert the shuttle bay that we’ll be needing transportation for Lady Montgolfier and her escort,” he directed Commander Hubble. Hugh nodded and turned to the ship’s operational console to deliver the message. Ray turned back to the forward screen.

“We understand. Our passenger will come down by shuttle to your spaceport as soon as we take up orbit.”

“Excellent, Captain. Thank you. If all goes well, Lord Isar will be there in person to greet his future bride.”

McNair out,” Ray responded, and the screen went blank.

Several hours later, Jerry Ward materialized in the central hall of the Dorado spaceport, along with Doctor Munib and four people in security uniforms; three men and one woman. They all wore dress decorations. Even their boots had been shined. Two tall, white-haired guards carrying archaic ceremonial staffs topped by slender red pennants spotted them and walked toward them.

“From the McNair, I presume?” one of them asked.

“First Officer Ward, at your service,” Jerry acknowledged.

“Katons Orsonne and Gantrell at yours,” the guard replied. “You are welcome to join us at the number-one landing zone for the welcoming ceremony. Will your Captain be attending?”

“He’s on the shuttle with Lady Montgolfier.”

“Ah, yes. Of course. If you would like to follow us?” The guards led the landing party across the ornate stonework of the vast spaceport lobby floor. There were a lot of travelers crossing the space hurriedly in every direction, coming and going on their many journeys, but somehow everyone managed to give the unusual party a wide berth as they made their way to an elaborate archway at one end of the hall and passed through it into a smaller, richly-appointed passage leading to one of the landing zones. They stepped onto the slidewalk and then moved to the faster inner lanes, the party getting strung out many meters apart by the differential speed of the successive belts. On the final track, their speed was so great even without walking that they could feel the wind slightly ruffling their hair. Still, the landing zone itself lay at such a distance from the main terminal that it took several long minutes of rushing through the passage before they all began to shift out again across the slower belts toward the right-hand wall. At the entrance to the circular landing zone building, a security checkpoint had been set up and everyone had to check all their weapons, except of course for the ceremonial staffs.

They had not beamed down any too early, Jerry saw. As they reassembled on the far side of the security checkpoint, he looked up through the observation dome of the small round building, and saw the shuttlecraft Saluda come sailing down out of the sky directly toward them.

A considerable party already had assembled in the hall, and at the center of the other people, clearly distinguishable from them both by personal appearance and the dark purple suit he wore, stood the man who obviously had to be Lord Isar, the prospective groom. Again Jerry was struck by the effect of generations of scientific match-making by lineage advisors, economists and geneticists. The fellow actually radiated power and authority, even at a distance. To the manner born, he thought to himself. Not like the rest of us mongrels rattling around in space. But he kept these thoughts to himself.

“All right, people,” he instructed his landing party, “Let’s make this look good. Can’t let a lot of colonials show up a Starfleet crew, now can we?” But he smiled as he said it, and they knew he wasn’t worried about their performance. The crew of the McNair gave place to no one when it came to ritual precision, even if they weren’t particularly fond of it in everyday life. Two crisp lines of three formed on him where he stood. As he turned to approach the local dignitaries, the six of them moved smoothly as one. Even the sounds of their boots merged into a cadence of single impacts.

Eventually, after waiting for the shuttle to land and then waiting some more for various formalities that must have been going on at the entrance to the landing zone, Captain Seay appeared in the entrance into the building. He glanced with satisfaction at the formation of his landing party, and then at the crowd of gathered Dorado officials, his eyes settling at last on Lord Isar. The two of them gave barely perceptible nods of acknowledgement at seeing each other, and then Seay turned around to look behind him. The robed figure of the monk escorting Lady Montgolfier appeared in the doorway behind him, but instead of entering the building, the monk hurriedly whispered something in the Captain’s ear. Seay’s expression turned to one of surprise and consternation. With barely a backward glance, he disappeared in company with the monk back behind the entrance door.

A ripple of murmured conversation swept very discreetly through the assembled crowd, but skipped over the landing party, who only exchanged puzzled sidelong glances.

Time dragged on disconcertingly. Still no one emerged through the doorway. Then at last a new figure entered the building, this time another one of the guards with another one of the staffs, this one also bearing a pennant at the top. He simply motioned to the guards who had escorted the landing party, and to several others as well, who immediately converged on the doorway and all promptly disappeared beyond it. The volume of the murmurs increased slightly. Doctor Munib’s eyebrows arched as he directed a questioning glance at Jerry Ward, but the First Officer only shrugged and said nothing. His feet were starting to hurt. He disliked standing on hard stone floors for long periods of time. He shifted his weight from one foot to the other. For a big, powerful man like Ward, the slightly heavier-than-normal gravity of Dorado gradually exerted an unpleasant cumulative effect.

Then everything began to happen very quickly. The guards reappeared, and in their midst walked a distinctly unhappy and puzzled Captain Seay, quite obviously under some kind of arrest.

All the landing party members looked directly at Jerry Ward. He frowned and shook his head almost imperceptibly. He didn’t have to say anything. The landing party remained rooted where they stood. Then Ulysses Gauss stepped through the door, alone and free, and walked quickly toward Lord Isar. They held a brief whispered conversation, at which the Lord’s visage clouded over with obvious anger, and a moment later he turned and swept out of the building with the rest of the local dignitaries trailing after him as fast as they could decently follow. Almost as an anti-climax, finally the Focian monk came into the landing zone, also alone, and the landing party waited in vain to see Lady Montgolfier behind him.

“Wait here,” Jerry said under his breath, and then broke away from the others and walked as calmly as he could toward the Federation special agent, who now stood alone where he had been talking with Lord Isar. The guards and Captain Seay had already disappeared down the passage on the slidewalk, and most of the dignitaries were rapidly dwindling in the distance as he reached Gauss. “What in blazes is going on, Gauss?” he demanded.

“Most unfortunate,” the little man replied, obviously upset. “Most puzzling, too, I must say. Lady Montgolfier has been placed in medical quarantine at the customs station back there, and will not be allowed to come out onto the planet. She has tested positive for shisemi virus.”

Jerry Ward stood as if turned to stone for an instant–but only for an instant.

“That absurd!” he exclaimed. “She beamed aboard our ship just before we set course for this system, and our standard transporter scans would have set off every alarm known to man if she had been carrying shisemi!”

“Indeed, First Officer Ward, I quite agree. In part this is why it has taken so long for us to get to this point. Dorado customs was in communication with your ship, and received transcripts of the transporter scans from her arrival on the McNair. It’s ironic, isn’t it, that they won’t allow transporters here for people like Lady Montgolfier, but it was your ship’s transporter that led to your own captain’s arrest?”

“I don’t follow you.”

“Well, your transporter scans confirmed what you have just said. There was no trace of shisemi virus in her transporter scan when she arrived on your ship. Yet here in Dorado customs she has tested positive for the virus. Therefore Captain Seay has been arrested for allowing the contamination of a lineage marriage candidate on his ship. There is no other logical possibility.”

“And the penalty?” Jerry asked, with a sinking feeling.

“Death, of course,” Ulysses Gauss replied without hesitation. “Particularly here on a strict lineage world like Dorado. I’m afraid there’s no question about that.”

“When? How long does he have/”

“Well, there must be a formal hearing, and then sentencing, and so on. I’d say a couple of days. But you know that days here on Dorado are some hours shorter than standard Earth days.”

It sounded very final, and very serious. Jerry Ward thanked the little man and slowly made his way back to his landing party. Some fancy footwork was called for this time, and no mistake. They all looked at him eagerly, but he gave them no details or explanations while they were still standing on alien ground, far from the security of their ship in orbit high overhead. He only reached up and tapped his communicator pin on his chest.

“We’ll be coming back up in the shuttle, Mister Thorne,” he declared. “There’s been some unexpected trouble down here. Please meet me in the shuttle bay. We need to talk transporters.”

“I’ll see you there,” Andre Thorne’s voice confirmed.

“Let’s go get our weapons back,” he instructed the others. “And then let’s get back up to the ship as quickly as we can. We don’t seem to have much time to waste.”

The six of them hurried back toward the security checkpoint to reclaim their things before boarding the shuttle.


Chapter Three

Stalling for Time

First Officer Jerry Ward rarely said more than necessary. Getting an entire sentence out of him could be considered a good day’s work. At least that was the standing joke among the command staff of the McNair. Chief Engineer Thorne reflected, however, that suddenly he seemed to have accomplished an entire month’s work on those terms. Ward hadn’t stopped talking since he reached Engineering.

“…and they’re your transporters, Chief, so I expect you to figure it out,” the First Officer concluded, staring down at him earnestly. “I’ve got to find some way to buy the Captain some time, but I need answers!”

“If there was something wrong with our scans when we brought her on board, I’ll find it, sir,” Andrew Thorne assured him. “But maybe they’re right! Maybe she did pick up that virus right here on the ship.”

“I took her from the transporter to the admiralty cabin myself,” Ward retorted, “and she never touched another person the whole way. Same drill on the way out, too. She never even talked to anybody but me, the doctor, the Captain, Counselor Kelley, and that monk of hers.”

“What about the monk, then?”

“We’re working on that, don’t worry!”

“Or what about the shuttle? Maybe she got it on the Saluda. Shuttles go a lot of strange places. Should we be going over that thing with a fine-toothed comb as well?”

“Absolutely. Get a team down to the shuttle bay at once. If you think of anything else, take care of it yourself, and let me know at the first sign of any answers.”

It was a mark of just how preoccupied and worried Jerry Ward had become that he turned on his heel and hurried out of Engineering without waiting for the chief engineer’s reply, a frown creasing his features. The sudden burden of command had swallowed him whole. Standing by himself in the turbolift on the way to the bridge, Jerry was struck by how alone a person could feel, even sealed inside a starship with a thousand other souls like sardines in a can. Not that most people would have any familiarity with sardines in a can, he reflected with a smile.

It was the smile that the people on the bridge saw as he emerged in their midst moments later, and the sight reassured everyone else even if it did nothing for the new commanding officer.

“Counselor, I’m sending a team down to the planet to talk to Lord Isar and whoever else may be in charge down there. We have to find a way to delay their legal proceedings against the Captain, until we can figure out what’s happened here. I want you to lead it.”

Jennifer Kelley rose immediately from her seat beside the empty captain’s chair.

“You want me to leave now?” she asked.

“I’ll get what information I can from here,” Ward replied, “but go ahead and get started now. Call me from the transporter before you beam down, and I’ll have a site and some names for you to start with. Take a couple of people with you.”

Jennifer nodded. “I’ll take Ensign Key,” she decided, gesturing to the helmsman. “He won’t be doing much while we’re locked here in orbit.”

“I’d like to go along too,” suggested the ship’s Ferengi quartermaster, Oodee. Ward and Kelley both turned in surprise to look at the slightly shriveled, aging alien. In response to their surprise, he explained, “Dorado colony may be just a big crack in the planet to you, but the name of the place means gold! How could I resist?” He grinned slyly. “Besides, I owe the Captain a lot of favors, and I want to do my part.”

“Very well,” Jennifer said. “George and Oodee, you’re with me.” The two of them followed her briskly into the turbolift, and with a hiss the doors closed behind them.

“Ensign Takai, you have the con,” Ward directed. “I’ll be in the captain’s ready room, talking to the planet. Maintain standard orbit.”

“Standard orbit it is, sir.”

Jerry Ward disappeared in his turn into the ready room, to pave the way for Jennifer’s explorations. The quiet, virtually deserted bridge gave no hint of the crisis gripping the McNair.

On the planet below, the landing party materialized some time later in the shadow of a huge overhanging slab of rock. Cliffs soared above and behind them, reaching for the clouds overhead. The land sloped away almost as steeply below, down into the enormous Dorado chasm. It was George Key’s first visit to Dorado. The sight took his breath away. He had been to the Grand Canyon on Earth, had looked across seventeen miles of nothing to the far rim, marveling at the impact of not seeing anything where you had expected to see firm ground. But the Dorado chasm dwarfed that experience.

For one thing, the rip in the crust followed the terminator between day and night, fully a third of the way around Dorado–the final venting of the gravitational forces that had tidally locked the planet to its sun. That made the chasm about ten times longer than the entire Grand Canyon. Even without the haze hanging in the air, it would have been impossible to see the west rim more than a hundred miles in the distance, roasting hot and dry at the top edge but dropping down into perpetual shadow and then darkness and ice in the depths. Only where the sun’s rays streamed across the chasm and touched the eastern slopes on which they stood was there a tolerable “daylight zone” where planets, people and other terrestrial life could find a niche and flourish.

The perpetual heating created an equally perpetual updraft all along the eastern slopes, carrying the moist, oxygen-rich air of the chasm up where it condensed into clouds and then drifted westward, raining as they went, until they reached the western downdraft that completed the planet’s only climate cycle. Outside the chasm, a dry, dusty meteor-pocked orb stared blankly off into space, devoid of any other crustal deformities or much of anything else of any interest to anyone in the galaxy. Once you’ve seen the chasm, you’ve seen all there is to see on Dorado. George had heard that over and over again, but only now realized that just seeing the chasm would take a lot longer than he had imagined. Perhaps a lifetime to see it all. Forests crowded distant shelving plateaus, and he could even see roads snaking along the edges of the chasm at several levels, until the landscape melted into the darker twilight in the depths below them. There was no way to see the bottom in the darkness down there, but he knew from study, and from the salt tang in the air, that a vast ocean filled the hidden depths. He blinked once or twice in wonder, and turned to the others.

Oodee the Ferengi had been watching his gaping first sight of the chasm, and grinned tolerantly at him.

“It always does that the first time you see it,” he advised.

“Let’s get to work,” Jennifer suggested. “I don’t really know how we’re supposed to slow down the wheels of justice, or whatever they call them here, but we’ve got to do something. Commander Ward said we might want to start with the legal authorities.”

“If you don’t mind,” Oodee requested, “I have an allergy to legal authorities. I’ve been to Dorado a time or two before, though, and an idea occurred to me as we were waiting in the transporter room to beam down here. Would you mind if I made a few inquiries on my own?”

Everyone on the McNair had become used to the idea that a Ferengi might have different ways of solving problems than the standard Starfleet solutions, and more than once this had turned out very much to the advantage of the ship and its crew. Jennifer knew this as well as anyone else.

“Suit yourself, Oodee,” she agreed. “George and I will probably be in this building for quite a while, but check in with us by communicator every hour, okay?”

Oodee merely grinned in acknowledgement. He turned and hurried away along the sidewalk that had been carved along the base of the rock face behind them, heading down the gentle side slope toward a tangle of tall, irregularly-shaped buildings below them. They looked to George like nothing so much as a row of somebody’s bad teeth when seen from above, though there were windows in them, and plenty of people bustling about everywhere. He and the ship’s counselor turned instead toward the vast brick edifice that blotted out their view of the rest of the chasm to the south, and started up the curved incline that led to the main entrance to Dorado’s Government Center complex. It looked like another thankless landing party, he reflected. Why do they call them parties? A whole day of bureaucrats, dead ahead.

On the bridge of the McNair, science officer Wood scowled in exasperation.

“Sensors reveal nothing at all?” he asked.

“Not a thing, Robert,” came Andrew Thorne’s voice from the communications panel before him. “We’ve practically taken the shuttlecraft apart piece by piece. There’s not a single particle of shisemi virus anywhere on board. Not on this ship, not on the shuttle. And nothing to say there ever was.”

“But she didn’t come on board with it, and nobody on board has it.”

“That’s right,” confirmed Doctor Munib, who stood beside him. “I even have a scan I took from that monk fellow with her, and he was also clean as the driven snow.”

The reference to snow was lost on Thorne, whose home world had not featured any of that substance, but he ignored it.

“Could she have been contaminated after she got to the planet surface?” he asked.

“The Captain said not,” replied Robert Wood, shaking his head. “He was with her right up to the customs check, and she never had any contact with anybody. It must be transmitted directly. It’s not airborne or anything like that.”

Andrew Thorne snorted. “That’s the euphemism of the day,” he commented. Of course, shisemi virus was only communicated in body fluids, requiring contact of a particularly intimate sort to spread the infection. This was what made the situation so acutely embarrassing for the McNair. “You say sensors show no possible means of contamination. Not even a transporter?”

“A transporter?”

“I know these lineage types can’t transport around here on Dorado,” Thorne explained, “but somebody could always transport the virus into them anyway, couldn’t they?”

“Possible,” countered Lieutenant Wood, “except our review covered all sensor scans, including any transporter activity incoming or outgoing. There was no incoming transporter activity from the planet the whole time Lady Montgolfier was on board.”

“What about on the shuttle?” Andrew asked again.

“You mean transport the virus into her while she was on the shuttle?”

“Exactly.”

There was a pause in the conversation. Munib and Wood looked at each other inquiringly. Finally Doctor Munib’s eyebrows lifted in recognition of the possibility, and he nodded his head. “It could be,” he admitted.

“I’ll go have a look at the shuttle’s sensor logs myself,” Wood agreed, and strode away quickly.

“Interesting idea, Andrew,” Keith Munib declared.

“Thanks, Keith. Let me know what you turn up.”

Ensign Comeau joined her superior officer in the transporter bay, having received his summons as he rode the turbolift through the ship.

“Okay, Donna,” Wood directed. “I want you to get into the shuttle computer and reload all the sensor records from the flight down to the planet earlier. I’m going to settle in here at the monitoring station in the back and go through everything again.”

“What are we looking for?”

“Possibly, any sign of incoming transporter activity during the flight. It would have been directed at that seat over there.” He indicated the seat where Lady Montgolfier had spent the trip down to her current disgrace and imprisonment.

In fact, it took them only a few minutes to find exactly what Andrew Thorne had suggested. The Saluda’s sensor records contained the clear signature of a incoming transporter beam focused directly on the seat where the lineage bride had been riding. The transmission had lasted one-third of a second, plenty of time to transmit something as small as a virus infestation.

A little further calculation revealed that this had happened at exactly the same moment that the McNair’s own transporters had been activated to transport Commander Ward and his landing party down to the spaceport, effectively masking it from detection by the ship.

“A nasty little piece of work,” Jerry Ward decided on the bridge shortly afterward, as Munib, Thorne and Wood gathered around him to discuss it. “Where did it come from? Have you been able to determine the sending point?

“We’re working on that now,” Wood replied. “It takes a while because we have to integrate the transporter signal sensors with the geo-sensors that give location. It would have been a lot easier if we were looking for a place that we had beamed something dowon, instead.”

“Top priority on that, Mister Wood,” Jerry ordered. “I want that location.”

“Sir,” interrupted Jo Leach from the communications console behind him, “I have an incoming signal from the planet.”

“On screen,” said Ward. The forward screen illuminated with a giant close-up of Jennifer’s face. She was laughing.

“Care to share the joke, Counselor?” Ward asked.

“We’ve got your delay for you, sir!” she answered, still laughing. “You tell them,” she continued, looking to her left. The Ferengi quartermaster stepped into the view beside her.

“I’m afraid the court will meet as scheduled and condemn the Captain to death in about three hours from now,” Oodee said, deliberately stringing them along.

“This is supposed to be good news, Oodee,” said Ward.

“Well, it seems they were in the process of appointing a new executioner, since they haven’t needed one for a while, and this whole business sort of caught them by surprise.”

“And…?”

“And it just so happens I have an old friend or two in the Ministry of Justice,” Oodee continued with a grin, “who actually owe me a pretty large amount of latinum, and so it seems that they’ve appointed a new executioner.”

“I still haven’t heard any good news.”

“The new executioner is himself scheduled to be executed. In fact, he’s the next one on the list. He’s been on death row here for about five years, waiting for a new executioner to be appointed, but there was no rush because his crime was a financial one. They have their priorities completely backward on this planet. On Ferengenal he would have been the first to go.”

The whole bridge crew smiled as they recognized the truth of this statement.

“Anyway,” Oodee finished, “according to the laws of this planet, the new executioner can’t execute anybody else until he executes himself first. He hasn’t shown any enthusiasm for that so far. In fact, he’s called in a lot of lawyers to tell him about the legal and ethical objections to capital punishment. We might be on the verge of some legal reforms down here.” The sly smile had become a rather forthright grin, at least for a Ferengi.

“You traded a latinum debt for something as selfless as that? To save the Captain’s life?” Jerry Ward asked, impressed in spite of his general opinion of Ferengi motives.

Oodee looked even more shocked. “What are you saying, Commander? I would never put Starfleet ahead of profit! No, they did this just for me as a favor. Plus, they all thought it was a great joke. You should have heard them laughing as they signed the orders! I gather Lord Isar isn’t very popular here. He’s not a native of Dorado, you know. His lineage companies control the finances of the planet, but he’s originally from Earth.”

“Well, thank you just the same, quartermaster,” Jerry acknowledged. “I think the landing party can beam up again with a job well done. We may get out of this yet!”

 

 

Chapter Four

Danger in the Dungeon

The featureless plasteel door of Captain Seay’s high security cell hissed open slowly, as befitted such a thick, heavy partition. The Captain looked up from the floor, where he had been staring blankly, and saw two figures silhouetted against the bright corridor lights behind them. One hulking figure had become familiar to him. The guard’s name was something Ray couldn’t pronounce, but he wasn’t a bad fellow. The other shape he identified despite the glare as Ulysses Gauss, the Federation special agent.

Gauss stepped into the cell immediately, motioning for Seay not to bother to get up. Instead the old man came and sat beside him on the metal frame suspended by two diagonal chains from the cell wall. The guard discreetly stepped out of the line of sight and stood somewhere in the corridor outside.

“I trust you are in no distress?” Gauss asked.

“Apart from being cut off from my command, no,” Seay answered. “But I have full confidence in my First Officer.”

“You know you are sentenced to death?”

“So I gather.”

“Well, you may not have heard that we have a new executioner,” Gauss smiled. Ray thought the smile in rather bad taste, but said nothing. “And as a result,” Gauss continued, “your execution appears to have been stalled for the time being.”

“By the appointment of an executioner?” Ray asked incredulously.

“Seems he’s sentenced to death himself,” Gauss chuckled. “Ahead of you, in fact. So as long as he keeps himself alive, he can’t get to you. He’s issued a statement that he will be studying the laws pertaining to capital punishment, to prepare himself for his duties. Nobody seems to know when these studies of his might be completed. So you can relax for the moment, Captain.”

Ray found himself relaxing at these improbable words.

“What about my ship?” he asked.

“Your people are nosing about,” Gauss replied. “Your First Officer won’t tell me much about what he’s up to, however. I think he half-suspects I had something to do with your arrest, or maybe even with the contamination of your passenger. Federation politics or something, you know. I can’t say I blame him, since I came on board at about the same time as Lady Montgolfier. But it would make it a lot easier for me to help him, and you, if he would trust me and tell me what he’s up to.”

Ray made no immediate reply to this. Much the same suspicions already had occurred to him, and he could well understand Commander Ward’s wish for independent action. But what that action might be he could not guess. He simply looked at Gauss politely and waited for the fellow to continue.

“I see you have some reservations about me, yourself,” the agent continued at last. “Well, I can’t blame you, either. Actually, I can’t tell you why I am here on Dorado, but I can tell you my mission was assigned to me long before this incident occurred. I’m here on a much larger investigation. And since I have a lot of work to do on that score, I won’t take up any more of your time here. Just thought you’d like to know about the executioner.” He smiled once more, then rose from the cot. Ray got up and escorted him to the door.

“I do appreciate it, Agent Gauss. It relieves my mind considerably to know I may live a few more days, and I’m sure my crew can handle the matter. Your visit was most thoughtful.”

“Standard procedure, you know,” Ulysses Gauss informed him. They nodded to each other, and the guard, who had returned to the doorway, hit the hall panel. The heavy slab hissed shut between their faces, isolating Seay inside the cell once more.

In the main engineering cabin of the McNair, chief engineer Thorne turned to Ensign Comeau from science section.

“You’re sure these are the coordinates, Donna?”

“Absolutely, sir,” she replied. “We’ve adjusted for velocity and course of the shuttle, rotation of the planet, and pinpointed time of transmission from the shuttle’s onboard chronometer. The angle of penetration of the narrow-beam transporter signal was recorded exactly. We have the point of origin to within one meter horizontal and two meters vertical.”

“So you not only know the building, but the floor inside it.”

“In fact, we know the room it came from, sir.”

“And?”

“It came from this isolated settlement on the frozen side of the rift-sea.”

“Frozen side?” Andrew Thorne knew every conduit and circuit on the McNair, but he remained a little hazy on planetary cartography, particularly when it was a planet on which he had never yet set foot.

“The Dorado chasm is a single massive tectonic rift in the planetary crust,” she explained. “The temperature difference between the cold dark side of the planet and the burnt-over day side created rotating wind currents that gradually deposited the planet’s original water at the bottom of the chasm, and any water added from comets and other sources has collected there as well. It’s a whole ocean down there, and only on the upper east slope, where incident sunlight penetrates, is there a life zone. On the west slope there are sheer cliffs of ice and rock. Virtually no colonists would choose to live over there. But that’s where the transporter signal came from, the one that penetrated the shuttle and infected Lady Montgolfier with shisemi virus.”

“What information do you have about this settlement, other than that it’s a god-forsaken spot?”

“Our preliminary link with the planetary records indicates it began as a meteorologic station about a century ago, or a little less. The satellite system in place now made it obsolete a generation ago or more, however. According to official records it has been abandoned for nearly twenty years. Auxiliary power only, minimal system operation. It’s supposed to be shut down, too dark and cold for anybody to be living there.”

“It would have a transporter, though, of course. So somebody may have just dropped in over there long enough to use it. Any problem if we send a security team down there to have a look around? I don’t want to suggest it to Commander Ward if it would get us in trouble.”

“No problem that I know of, sir,” she replied. “There are no restrictions listed for the site.”

Andrew Thorne tapped his communicator pin with his hand. “Thorne to bridge,” he said. When the voice of Jerry Ward answered, he relayed all the information Donna Comeau had laid out for him, and suggested, “…if you send down an away team, I’d like Ensign Comeau along to have a look at the equipment at that site. She may be able to determine if there has been any shisemi virus at the sending site. That would really clinch it for getting the Captain out of his dungeon down there.”

“An excellent idea, Andrew,” Ward replied. “I’ll get together a team right away. I’ll send one of the people from the last team, who has already been on the surface once. Key, I think. And a couple of security men. Have Ensign Comeau meet them in the transporter room right away. Ward out.”

“You heard the commander,” Thorne grinned at Donna. “Better get moving!” She nodded her assent, scooped up a tricorder and a couple of other pieces of monitoring equipment, and disappeared into the turbolift without a backward glance.

When she and George Key and the two security men materialized inside the darkened interior of the abandoned weather station a short time later, she saw with satisfaction that her information had been correct. The place was cold and silent and dark, the air stale and unmoving. There would be plenty of oxygen, but they would have to find lights and heat and a ventilation system if they were going to stay around long. Ensign Key appeared to be looking around at the floor around his feet.

“Lose something, George?” she asked.

“Yes,” Key replied. “I mean no, not now. Not here. But last time I beamed down, I think I may have lost something. My triffid. I couldn’t find him on the ship anywhere. The computer can’t pick him up on scan, but I’m afraid I may have carried him down to the planet by accident earlier today, and lost him. He likes the transporter for some reason. I thought if he were still on the ship, he would sense I was going to the transporter, and I’d find him around my leg or something now. But he doesn’t seem to be here. I hope I haven’t lost him for good!”

“Well, we can’t worry about that now. You look for the life support, okay? I’ll try to find the transporter here, and look for virus traces.”

“You’ve got it,” George replied. The security men had already fanned out to inspect the perimeter of the room and adjoining passages. Donna turned away toward a likely-looking set of consoles against one wall.

In his cell on the opposite side of the Dorado chasm, Captain Seay lay motionless on his back, staring absently at the parallel slits of the ventilation system in the ceiling. Suddenly he heard a small pop, as might be made by a large soap bubble. It seemed to come from the floor beside his bunk. Curious, he swung himself up to a sitting position, his feet descending to the floor. At once, he heard a familiar smacking sound and felt something attach itself securely around his ankle.

When he leaned forward to look down, he saw the blue and white fur of Ensign Key’s pet hugging itself against his leg. He gave it a wry look.

But how had the thing gotten into his cell? Had it somehow crept in while the door was open? Had it perhaps been riding secretly on Ulysses Gauss when he visited? He reached down and gently tried to pry it loose from his ankle, but it would not be budged. When he pulled harder, it made a small squealing noise but refused to release its grip. He couldn’t even find a seam in the thing to begin prying it off. It was doing no harm, anyway.

He realized that in his tense solitude, he found its presence to be oddly reassuring. Any friend in a time of need? This qualified as a time of need, and the thing obviously considered him a friend. He resigned himself to the living ankle bracelet and sank back on the cot once more. He brought his hands up behind his head, interlacing his fingers, and resumed his inspection of the ventilator slits high above. The furry creature emitted a low hum of contentment from the foot end of the cot.

Almost before he had fully composed himself upon the cot again, however, he had to blink his eyes rapidly. Were they playing tricks on him? He seemed to see spots or streaks in the air between himself and the ceiling! Suddenly he could see more clearly that it was no optical failure on his part. Long, wispy white threads were emerging from the ventilator slits and drifting straight down toward him, twirling and gliding in the air like smoke from a fire, except that they fell rather than rising on a fire’s updraft.

“What the…!?” he said aloud, lifting himself up so he was leaning on his elbows, staring up at the falling strands. But even as the words escaped his lips, Ray suddenly recognized approaching doom. To find Ophiuchi cloudworms in a prison cell on Dorado was like finding a supernova in you bathroom, but the evidence of his own eyes could not be denied. Despite their name, he knew these were not worms at all, not even living creatures, but strands of protoparticles, neither matter nor antimatter. They would drift and curl down through him as easily as through the air, and through the cot and through the floor, and eventually settle in the planet’s core far below, but in passing through his body they would set up such an electrochemical storm that every flicker of life would be extinguished in every cell of his body. There wouldn’t be a mark on his corpse anywhere. A medical examiner might suspect the cause, but with the proof coiling about in the molten interior of the planet, no evidence would be forthcoming. At the rate the strands were falling, he had no chance to roll out of the way. The first ones were already less than a meter from his chest.

A shrill whistle from his ankle caused his eye to jerk in that direction, in time to see the furry creature, now unwrapped from his leg, fling itself with many stalk-like legs straight toward his face. It arched upward in a graceful curve, twisting and rolling in the air as it came, but slowed suddenly in mid-course by some acrobatic trick and unexpectedly caught the first threads on its exposed underbelly. Rather than drifting inexorably and lethally through it, they seemed to be absorbed into the little creature, who gave a low, keening whine of satisfaction as it bounced off his stomach sideways in time to catch a few more of the strands, then wriggled toward his face for others, and finally sprang to within a few inches of his chin and neatly caught the final few strands that would have penetrated directly through his heart, lungs and other vital organs. Then it righted itself and stood on all its legs, squarely on his chest, looking at him with five or six of its eyestalks. All the blue and white fur seemed to have developed a strong electrostatic charge, for it stood up along the creature’s back like metal spikes. The thing had saved his life! Where had Ensign Key gotten hold of this thing, anyway? And what was it doing in his cell? Though he savored these questions for a few moments, Ray rather quickly decided to put them out of his mind. Better not to look a gift horse in the mouth, he thought.

“Nice little fella, aren’t you?” he asked aloud. He decided not to try to pet it at the moment, given the state of that fur. “What did Ensign Key say your name was, anyway? Trif, wasn’t it?”

The walking oven mitt gave a wriggle of pleasure and whistled at him.

“Okay, Trif. If that’s your name. I thank you for saving my life just now, whether you know what you’re doing or not. You’re welcome to ride around on my ankle as much as you like.”

He couldn’t be sure whether the creature understood what he was saying or not, and a little reflection suggested that it had probably just been having lunch when it absorbed the cloudworms, so he couldn’t assume any sort of altruistic motives. At any rate, the creature turned as if it had understood his words, and returned to his ankle where it resumed its wraparound post. Ray could only shake his head with a smile, and lay back down on the cot. Who would believe this even if he told them?

 

 

Chapter Five

The Mysterious Monk

Brian Hart smoothed out two remaining wrinkles from the fabric of his uniform tunic. He swallowed a last nervous swallow and pressed the entry chime on the First Officer’s cabin. The door hissed open immediately, and Commander Ward’s voice boomed out, “Come in, Hart!”

Brian stepped into the room, acutely aware that Ward was not only as big as ever, but now in command of the McNair.

“At ease, Hart,” Jerry Ward advised him. “I’ve got an assignment for you. I want you to take two other security people and beam down to the planet in civilian clothing. Take your communicator pins, but keep them out of sight.”

“Yes, sir,” Brian acknowledged, waiting and wondering about the details.

“Did you see that Focian monk that was accompanying the lineage princess we carried to this system?”

“Yes, sir. He came up to the forward observation lounge for a while during the voyage here. The lady was sleeping, he said, and he wanted to sit and relax a bit.”

“Very good. You’d recognize him, then? Even if he weren’t in his brown robe and all?”

“I think so, sir. Yes, I know I would. I sat right at the next table. I even heard him talking to the orderly who brought his drink.”

“His name, according to the ship’s manifest, is Kroy Kahan. I had Lieutenant Wood look him up in Federation archives. He grew up in the colony on Alpha Cygnus nine, and his family sent him into the orders at the usual age, around fourteen. I guess they couldn’t manage a proper match for him. Anyway, here’s the important bit. He comes from a very important lineage, as these monks often do. Kahan is a name to reckon with, even on Earth itself. They’re a Federation Council family, just like the Montgolfier bunch. I had no idea we were hauling so much important weight around the quadrant on this trip!” He grinned at Brian, and the nervous Ensign relaxed a bit. “In fact,” Ward continued, “Oodee confided to me an hour ago that there is something of a feud between his lineage and hers. Something to do with mining rights on Mars, I gather. It occurs to me that this Focian monk may have something to do with messing up her marriage, and I want you to find him down there, track him without him knowing it, and see what you can sniff out. Can you do it?”

“Of course we can, sir!” Brian declared. Commander Ward nodded approvingly. Almost the moment that the doors closed behind Ensign Hart, however, the screen on his desk chimed for his attention. This command stuff could get to be a real headache, he reflected.

“Ward here,” he responded, reaching out to punch the activation key. The face of Ulysses Gauss appeared before him.

“Commander Ward,” he began, without polite preamble, “I’m afraid I have some extremely disturbing news for you.”

“Oh?”

“As you know, I have been performing my duties as a Federation diplomat, in addition to my specific assignment here. I’ve been visiting your Captain regularly in the planetary prison beneath the government center.”

“And I appreciate your good offices in this awkward situation,” Ward replied.

“Well, I’ve just left him after another visit, and he told me that an attempt was made on his life.”

Ward sat straight up in his chair, suddenly on full alert. “What!?” he cried.

“A number of cloudworms apparently were released somewhere in the government center above his cell, and fell through his cell, right toward his bed while he was lying on it. He thinks they must have been monitoring him and released them while he was lying there. It would have worked, except for the presence of a small creature in his cell with him.”

This went quite a distance over Ward’s head, but the basic point was clear enough. “They tried to kill him,” he repeated, “while he was in their prison. That’s what you’re saying.”

“I see no other conclusion,” Gauss admitted. “The protoparticle chains had to come from the building above, and that’s the government center itself.”

“Thanks, agent Gauss. I’ll get back to you. Right now I have a planet to talk to.” He killed the image with one stroke, and called Ensign Leach on the bridge. “Jo,” he ordered, “I want a direct channel to the planetary governor, and I want it five minutes ago.” Not even Jo Leach could manage five minutes ago, but within thirty seconds her voice responded in the affirmative even as the screen before him flickered to life again. The planetary governor turned out to be none other than Lord Isar himself.

“Yes, Commander?” he said. The words were clipped short, the tone a trifle impatient. Arrogant so-and-so, thought Ward. We’ll see about that.

“Lord Isar, as acting commander of the McNair, it is my duty to inform you that Federation special agent Gauss has informed me that an attempt has been made on the life of Captain Seay while he is in your custody. I therefore ask that you transfer him to our ship, where I will hold him in custody here pending the outcome of legal proceedings on the planet. You have my word we will continue to respect planetary and Federation law, and we will not leave orbit until this case is settled.”

“That is out of the question, Commander,” the aristocrat responded flatly, instantly. He continued to stare out of the screen at Ward with a level, confrontational gaze.

“I’m afraid you don’t understand, Lord,” Jerry continued just a smoothly, a secret smile well hidden within. “Starfleet regulations do not permit me to leave a member of my crew in a life-threatening situation when I can do something about it. I would be negligent in my duty if I left Captain Seay in a place where his life is in danger.”

“I believe the relevant point is whether you can do something about it,” smiled the aristocrat.

“Indeed, Lord. I have twenty-five security men in full space armor, equipped with heavy assault weapons, standing by in the transporter room. At my command they will beam down to your office, place you under arrest for causing and allowing the attempt on Captain Seay’s life, and remove him from his cell by force if needed.” He returned the gaze for several seconds. Although it was a bluff and he did not have the assault team standing by, he knew he could get one together quickly enough if it came to that. Accustomed to bullying inexperienced local colony officials, the aristocrat realized he had met his match. His finely-chiseled features tensed with anger, his lips turning white and thin as he forced one of the nastiest false smiles Jerry Ward could remember seeing in a long time.

“Very well, Commander, You shall have your precious Captain back. First you allow my own bride-to-be to be contaminated with a filthy virus, and now you threaten me with your Starfleet thugs. I will not stoop to your crude level, but mark my words! When this affair is settled, you and your captain will pay for this insult! You have no idea what kind of influence my family has in the Federation Council, and therefore with Starfleet Command. You should begin thinking about how you will like commanding an ore hauler on the fringe of human space.”

“Your threats are recorded in our ship’s log,” replied Jerry, with a genuine smile of his own. “And of course, you realize it is a crime to threaten political retribution for a Starfleet officer carrying out his duty according to regulations. I’ll expect the Captain to be beamed up within the hour. My communications officer will be standing by.” He cut the connection and leaned back in his chair. His pulse was pounding in his temples and his throat was dry. He felt terrific. A real chance to put a bigwig in his place! Moments like that made all the drudgery of drifting between the stars worthwhile.

When Captain Seay did materialize on the transporter pad about an hour later, Jerry saw the small blue-and-white patch of fur perched on his right shoulder. He raised an inquiring eyebrow as Seay stepped down to the deck.

“Nice work, Commander! I’ve rarely seen a lineage official so angry, though. Isar certainly has a temper! But I guess I’d be pretty upset to have my wedding scratched, and then be embarrassed by a breach of my own security like that. Oh, I see you’ve noticed my little friend! This is the reason I’m still alive, Mister Ward! Say hello to Trif.”

Jerry declined to say hello to the small creature, and instead spent the time it took them to travel to the bridge in the turbolift explaining what had been happening during Seay’s absence. The doors hissed open and they stepped together onto the bridge.

“Sounds like you’ve got it all under control,” Ray remarked. “I want you to remain in command for now, Jerry. Consider me under house arrest or something. I’ll just sit in the back row and watch. Of course, if you want my advice I’ll be glad to give it. You know me. But you’re in charge of this show. We have to stick by the rules, now that you’ve used them to pry me out of there.”

“Message coming in on the narrow-band coded channel,” Jo Leach interrupted them. “It’s Ensign Hart and his team, I think.”

They got no visual image, only the sound of Brian’s voice over a slight background fuzz of static. “Hart to McNair,” he said in a quiet voice. “We have located the Focian monk. He’s on board a small ship crossing the rift sea, heading for the western side of the chasm. I’ve sent one of our team to rent a skimmer, and we’re going to fly across and be on the other side when the boat arrives. Could this be something to do with the weather station where the virus was transported from?”

“An intriguing idea, Ensign,” Ward replied. “By all means, fly your team over and be ready for that ship when it arrives. But stay out of sight! We don’t want that monk noticing you, and besides that, I’ve gotten on the bad side of the planetary authorities here, and I’d hate for them to get wind of the fact that I’ve got a spy team running around their territory!”

“I understand, sir. We’ll be discreet, I promise.”

Jerry Ward smiled again. “I know you will, Ensign. McNair out.”

Even as the communication ended, a sudden shrill whistle erupted from the creature on the Captain’s shoulder, so piercing that Seay cringed away from it in pain. It had spotted George Key seated at the helmsman’s post down at the forward end of the bridge, and flung itself halfway across the room at one jump, scampering the rest of the way on its spindly legs. George heard the whistle and turned just in time to receive the creature like a projectile directly against his chest. He straightened back in delighted surprise.

“Trif! You’re back!” He looked up at the Captain. “Why, thank you, sir! You’ve found him for me! I thought for sure I’d lost him down on the planet.”

“I think you did, Ensign. I think you did. And I’m very glad it happened, too. Your little friend saved my life down there.”

“I’m glad to hear it, sir,” George replied, not quite knowing what else to say to this.

“I’ll tell you about it later,” Seay said. “Right now I have something else I need to tell Commander Ward. Commander, can I see you privately in the ready room?” The two of them crossed to the side of the bridge together, and only when the door had closed behind them and they were alone inside did he continue. “Jerry, I heard something else down there on the planet, and I don’t quite know what to make of it.”

“Well, I’m your man. Go ahead and tell me about it.”

“I was walking along behind Lord Isar and my guard and another prison official who had come to haul me out of the shielded area to the building’s transporter. Lord Isar was giving that poor official the devil. Taking out his frustrations on this man, I’m afraid. He’s not used to being pushed around like this.”

“So I gathered.”

“Anyway, he was chewing out this poor underling, telling him how he didn’t have time to sit around and wait for people when he had things to do, and complaining that the guy had been five or ten minutes late meeting him at the prison command station to come and get me out. The guy tried to defend himself by explaining why he was late, and he told Lord Isar that he had made a mistake and gone to the wrong section of the prison, because he misunderstood who was being released, and he thought it was the other Starfleet officer who was being let out.”

“Another Starfleet officer!? In the planetary prison?”

“That’s what he said, Jerry. I just pretended I didn’t hear a thing. You should have seen Isar then. He looked at me right away, to see if I noticed the remark, but I don’t think he suspects I heard it. They were several paces ahead of the guard and me. He was so angry he went pale in the face. I thought he was going to have a fit or something and fall right down on the floor. He hardly said another word the whole way out of the place.”

Jerry Ward just looked at the Captain. Another Starfleet officer in the same prison? It might have nothing to do with them at all, and he didn’t feel like risking further deterioration of his relations with the planetary authorities right at the moment by demanding to know all about it, but plainly it was their duty to find out what they could. At length he nodded, and silently led the way back out onto the bridge.

“Ensign Leach,” he directed, “I want you to comb through all the Starfleet records you can get hold of. I want to know what other Starfleet officer might be locked up in that prison down there, and why.” Jo Leach nodded her understanding, and without a word turned away toward her communications panel to track down the information. Jerry felt as though the situation was getting just a little more complicated than he was able to comprehend. As the result of years of experience, he realized this probably meant it was time for dinner. “Come on, Captain,” he suggested. “Let’s go and get something to eat. I don’t suppose prison food was much to impress you.”

Ray Seay laughed. “An excellent idea, Commander. I see the ship is in good hands!”

 

 

Chapter Six

Tears in the Dark

Brian Hart kept his voice low as he spoke urgently inside one cupped hand, talking to his communicator pin. He stood with his back to the featureless alley wall of a warehouse. “Hart to Woodward,” he said. “Keep that skimmer out of sight. He just got off the boat. I’ll trail him from here. You two stand by, and I’ll call for pickup if I need it.”

“Standing by,” came the soft reply at once, and nothing more. Brian nodded approval at the efficiency of his security team. Then he cautiously turned to peek around the side of the building again. The street beyond the alley sloped down and ended at a short, businesslike metal dock protruding into the gently lapping waters of the rift sea. Down here at sea level it was always the dark of night, but his lightweight night vision goggles rendered the scene perfectly. A motorized launch about ten meters long had tied up at the dock several minutes before. He could hear its hull thunking repeatedly against the bumpers on the side of the dock, bobbing on the slight chop of the sea. Only three people had disembarked from it, but this was enough to stimulate the robot port warden to come rolling out of its small blockhouse near the dock and go rattling out along the corrugated metal toward the new arrivals. Brian could hear its tinny voice inquiring what services they might need upon their arrival in Comora, the name of the small port facility here on the western edge of the sea. He couldn’t make out the responses, but apparently nobody wanted anything the robot was equipped to provide, as it suddenly turned around again and came rolling back toward its storage station.

The three passengers also walked off the dock and up the street toward where Brian stood in the darkness. As they came nearer, he began to hear conversation.

“Well, better you than me, brother Kroy,” a man’s voice said. “The sooner I get done with this job the better I’ll like it. I’m not a night shift guy.”

“I sympathize,” responded the monk, who Brian could now recognize by the outline of his robe and cowl in the darkened street. “Pilgrimage, however, knows no day or night.”

The third person proved to be a woman, who now laughed. “What a very Celestine thing to say,” she commented. “This sure is a strange place for a pilgrimage, though, isn’t it?”

“All places are strange in their own way. A pilgrimage, perhaps, makes them less strange.”

“Very deep,” the man replied. The woman laughed again. “This is where we part company, I guess,” he continued. “The automated terminal we have to check is down here to the right. Good luck, brother Kroy!”

Brian breathed silent thanks that he was on the left side of the street, for the other two passengers now turned into the very alley where he stood, except that they turned the other way on the far side of the street. Apparently they were some kind of maintenance team, coming over to look in on the port facilities. Lathrup had used the skimmer communications gear to probe planetary archives during their flight across perpetual darkness of the rift sea, and had informed him and Woodward that Comora actually had a small automated dilithium mining operation working away very near the seashore.

His monk, however, continued straight up the street and in fact quickened his pace as soon as his companions had turned aside. Brian waited a moment, then slipped out of his concealment and cautiously followed in his wake.

In contrast to the inky darkness of Comora’s streets, the bridge of the McNair was flooded with light. It was the middle of the day watch. Captain Seay entered the bridge. Jerry Ward rose from the command chair, flanked by Jennifer Kelley on his left. Chief engineer Thorne stood at his console by the turbolift door. Ensign Leach was doing something complicated to her comm panel.

“It’s a good thing this is a Federation world,” Jerry Ward observed, “or we’d be in deep trouble with the Prime Directive right now. Captain, I think it’s time you took command again. We’ve kept up this charade long enough.”

“You may be right, Commander. I’m not actually under Starfleet arrest, after all. Are we ready with that creature? I can’t think of any other way to find out what’s going on in that blasted prison down there. It’s all shielded from sensors and transporters. You’re sure this thing likes Starfleet people, right, Mister Key?”

George Key half-turned around in the helmsman’s seat, looking at the others. “Yes, sir,” he replied. “I think it’s really the uniform he likes. The straight lines and color contrasts. It’s like a magnet to him.”

“I still can’t quite get used to that business about self-transporting.”

“Me either, sir. If Lieutenant Wood hadn’t proved it, I wouldn’t have believed it myself, but it explains a lot of things about Trif I never understood before.”

“So he must have transported himself into my cell down there, before. Right through the walls and everything! A handy skill to have, for a little critter like that. Now let’s just hope if there really is another Starfleet officer in that prison, they haven’t taken away his uniform, and your Trif can find him. That spy-eye hooked to him might do some good.”

“I’ve got the visual from the monitor now, sir,” advised Andrew Thorne.

“On screen,” ordered Ray. The main viewer lit with the image of a corridor viewed from floor level. The walls moved past slowly, demonstrating to the watching crew that Trif apparently was skittering along the floor on his multitude of legs.

“If everything is shielded, how can we see this?” asked George.

“Subspace transmitter,” Andrew explained patiently. “They can’t shield against that. Subspace is no good for scanning, but it can sure carry the signal if you get a scanner inside!” He grinned at the effectiveness of the infiltration he had devised. Suddenly, however, the screen went blank white for an instant, and then they found themselves peering into a faintly illuminated cell interior. It seemed identical to the one where Captain Seay had been held, right down to a Starfleet officer lying listlessly on the cot.

“It paid off! He transported himself again!” Ray exulted. “And there’s our man! Jo, give me a hailing channel through that thing on Ensign Key’s critter.”

“Channel open,” Jo replied.

“This is Captain Ray Seay of the Starship McNair,” he said a little more quietly, not wanting to cause a commotion in the cell. Still, the jump executed by the unknown officer was pretty impressive. Jerry Ward reflected he had rarely seen anyone jump vertically up from a bed while lying flat on his back, but this fellow managed something like it, and suddenly stood looking around his cell.

“Where are you?” the fellow asked. “How are you communicating? This prison is completely shielded! Are you in orbit?”

“Affirmative on being in orbit,” Ray answered. “If you look down at the floor, you’ll see a little animal that apparently can transport itself over short distances without any transporter. We’ve just discovered this talent in time to use it to find you. May I ask your identity?”

“Fleet Captain Ron Fell,” the prisoner replied. “I’ve been in this blasted hole for so long I’ve lost track of time.”

“Are you charged with some crime, Fleet Captain?”

“The only crime I committed was to run afoul of Lord Isar here.”

“I see,” replied Ray, glancing at Jerry Ward. Jerry nodded and pursed his lips in understanding. Anybody that had ended up on the bad side of the local aristocrat was okay with him. “What exactly is Lord Isar’s problem, anyway?” Ray continued.

“I’m not sure,” Fell replied, crouching down to look more closely at his new companion in the cell. On the bridge they were treated to an extreme close-up of the Fleet Captain’s face. Ray thought briefly about how good it would look for them to rescue a Fleet Captain from unjust confinement. Starfleet commendations would likely be forthcoming if this mission could be concluded right.

“All I know,” Fell added, as he reached down to stroke Trif’s fur, “is that I had been in Dorado for about four days on an official inspection tour of the Starfleet supply depot about fifty kilometers up north along the side of the rift. One day I came back down here to the capital to see Lord Isar about getting some local labor to help re-install the long-range subspace antenna. It had been destroyed in a storm here. I was just sitting in his outer office, waiting for him to come in that morning, because I’m an early riser and I got to his office about the same time as his secretary, but he wasn’t in yet. Or at least, she said he wasn’t in yet. And she had been in his inner office, too, so I figured she must know what she was talking about. Anyway, a little after I got there, here he comes strolling out of his office after all, and his secretary looked very startled, and so did he, especially when he saw me sitting there too. And he said fine, the maintenance team would be assigned to go out and help set up the antenna, but less than an hour after I left his office, the planetary militia just grabbed me off the street and zipped me up here, and here I’ve been ever since! I still can’t figure out what it’s all about, and I’ve been kept completely incommunicado the whole time. How in the world did you find me, anyway?”

“Just Starfleet luck,” Ray told him. “Fleet Captain, I’m not exactly sure what we can do about getting you out of there at the moment, until we find out more about what’s going on here, but it’s getting plainer and plainer that there is something going on. I have no clue what it is yet, but as soon as we find out, I’ll let you know what we can do for you. Can you be a little patient?”

Ron Fell laughed good-naturedly. “Do what you can, Captain Seay. You know where to find me.”

McNair out,” Ray responded, and Jo Leach cut the subspace signal.

At just about that moment, down on the frigid, darkened western slope of the rift, Brian Hart again talked with his security team in their skimmer. He was a bit out of breath from climbing the steep, rocky paths in the dark, and trying at the same time to stay out of sight of brother Kroy ahead of him. They must have climbed hundreds of meters through the frozen twilight terrain.

“Okay, guys, he’s gone into the building. This is the place our people were before, right?”

“The old weather station,” affirmed Woodward. “What’s he doing here?”

“It’s a cinch he’s not on any pilgrimage, anyway,” observed Brian. “I’m going to follow him inside. Lathrup, I want you to come forward and wait right at the entrance to the place. Woodward, you stay in the skimmer and on the comm, right?”

“On the comm it is,” said Woodward.

“On my way,” added Lathrup. Brian nodded again to himself, and followed the monk into the huge darkened interior of the weather station. He stepped carefully and quietly in the dusty hallways, although here, higher up on the slope of the rift, there was at least a little twilight around them to assist with navigation. Brian came around a last corner in the corridors and found himself in the central gallery of the weather station, just where the McNair landing party had beamed down to investigate on the previous day. Not that day or night had any meaning in this stationary place. He was surprised to see brother Kroy sitting not far away, his back to the hallway where Brian stood, his head in his hands and a tricorder blinking on the floor at his side.

“Oh, Fergana, Fergana!” he moaned to himself, rocking gently to and fro where sat miserably in the semi-darkness. “It really is them! How could they do this to you? I swear by my love they won’t get away with this.” He sniffed loudly, wiped at his eyes, and started to get to his feet. “I’ll make them pay,” he added. He picked up the tricorder, glanced at it, then glanced at it again. Suddenly he whirled toward Brian. “Who’s there?!” he cried.

“Brian Hart, from the Starship McNair, brother Kroy,” he answered directly. Then more quietly, he spoke to his team. “You guys get in here as fast as you can. We’re out in the open.”

“The McNair? What are you doing here?” Brian could almost hear the wheels spinning in brother Kroy’s head. “Did you follow me here? You’re the ones who caused all this trouble in the first place! Special agent Gauss told me all about how the virus was transported right into your shuttle, and you never even noticed a thing. What kind of Starfleet security is that? You’ve destroyed my beloved Fergana’s whole life.”

Brian saw plainly that Kroy was more than a bodyguard. Apparently he was also in love with Lady Montgolfier, though the absurdity of such a match must be obvious to him. As her bodyguard he would be with her only until she was married off to Lord Isar, and then he’d be sent packing. But at least this new twist caused Brian’s suspicion of the monk to evaporate. He hardly would have infected his beloved Fergana with the virus, or join in a plot to do it, if he wanted her for himself. Or would he? If I can’t have her, nobody can? Something like that? Brian felt confused.

“What did you mean when you said ‘they’ had really done it?” he asked, changing the subject. “Who are they? Maybe we can help you yet, maybe help Lady Montgolfier, too.” He was gratified to see that brother Kroy appeared to think this over very seriously before he replied.

“Maybe you can, at that,” he said at last. “I certainly can’t do much about it myself. As to what I meant, that’s very simple. Even this simple hand tricorder told me everything I needed to know. All I had to do was know what to look for.”

“And what were you looking for?”

“Shisemi virus, for one thing. And there’s a trace or two of dead cells still on the transporter pads over there, so this is for certain where they did it from. And also I netted out the ambient air in this room. No ventilators working here for a very long time, I’d say. I got the residue from the people who were in here, and I know where they came from.”

“How do you know that? We had a team down here, too. Maybe you’re picking up traces from them?”

“That’s what I meant by knowing what to look for. We have to call special agent Gauss right away. You see, I’m working with him as well as guarding Lady Montgolfier. And his suspicions have turned out to be well-founded. These traces I’ve identified are smoke residue from the incense pipes of Celestine monks. Monks from the Dorado Focian monastery. I can’t do anything about that place myself, and I suspect neither can agent Gauss. So it looks like a little help from you McNairs may just turn out to be exactly what we need right now.”

 

 

Chapter Seven

A Narrow Escape

The door to the Captain’s ready room hissed open. Ray Seay looked up in time to see Ulysses Gauss bustle into the room. The portly special agent’s unruly white hair matched his rumpled colonist’s suit, but Seay was beginning to understand why he always looked like an unmade bed. He kept so busy at his job that he never had time for personal grooming. Gauss literally had been on the run since the moment he beamed down to Dorado almost three days earlier.

“Good of you to come up, special agent,” Ray thanked him. “I really do need to have this first-hand from you before I can commit my ship and crew to something like you’ve been talking about with my away team people.”

“Of course, Captain,” Gauss replied, plopping into a seat with just the slightest trace of exhaustion. “I’m prepared to lay my cards on the table for you, but I’ll expect the same in return.”

“Fair enough.”

“You’ve probably noticed that the prominent Federation people here on Dorado are highly sensitive about genetic spying,” he began. Ray nodded as he recalled the paranoiac nonsense about nobody using transporters. “This is for a good reason, Captain. For some time, Federation intelligence has been on the track of genetic counterfeiters. They obtain illegal gene scans from powerful lineages in the Federation, and use the information to gain access to financial accounts, secure industrial areas, and other places where valuable resources can be found. They have been stealing people’s identities in order to steal a lot of other things.”

“Stealing identities?”

“If you have a gene scan of someone, you can replicate a false retinal scan and play it into a retinal scanner. It would be just as if the person were standing there with his or her own eye looking into the device. They can create skin tabs that not only look like the fingertips of someone else, including the whorled patterns of fingerprints, but actually are the fingertips of someone else. They can even produce computer simulations of vocal chords of a person at any age, and use that information to generate authentic voice recordings that actually are the voice of that person, saying whatever they want said. These are not faked copies. If you have the actual genetic codes, you can recreate the actual voices and eye-scans and all the rest, exactly duplicating the actual person.”

“They’d be able to go through anybody’s security like a knife through butter,” Seat observed thoughtfully. “even Starfleet security is based on that kind of individual scanning. Voiceprints. Retinal scans. Just what you’re talking about. No wonder Lord Isar is worried about this.”

“Why would they want to tip their hand by transporting shisemi into Lady Montgolfier, though? I just can’t figure that out,” Gauss admitted. “It was a foolish thing to do, because it alerted everyone that they’re still here, still active. They must have been desperate to go to such lengths. Now her bodyguard, brother Kroy, has made the connection. I had my suspicions about the Focian order some time ago, based on things I’ve seen in other systems, and that’s why I took care to see that she would have a Focian bodyguard who was also one of my field operatives. He has positively linked the Focian chapter here on Dorado to the transporter site where the shisemi was transmitted up into your shuttle. Into your passenger.”

“Why should the Focian order be involved in this? They have so much to lose. Celestine orders are the honest brokers in all the political intrigue of the lineages, and if it weren’t for the safety valve of the orders, all those elite children who can’t be properly matched up to somebody would have no careers! And the orders make a fortune by keeping neutral records, and brokering arranged marriages that keep the families around the Federation council table from degenerating into a lot of feuding cats!”

“You’re absolutely right, Captain. It can’t be the whole Focian order. There must be something very wrong in the chapter compound here on Dorado. But since we can deduce that, we must be ready for some very dangerous characters down there. I’m afraid this is where I pull out my special agent’s authority to requisition help from available Starfleet resources in the vicinity.”

“Meaning me.”

“Meaning the McNair, yes. You’ll have to trust me now. I’m going to insist on a surprise attack on the Focian compound.”\

“As to that, special agent Gauss, you won’t need to pull rank here. I’m convinced already of the need for this strike. I’ll put my first officer in command of the team. I have an excellent security detail on the ship. We’ve got a couple of new enhanced operatives for special missions like this. Now we’ll have a chance to see just how good they are.” He paused, leaned forward and spoke into the console on his desk.

“First Officer Ward, report to my ready room immediately. Ensign Hart, report to special services. Activate two of our enhanced operatives for a special mission. Commander Ward will be in touch with you about the departure time and the mission. Seay out.”

He turned back to Gauss. “So I’m cooperating with you. Now, what can you tell me about this Starfleet officer in the prison down there? Why are they holding Fleet Captain Fell incommunicado like this?”

Gauss shrugged his shoulders. “Again, Captain, I confess I’m mystified. I can see no reason to hold him. From what you’ve told me, you’re in contact with him already. Neither you nor he can understand why he is being held. It appears to involve Lord Isar.”

“Well, we’ll sort that out later,” Ray decided, as the door opened again to admit Jerry Ward. “Come in, Commander. I have a job for you to do. I think you’re going to like this.”

Down in the Dorado chasm, one member of the McNair crew still roamed at large. With natural Ferengi suspicion, Oodee assumed he was being followed by at least one local agent and possibly more. His beady eyes darted about the crowded, narrow street, taking in the denizens of this rather seedy district of the capital and its equally seedy architecture. No telling who the agents might be. Possibly watching him on public monitors, rather than using actual agents. He took a deep breath and stepped suddenly through a nearby doorway so low that even he had to duck slightly to get under the beam.

Inside, smoke from a number of different ignited substances swirled in the air, singed his nostrils and made his eyes water for a moment. As he blinked away the tears and adjusted to the semi-darkness, he recognized the tinny music blaring from the speakers at the bar against the back wall. It was an old Ferengi love ballad, about a young lad who met a beautiful girl, cheated her father of every ounce of latinum the fellow possessed, and therefore won her heart the admiration of the whole town. They were married and lived happily ever after. She raised his numerous progeny. He cruised the galaxy sending home rafts of wealth for all his relatives to boast about. Oodee smiled wistfully at the sentimental old tune.

Then he spotted another of his kindred behind the bar. This Ferengi was not personally known to him, but that was understandable. The fellow was much younger, perhaps old Kordo’s son or nephew. He ambled over to the bar.

“May your profits increase,” the youngster greeted him correctly. Oodee suppressed a smile of approval. Good manners in a young Ferengi this far from home. It bespoke a strong family, a good rich father who ruled with a firm hand.

“Thank you, young one,” he replied in his best haughty voice, assuming an arrogant posture by reflex. “May your father never be cheated.” The youth ducked his head slightly to acknowledge the ritual response. “Is Kordo your father?” Oodee asked. Again a nod. “Is he here, by chance?” Yet again, an affirmative response. “Excellent! Please tell him that Oodee is here from the Federation starship, and would like to speak with him.”

The lad’s eyes widened. Clearly impressed, he looked up and down the bar once to be sure no customer had been overlooked, then vanished through a curtain of heavy metallic fabric hung across an opening in the back wall. It took a few moments, but soon one of the fattest Ferengi he had ever seen pushed through the curtain and approached, rubbing his hands on a towel and beaming.

“Oodee! Back again, are you? I trust you found satisfaction with your meeting the other day! I had word about the ministry meeting. I can’t tell you how we laughed over the new executioner last night at the Rotary meeting. Seeing old Isar take one on the nose like that did us all a world of good, and no mistake.”

“Lord Isar is not well liked, I take it?”

“Since that Federation bigwig showed up here on Dorado, Oodee, we local merchants have seen our profits falling every year. It’s getting so you can’t make an honest fortune anymore. Or even a dishonest one. He has connections with Starfleet, with the big conglomerates on Earth, with all the big Vulcan banks, too. Live long and prosper! Ha! They prosper, all right! But I haven’t prospered since he got here. He and his pals swimming around the galaxy have cut out all the choice bits for themselves. He’s got the dilithium mine, even if it is a small one, and the comet harvesters out on the edge of the system. I’m down to working retail again, Oodee! It’s a humiliation, that’s what it is. Nothing like what happened to the Focians, but it’s been bad enough for me.”

“What happened to them?”

“Why, it was their dilithium mine,” Kordo replied. “He hit the planet like a meteorite, and the Focians were at ground zero. He brought in an edict from the Federation Council. Only firms under contract to Starfleet could hold rights to dilithium mines. Of course being a religious order, they have no contracts with Starfleet. And he happened to be a major stockholder in a company that did have such a contract, so the planetary court ruled they had to sell to him. You can imagine the price he got.” Oodee nodded. “But don’t worry about them,” Kordo continued. “Businesses come and go, but the orders go on forever. They can just afford to wait for him to get bored and wander off somewhere else, or at least wait for him to die off and try to leave it to an heir. They get to certify heirs, you know.”

“So if Lord Isar has no heir the Focians would stand a better chance of getting their mine back again?”

“That would be a safe guess, Oodee. Why do you ask?”

“A shisemi infection prevents heirs pretty well, I’d say. I came here to tell you that there’s definitely something going on here on Dorado. Lord Isar may have pull with Starfleet. But he’s got problems with them now, or he will have soon. There may be a chance for you to make some major gains if you’re ready for it when it comes. And of course, I would expect to make some gains myself, if only indirectly. As quartermaster of a Starfleet ship I can’t get involved personally. You know what I mean.”

“If I were to know the right time, I certainly know a few steps I could take,” Kordo said earnestly, staring hard into Oodee’s eyes. “And you know I would be grateful for your advice.” They nodded significantly. “What sort of trouble?”

“The Focians may have had something to do with the contamination of his bride-to-be. It’s all beginning to make sense.”

“If you say so. As for me, I’m just going to get into position in case you’re right about trouble for Isar. That would be welcome news indeed. This calls for a drink. Bewt!” he shouted, turning back to the curtain again. “Bewt! Bring out a bottle of Romulan ale!” His son emerged after a moment, carrying the blue flask in one hand and a pair of glasses in the other.

On the bridge of the McNair, Captain Seay sat in his command chair talking quietly with Counselor Kelley. Suddenly her husband Bill, the ship’s tactical officer, interrupted them.

“Captain, there’s something going on down on the planet! Sensors indicate a massive buildup in the capacitors of the spaceport.”

Seay and Jennifer both turned to look back at him at his post above and behind them. “Just a moment,” he continued, listening to a voice in his ear. “Sir, they have long-range disruptors at the spaceport, and they’re powering them up. It looks like they’re getting ready to fire!”

“At what, Lieutenant? Any target in orbit besides us?”

“None, sir.”

“Red alert!” Ray commanded. “Shields up! Transporter room, is the strike team away?”

“Negative, Captain,” a voice replied from the arm of his chair. “They’re right here ready to go.”

“Stand by, transporter room. We’ve raised shields. You’re out of action for the moment. Have the strike team stand down but stay close by.”

“Standing down it is, sir.”

“Lieutenant Leach, I want a channel down to the planet.”

“On screen,” Jo obliged him, having anticipated the command as usual. Ray took her foresight for granted and didn’t even glance at her. An officer of the local planetary militia appeared on the main viewer.

“Yes, McNair?”

“Why are you powering up disruptors? Is there danger we should be aware of?” Ray asked, trying to avoid a confrontation.

“We are acting under direct orders of Lord Isar,” the officer informed him. “Be assured, McNair, we have no intention of firing on you. We see you have raised shields, but we have no reason to fire at you.”

“Glad to hear it,” Ray said. “I repeat, what’s your target?”

“I have not been instructed to reveal our operations.”

“By Orion’s Belt!” Ray exclaimed. “This is the captain of a Starfleet ship you’re talking to, sir! We’ll see about your instructions and your target! McNair out!” He gestured for Jo to cut the channel.

As soon as the screen went blank, he barked out another order. “Get me Isar at once!”

The Federation aristocrat looked as cool as a summer evening, however, when he came on the screen. “Yes, Captain?” he asked casually.

“You’re powering up disruptors at the spaceport,” Seay accused immediately. “I want to know your target, Lord Isar!”

“This is planetary business, and none of yours.”

“Don’t you hand me that, your lordship. I’ve got a ship in orbit above those disruptor batteries. While my shields are proof against a first strike from anything that flies in space, we’re hardly a match for ground-based installations. Any time somebody powers up disruptors within range of my ship, that’s Starfleet business, whatever business it may be of yours down there on the planet. I demand to know your target.”

Lord Isar thought about this for a moment. Then he smiled. Like a crocodile, Ray thought to himself.

“Very well, Captain. I suppose you need the security of knowing. I’m going to blast the Focian compound off the face of this planet. It seems they are implicated in the contamination of my betrothed.”

“You can’t just blast them without any kind of trial! That’s illegal!” Seay said, shocked at this admission.

“Perhaps it is, perhaps it isn’t However, this really is planetary business, as you can see. Starfleet is not a planetary police force. You do not enforce laws here, only out there in space. If I break a law or two, so be it. I’m willing to face the legal consequences, to go to prison myself if I have to. I will, however, be avenged for the destruction of my marriage, so carefully arranged for years now, and for the resulting destruction of my ability to make a contribution to the continuance of my lineage. You have no authority to interfere with this, Captain Seay. You have meddled in my life quite enough for one visit.”

“He’s right about that,” declared a voice behind Ray’s shoulder. Seay whirled to see the unimpressive figure of Ulysses Gauss standing just behind him. He hadn’t heard the special agent come onto the bridge.

“However,” Gauss continued, “I’m afraid I do have the authority to interfere with this, Lord Isar. You know I am a Federation special agent. I already presented my credentials to you yesterday. In the name of the Federation Council I order that the disruptor batteries at the spaceport stand down and return to standby power at once. You will not fire on the Focian compound, Lord. Is that clear?”

The little man’s voice had somehow acquired a hard iron edge, a note of certainty and power that even the aristocrat clown on the planet recognized almost instinctively. Isar’s menacing posture on the viewing screen deflated suddenly as he realized he had been thwarted yet again. Seay saw revealed there a more pathetic figure behind the bluster and arrogance. He saw the pampered, vulnerable youth that Lord Isar must have been long ago, unsure of his own power, surrounded and protected by relatives and wealth. With never an opportunity to prove himself independently, always leaning on lineage support like a crutch, he must have gotten his way without gaining the feeling of accomplishment that would otherwise have come with victories. It had made him a bully, and at the same time left him a coward. Ray felt a sudden pity for the man. Isar obviously shared this sentiment. The self-pity came welling to the surface.

“This is absolutely insufferable!” he exclaimed bitterly. “First you bunglers let my precious bride be infected with that hideous virus, and then your Starfleet thugs threaten violence to gain release of your criminal captain. Now when I try to avenge myself on the people who have wrecked my life, you won’t even let me have my honor! Have you nothing to do but torment me?”

“If the Focians are mixed up somehow in the infection of Lady Montgolfier,” Gauss replied calmly, “they will be brought to justice. They will not be slaughtered like animals, by you or anyone else, for honor or any other illegitimate purpose. This is still Federation space, Lord Isar.”

“Go to blazes, Gauss!” cried the aristocrat in a fit of fury. The screen went dead. Gauss and Ray Seay looked at each other for a long moment.

“Good timing, agent Gauss,” Ray finally observed. “I believe he really might have done it. He’s used to having things pretty much his own way, isn’t he?”

“So would you be too, in his position, Captain.”

“I’m just as glad not to be in his position, then. I prefer my universe to have a mind of its own.” He winked at the little white-haired man. “Stand down from Red Alert,” he continued. “Transporter room, reassemble the strike team and beam them down as ordered.”

“Aye, sir,” came the reply. Ray stood up.

“Now we’ll get to the bottom of this,” he declared.

 

 

Chapter Eight

Storming the Gates

As always, it seemed like dusk when the strike team materialized on the eastern slopes of the Dorado chasm. Either dusk or dawn, Jerry Ward reflected. You can’t really tell them apart anyway without a clock. And on Dorado it was always both. And neither. Still he couldn’t help a reflex feeling that they had to hurry or it would soon get dark, knowing all the time that they could take centuries and the light would remain just as it was. Few clouds overhead meant he could see stars twinkling against the deep blue of the sky. The cliffs of the upper canyon walls cut off the stellar panorama above them on one side, but empty air fell away gradually to the left, down into gathering darkness. A road ran along the side of the canyon below them at quite a distance, perhaps three or four kilometers. A few vehicles trundled along it, headlamp beams picking out the curves.

They had materialized in a small clearing inside a stretch of deciduous forest of elms, maples and several other kinds of trees he couldn’t name offhand. Sunlight played among their upper branches, which explained why they stood just here, stretching up to catch the light. No trees grew further down the slope, though vegetation of smaller, hardier types extended down toward the road. He glanced around, noting that this men had already established a security perimeter around the edge of the clearing.

“Okay,” he spoke quietly into his comm badge. “All quiet, and advance to the north edge of the woods.” Silently, the McNairs advanced like shadows through the grove, until they stood behind the protection of the last trunks. They looked out across a broad, cultivated field toward the walls of a large compound facing them. There obviously would be no crossing that space in broad daylight, and only astronomical time would bring an end to the daylight.

“Send in the enhanced units,” Jerry ordered.

“Units away,” responded two voices in his ear a moment later. The entire strike force watched as two animals trundled out from the trees and went scrabbling away across the field toward the wall. They had pointed, whiskered snouts, sleek and pudgy furry bodies, and long, naked tails like huge rats.

“What are they, sir?” asked a trooper down the line.

“Bionic possums,” Jerry replied quietly. “Are they on line?”

“On line aye, sir,” came twin replies. Jerry responded by flipping down a pair of goggles that had been resting up against the brim of his helmet. The scene of the field remained just visible through them, faint behind the reverse-twist lighting that came from the lenses themselves, transmitting the view from the retinal cameras installed inside one of the possums. He found himself gazing up through the creature’s eyes from near ground level. Several meters away, a monk in brown robe identical to that worn by brother Kroy on the ship slouched against the outer wall. At just about that moment he noticed the possum.

“Hey!” he cried, his voice audible to every member of the team through the bionic possum’s microphone pickups. “There’s a creature running around out here! I’ve never seen one of these before. Come have a look!” Within minutes, four or five other brothers emerged through the heavy gates and crowded around.

“See?” asked the original sentry. “He’s not afraid of us at all! Must not have much experience with people, is all I can say. Let’s try to get him to come inside. Maybe we can get him to eat something.”

“Look! There’s another one down there. Maybe they’re mates or something. If one comes in, maybe the other will follow.”

“It’s worth a try. I’m so bored I’ll try anything. Wait a minute and I’ll go get some pango fruit, and see if he likes it. That could be the lure.”

Of course, it took no effort at all for the small but growing crowd of monks to coax the two creatures into the compound using juicy hunks of fruit as bait. Once inside, the eye-mounted cameras revealed that seemingly every monk in sight was attracted to the possums. Scan the walls as they might, Jerry and the two possum operators could see no sign of remaining sentries at the walls.

“The Trojan possums,” he remarked to himself with satisfaction. “All right, team. Stand by for transport inside the compound. McNair, do you read me?”

McNair standing by, Commander,” Andrew Thorne’s voice announced. “We have your assault coordinates ready. Transporter locked onto all strike team members.”

“Reconnaissance complete,” Jerry replied. “Beam us in!”

At once, all the members of the strike team shimmered and vanished from the forest, reappearing at the intersections of a grid that covered the entire compound area systematically, weapons at the ready. Of course, live sentries at the wall were not the only possible surveillance. Sensor alarms began hooting from every corner of the compound as soon as the transporter signals were detected. A few monks rushed out of the corner guardhouses, carrying actual weapons, but each of them found themselves facing at least two McNairs with phaser rifles.

Only at the rear of the compound, where Ensign Hart materialized next to a doorway in a low, bunker-like building, was there any effective resistance. Before he could turn to look in the doorway, two figures in brown robes leaped from the shadows and tackled him to the ground. His rifle clattered away across the cobblestones of the courtyard as they pinned him down.

“Hart!” he shouted. “Abort!”

In response, the entire group including Hart and both his attackers shimmered and disappeared as they were transported back into the McNair to face a waiting security team with phasers trained on the struggling group.

Two more of the strike team rushed to take his place at the door of the bunker.

“This must be a command center,” one of them said urgently. “It’s the only place the sentries stayed on alert. Commander, I think we’ve got something.”

“Strike team, converge on Morris and Delaney,” Jerry Ward ordered when he heard this. “You two with the possums, keep those monks in the center courtyard under guard.” At his command, the rest of the team began to converge carefully on the low bunker-like structure.

In the transporter room of the McNair, security chief Kelley tapped his communicator pin with satisfaction.

“Kelley to Seay,” he requested. “Captain, we’ve secured two prisoners here. All seems to be under control with the assault. No casualties reported yet.”

“Let’s keep it that way, Lieutenant,” Seay’s voice replied. “We can’t have a lot of monks getting shot, no matter what they’ve been up to. And I certainly don’t want any McNairs as casualties!”

On the bridge, Ray turned back to the main viewscreen. They all watched the live feed from the possum cameras, tensely observing the rounding up of the few remaining monks by the members of the strike team detailed to secure the prisoners. Neither of the possums was in visual range of the bunker, however, so they could only imagine what was happening there.

Suddenly helmsman Key sat up very straight in his chair.

“Captain!” he cried. “I read a subspace disturbance ahead of us, about a third of the way around the planet. Wait! Something is coming in. Sir, it’s a Romulan warbird decloaking! They haven’t raised their shields, but weapons are powering up!”

“Red alert!” Ray responded instantly, for the second time that morning. “Shields up. Full power to forward phaser banks. What in blazes are they doing here? This is halfway across the quadrant from the neutral zone! We’re days of flight at maximum warp from Romulan space.”

“They’re heading this way, Captain.”

“I see that, Ensign. Still no shields?”

“No, sir. No shields up.”

“What signal do you suppose they are trying to send by that? Do they expect me to lower my shields as well? They’d better think again if they do.”

“Perhaps they need to use their transporter, sir,” suggested Counselor Kelley, seated beside him.

Ray nodded. “You may be right. They may be preparing an assault team of their own to beam down to the planet. Ensign Leach, I want a hailing frequency to that Romulan ship.”

“On screen, Captain.”

The ascetic features of a Romulan commander in his quilted uniform gazed levelly at them from the forward viewscreen. “This is Commander Tomahok of the Kerpak,” he announced. “McNair, we have no hostile intent. We have not raised our shields. We are on a diplomatic mission.”

“Cloaked for a diplomatic mission?” Ray asked, his voice dripping with skepticism.

At that moment a signal beeped from the command console on the arm of his chair. “Ward here,” Jerry’s voice announced. “Captain, I’ve just beamed up with a prisoner.”

“Yes, Commander?”

“Sir, my prisoner is a Romulan. We found him down in the Focian compound. The rest of my team is still down there; it seems the Focian monks were all surgically disguised Romulan agents. About a dozen of them in all. This might be big, sir.”

“I’d guess you were right, Commander. We’ve got the captain of a warbird onscreen right now.” Seay turned back to his new adversary.

“I begin to understand your mission, Commander,” he continued. “But I’m afraid we have captured your agents, and we seem to have their leader on our ship.”

“Their shields have just gone up, sir,” George Key said.

“Small wonder,” Ray replied. “No jobs for their transporter room at the moment. Commander, I think we need a little more explanation from you.”

Instead of an explanation, however, the screen went blank. The Romulan ship had cut off communications.

 

 

Chapter Nine

Prisoner Exchange

“Sir, they are routing power to their weapons systems,” Bill Kelley announced. His voice cracked slightly as he said “power,” betraying the tension on the bridge.

“Stand by photon torpedoes,” Ray said quietly. “Full power to forward shields. They may be the intruders here, but I’m not going to fire the first shot. They have to play the bad guys the whole way.”

Suddenly the viewscreen flickered back to life. The Romulan Commander glared at them.

“You have thirty seconds to transport your troops out of the compound on the planet surface,” he declared sharply. “we are going to fire on the compound.”

“Destroying the evidence,” muttered Bill Kelley, “but we can’t stop them. We can shield ourselves, but not a whole planet.”

“Seay to transporter room,” Ray cut in. “Beam up all personnel in the compound and do it now! Drop shields, Mister Kelley.”

“Beam up it is, sir.”

“And tell me as soon as they’re aboard.”

“Aye, sir.”

“This is Captain Seay,” he said to the face on the screen. “You realize there will be serious repercussions from your actions. This is a clear violation of the terms of the Treaty of Algernon.”

“I must do what I must do, Captain. I will not attack your vessel.”

Ray thought hard and fast. Should he fire on the warbird if they attacked the planet? Assuming he got all his crew away, Ward’s report would seem to indicate that all the monks left in the compound were in fact surgically altered Romulan agents. No Federation citizens would actually be harmed by the attack. And they had one prisoner already for interrogation, apparently the leader of the secret detachment. He didn’t reply to the Romulan’s assurances, only stared at him, neither of them blinking.

“Strike team on board, sir,” reported the transporter room. In the same breath, as if he had been waiting for this signal, the Romulan commander uttered a single harsh syllable.

“Warbird firing on the planet, sir,” Kelley declared. The forward screens switched to a view of the warbird, and indeed, phaser fire could be seen stabbing down from the ship through the atmosphere of the planet. The effects far below were too distant to be discerned visually, but Lieutenant Kelley was monitoring it all. “Direct hit on the Focian monastery,” he added. “More direct hits. The compound has been destroyed completely.”

“Incoming message from Dorado, Captain,” Jo Leach announced. The image on the screen shifted again, this time showing the face of an even more enraged Lord Isar.

“Those Romulan savages are blasting my planet and you’re doing nothing about it, Seay!” he fairly screamed into their faces. Rather than becoming flushed with anger, his face had paled to a ghostly shade of white just as Jerry Ward had observed in the spaceport several days earlier. “With friends like Starfleet, who needs enemies? Can’t you do anything right? Must every action and inaction of yours cause me pain and suffering, Captain?”

“None of your citizens are in the target area, to the best of our information, Lord Isar,” Ray began, but suddenly everyone on the bridge was shocked to see the image of the Federation aristocrat shimmer on the screen in front of them. Even Isar himself cried out in alarm, his eyes suddenly growing wider with fear instead of anger. And then he was gone.

“I thought they didn’t allow transporting for guys like him,” mused George Key from the helmsman’s seat.

“It didn’t look like it was done with his blessing, Ensign,” Captain Seay replied. As if to confirm this judgment, Jo Leach announced that the Romulan Commander was on the line again. Tomahok reappeared, looking rather smug.

“Commander Tomahok, I presume you had something to do with Lord Isar disappearing from his communication center just now,” Ray speculated.

“Indeed, Captain. I see you grasp the situation intuitively.” Tomahok nodded his compliments to Ray. “I have transported the Lord to a holding area on my ship.” He reached forward and pressed something on his control console, and the McNair bridge crew found themselves looking into a small detention cell. Lord Isar stood with his back to them, staring around confusedly. They could see he was shouting, but there was no sound. Then the image switched back to Tomahok. “I suggest an exchange of prisoners, Captain. We will beam Lord Isar to you if you will beam your prisoner to us.”

“Who goes first?” Ray asked.

“The honor of Starfleet captains is good with me.” Tomahok answered at once. “We will transport Lord Isar first, if you simply give me your word as a Starfleet officer that you will respond as agreed. Then we will cloak and be gone from this system. Permanently, I might add.”

Ray refrained from saying that the word of Romulan invaders who had just obliterated a dozen of their own people in cold blood carried less weight with him. It might be true, but it was not useful or diplomatic at the moment. He thought fast again.

“You may keep your prisoner,” he said. “We will keep ours. In fact, we have more than one. It seems like a fair exchange to me.” Behind him, Jerry Ward had come onto the bridge with the Romulan prisoners in tow, in time to hear this exchange. He grinned broadly. Leaving Isar in the Romulan ship sounded like a useful outcome all around to him. Still, the annoying fellow was a powerful Federation citizen.

“Well played, Captain. I believe you call it poker. We have another game, but the game is quite similar.Very well, I shall raise the stakes. If you refuse to exchange prisoners, I will beam Lord Isar over to a point just outside your ship, rather than inside it. From here it’s a long way down, but the atmosphere will slow his fall. It will be a very hot descent for him.”

Ray had been afraid of something like that. He knew Isar had no intrinsic value to the Romulans, except as an exchange chip. No exchange, no reason to hold onto him. He doubted that the Commander was bluffing. He had already uncloaked his ship deep inside Federation space, had already destroyed many of his own people, and clearly was prepared to go to any lengths to conceal whatever it was they had been doing. The ship must have been cloaked in orbit for a long time already, perhaps as a base of operations.

Jerry Ward suddenly spoke up from where he stood by the turbolift doors.

“Go ahead and exchange them, Captain.”

Ray looked around sharply at him. Little changed in their expressions, but their mutual familiarity communicated what Seay needed to know.

“Take the Romulan prisoners to the transporter room, Commander Ward,” he directed. “When Lord Isar is safely aboard, beam them over to the Romulan ship.”

“Transporter room it is, sir,” Jerry agreed, still feeling a twinge of reluctance at rescuing Lord Isar, even from certain death. He couldn’t help feeling the planet would be better off without the peevish aristocrat. But a life is a life, after all. He pushed the Romulans ahead of him into the turbolift.

“A wise decision, Captain Seay,” Tomahok said. “You have avoided all harm to Federation citizens today. All the damage from this incident has been to the Romulan side.”

Ray thought at once about Lady Montgolfier and her hideous viral infection, in all probability the work of the dead Romulan spies so recently vaporized on the planet surface.

“You will find that the damage from this incident may become quite a bit greater than it looks to you at the moment,” he finally responded. “I expect you to get out of this system and out of Federation space. Starfleet headquarters has already been notified of your incursion. You may expect serious protests.”

“No doubt, Captain. No doubt.” Tomahok in fact did not look very happy. His expression was about what one would expect to find on the driver of a manure cart, not a starship. He was in command of a mission that had gone completely sour on him, and he was lucky to be escaping in one piece. If it had been Klingons, Ray thought idly to himself, they would have self-destructed out of sheer embarrassment over such a fiasco.

“Lord Isar is aboard, Captain,” came the report from the transporter. “Initiating transport of the Romulan prisoners.” A moment later, Tomahok bent to one side to hear a whispered report from an aide, then turned back to the screen.

“We have our men back,” he reported. “I salute your honor as an officer, Captain. We will be going now. Our shields remain down.” His face vanished from the screen. On the forward scan, they all saw the warbird shimmer slightly and then vanish, as the cloaking mechanism went into action. They could only assume that he was headed home.

“Seay to Ward,” Ray called. “Commander, please bring Lord Isar to my cabin. I have a number of questions for him.”

“One of my questions is already answered,” Jerry Ward replied over the intercom. “Captain, I know why he didn’t want any transporter activity for lineage folks now. We’ve done a routine scan of him when he was beamed aboard.”

“Yes?”

“And Lord Isar is an altered Romulan, too, sir. He’s not human at all. He must have been held responsible for this mess, so they’ve left him behind instead of their troops. They must have switched him for the real one some time ago. I wonder if the real one ever came to Dorado?”

“We’ll find that out shortly, Commander. Have Doctor Munib join you in my cabin. Have him bring any equipment he might need for our little interview. Seay out.” Before he left the bridge, he turned to Hugh Hubble who still manned the operations seat. “Commander Hubble, you have the con. I have some work to do, and I’d better be quick about it. And Lieutenant Leach, will you please ask them down there on that wretched planet if they will release Fleet Captain Fell from their local jail? He’s been in there long enough, I think. I doubt that orders from a Romulan will be sufficient grounds to hold him any longer.”

 

 

Chapter Ten

A Web Untangled

Ray Seay stood expectantly in front of the transporter pads.

“Energize,” he directed. The familiar transporter cycle echoed through the room. Fleet Captain Fell materialized before him.

“Am I ever glad to see a Starfleet uniform again!” Ron Fell exclaimed.

“What would you like first, sir?” Ray asked. “A hot shower? Some Starship-quality food? A turn on the holodeck?”

“Some answers would suit me best, Captain. The rest of that stuff can come in its own time.”

“Let’s get on up to the forward observation lounge, then,” Ray suggested. Ron nodded his agreement, and they left the transporter room together. A short time later, seated with a spectacular view of the planet before them visible through the forward observation ports, Ray tried to decide where to start.

“First of all, we think we know why you were detained. This fake Lord Isar knew that you saw him coming out of a supposedly empty office that morning, remember? You told me about it. He had a private transporter set up in there. He had just used it to return from a visit to the Focian monastery. He was afraid you would guess that he must have used a transporter to get into that room, and then you would begin to wonder about his policy of not allowing transporters.”

“Which was because he didn’t want any scans being done on himself?”

“Right. That would have revealed that he was a fraud.”

“And they tried to kill you in the same prison?”

“Yes, that was Lord Isar himself. Or at least the imitation planted by the Romulans. Apparently once they had done their horrible work on Lady Montgolfier, he started getting panicky. He didn’t want me getting out of jail to cause problems, so he released the cloudworms right in his own office, six floors above my cell. He must have stopped thinking carefully altogether by that time.”

“But what were they doing here on Dorado at all?”

“It wasn’t for the dilithium anyway,” Ray observed. “Their warbirds are powered by a quantum singularity. They don’t even use the stuff in their drives. We think they were using this as a training base, as a place to bring in surgically altered agents, and then infiltrate them from here into other Focian chapters throughout Federation space. The Celestine orders are everywhere. But they’ve been alerted, and will be cleaning their own house. If other agents are on the loose, they won’t be for long, now that we’ve dug up the nest here.”

“So I should have figured this out sitting in jail,” Ron speculated. “I mean, I had the clues he was so worried about. What about the real Lord Isar? Have you found him?”

“Not a trace. We believe now that he never even came to Dorado. This imposter has been here for several years. Just about the first thing he did when he got here was ban transporters for Council lineage members, and that was almost three years ago.”

An orderly brought a tray, containing their drinks and a plate of condiments. Ron Fell greedily sampled a few of these. “Mmmm,” he sighed. “You should see what they were feeding me down there. And what about this Federation special agent you were telling me about?”

“Ulysses Gauss. Well, he was chasing what he thought was a conspiracy in the Focian order, but it was the wrong conspiracy. He wasn’t looking for Romulans. He told me he’s staying here on Dorado, though. He thinks there’s something else going on here with counterfeiting genetic scans. The one I feel sorry for is Lady Montgolfier. She was such a pleasant young woman. A completely innocent victim in all this.”

“What a shame,” agreed Ron. “But since Isar was actually a Romulan, he couldn’t very well go through with the wedding and marry her, could he?”

“Impossible. A lineage marriage like that, they have to do all sorts of tests and scans. The amount of scientific calibration involved in lineage breeding is enough to put you off sex altogether. It’s a mystery to me how they can manage to get excited enough to keep their lineages going, the way the scientists are timing and measuring and calculating everything. Once they found out that the ‘natural’ way of making babies is the only way to avoid all those disgusting side effects they got from the early DNA experiments, the more important your family, the more pathetic you sex life. Thank goodness I come from a mediocre family,” Ray laughed.

“Amen to that,” Ron agreed. “A sailor’s life for me! By the way, you can make ice cream in your replicators, can’t you?”

“Sure can,” Ray assured him with a grin.

At a nearby table, Jo Leach saw the Captain’s grin. “It’s very nice not to be in a crisis every five minutes,” she declared. “This has been a pretty hectic visit so far. Maybe things will slow down a bit now, eh?”

Jerry Ward nodded hopefully. “That would suit me,” he observed. “I’ve had enough beaming around the planet for a while. I did enjoy the attack on that monastery, though. Always wanted to attack a monastery, you know?”

“Why?” Jo laughed. Hugh Hubble came up to their table, carrying another round of Romulan ale on a tray for them all.

“I don’t know, just a general sort of urge,” Jerry replied.

“It’s funny,” commented Jo, “but that Lord Isar wanted to attack the monastery too. Why would he want to attack his own people? And didn’t he steal the dilithium mine from them when he first got here? Was that the fake Lord or the real one?”

“Fake, I think, on all counts,” Jerry said. “The squabble over the dilithium mine was just to make sure everybody thought Lord Isar and the Focians were enemies. That way nobody would ever suspect he was working hand in hand with them. But there at the end, I think he knew we were going in and that we’d find out all about the Romulan connection, so he thought he might be able to destroy the whole place before we could capture it. Same idea that Tomahok on the Romulan ship had, actually. When it doubt, blow it all up.”

“Why did you tell the Captain to trade away our prisoners?” Hugh asked him.

“We found their data archive in the raid,” Jerry explained. “They didn’t have time to destroy it. We didn’t even need to interrogate this fake aristocrat much. We already knew more than he did about the network of Romulan agents they had scattered out through the Focian order. They’ll all be rounded up in no time. There was nothing much left to learn from the prisoner. I carried up the archive data cells when I transported up here with that pointy-eared rascal. I kind of hated to get Isar back, but it helped a little that he was a fake after all.”

“Think they’ll ever find the real one?”

“Once his family starts looking, they’ll find him if he’s still in Federation space. You can’t hide much from one of the Council lineages, not if they really start looking. I hope they’re never looking for me, unless they’ve got a reward to give me.”

“I’ll drink to that!” Hugh announced. They all three raised their glasses in a toast.

On a grassy slope down inside the Dorado chasm, Ensign Key watched his spindly-legged pet cavort about in the lush ground cover. He turned to look at his Ferengi companion.

“I still don’t get it, Oodee,” he admitted. “Now, how is it that you ended up owning all this here?” He gestured around them at the beautiful meadow, at the cliffs behind it, at the delicate ribbon of waterfall tumbling down from so high above that they couldn’t see the top. A little brook bubbled through the meadow nearby and then flung itself off another ledge below them and disappeared into the chasm below.

On the shelving space where they stood, sunlight washed over a grove of trees at the far end of the meadow. Behind them a comfortable cabin made of real logs perched where it had the best view of the breathtaking panorama to the west. It looked like just about sunset, George thought to himself, or maybe sunrise, not that it mattered which.

“Very simple,” Oodee explained. “When the Romulan imposter was exposed, pretending to be Lord Isar, all the contracts he had made over the past three years immediately became null and void. A good friend of mine here in the capital just happened to hear about it in time to buy up the comet harvesting operation out at the edge of this system, and for a very good price, I might add.”

George thought he could see the glitter as from diamonds and gold reflected in the little aging Ferengi’s sharp eyes.

“Just happened to hear about it, huh?”

“Yes, and a good thing, too,” Oodee affirmed. He glanced at George for a moment, then continued. “My friend also just happened to hear about some Federation inquiries into a business he had been running up to then, and decided to get out of that business entirely. So this new investment came along at just the right time.”

“What was that other business he had before?”

“Oh, nothing important.” Oodee dismissed the topic with a wave of his hand. “Something to do with genetics. Nothing. Forget I ever mentioned it.” He cast another quick look at the Ensign.

“That still doesn’t’ tell me about you or this place.”

“Well, as a Starfleet quartermaster I can’t go around directly speculating in local business ventures. Conflict of interest, and all those other silly Starfleet regulations. Really a nuisance for anybody with a head for business, you know? But my friend here was so happy about his good fortune, he gave me this place as a present. I’m going to call it Rancho Dorado. What do you think?”

“I think it’s great! A person could really relax here. Fresh air, clean water, trees, a great view, what more could you want?”

“Oh, boys!” cried a voice from the door of the cabin. Even at that distance, George could see two wonderfully attractive ladies waving at them from the doorway. He glanced back at the Ferengi.

“What, indeed?” asked Oodee, with a wink.

 

Posted in Miscellaneous | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Invisible City – USS McNair Foray 2

Chapter One

A Victory in the Shuttle Bay

The noise from the main shuttle bay, two decks below, had grown so loud that Captain Jerry Ward could hear it plainly on the bridge of the McNair. It reached his ear only as a low murmur like distant thunder, but he marvelled that it was audible at all.

“I think I’d better go and have a look at this,” he decided aloud, and turned to look at Commander Leach where she sat at the communications console. “Jo, I’m going down to the shuttle bay. You have the com.”

“Aye, sir,” Jo replied with a grin. She could hear the noise, too. Jerry rose from the center seat on the bridge. He gave his uniform tunic the universal tug that all Starfleet personnel seemed to develop as a result of wearing the blasted things, and crossed to the turbolift doors.

“Shuttle bay,” he ordered as the doors hissed closed, and in the lift the noise was even louder. Only a moment later they hissed open again. Hundreds of voices roaring and shouting in excitement blasted into the turbolift compartment with almost physical force. The clamor was unbelievable. Jerry strode down the passageway that led to the wide entrance into the shuttle bay itself. Though his ears were recovering from the initial shock, the sound seemed to grow even louder. Then he reached the doorway, and could see the entire spectacle for himself.

The rear two-thirds of the entire vast shuttle bay had been converted into a great arena, ringed by steep banks of bleachers on all sides. He looked up at the backs of a solid mass of Starfleet uniforms, crowded shoulder to shoulder along the top of the nearest side of the seats. Every face was turned away from him, toward the arena below them. Arms waved frantically in the air. Voices screamed encouragement or deprecations at the contestants, still out of his line of sight.

Even as he stepped into the bay and started for the only gap in the seats, a renewed roar of excitement burst up out of the arena with a single primal voice. This must be good, Jerry thought to himself. I hope we’re winning! He quickened his step. As he reached the entrance aisle, somebody leaned out from near the top row of seats on the right side of the aisle and called down to him.

“Captain! Up here! We’re up here!”

Jerry looked up into the slightly flushed face of Robert Wood, his versatile science officer. For a Vulcan, the flush amounted to near apoplexy.

“Do you have a seat for me up there, Commander?” he called back.

“Sure! Come on up, sir!”

Jerry walked in to the front row of seats. But before he turned to begin the climb up toward his officers, he stood for a moment to watch the contest.

Parrises Squares is not a gentle game. The four-man McNair team, their huge double-ended batons whirling and flying, dodged around each other like electrified madmen. This violent choreography was designed to open some momentary opportunity in the ranks of their opponents from the Star League. No such opportunity seemed at hand. Even as he watched, the baton of one of the opponents seemed to materialize from nowhere, thrusting suddenly from behind another teammate. That figure whirled aside, blocking a blow by Ensign Bramell as he turned. The baton jabbed forward, catching Lieutenant Poole in the side, knocking him a full meter sideways. Given the serious mass and muscle of Poole and each of the other McNair teammates, this in itself was no mean feat. But Poole did not fall. Instead he turned the movement into a kind of jump, using the upward momentum of his body to accelerate the downward blow of his own baton against the shaft of the one that had struck him. Jerry reflected that if he had been holding that other baton, it probably would have gone flying at the impact. But the opponent kept his grip, pulled it sharply back to himself, and the brutal ballet continued. Jerry turned away and started climbing through the forest of madly waving arms and hoarse, shouting voices. He recognized most of them as McNairs. Good to see that everybody was blowing off a lot of steam. They needed a rest.

Just as he reached a tiny empty space beside Commander Wood and turned back to the fray, the long-awaited moment arrived. First Bramell stepped straight into the face of the center player of the Star League team, taking a terrific blow from each side but standing solid as a brick. Brian Hart came past him in a crouch on one side, baton down low, and at the same moment Poole leaped past him on the other side, baton at shoulder height. Hart’s baton took out the legs of the center man, and even as he went down, Poole’s baton struck through the space where he had been, catching the rear man directly in the chest and propelling him clear off the platform and into the crowd of startled spectators behind. Bramell lunged forward over the fallen centerman and then cut right behind Poole, taking the opposing left flanker completely by surprise and sending him sprawling into the crowd on that side. A truly deafening roar erupted from the sea of McNair officers and crew in the stands, even as Hart and Brian Wilson, the remaining McNair team member, turned together toward the only Star League player who remained standing. The result was a foregone conclusion. Bramell and Poole turned to watch as the final opponent went down in a brave whirl of batons, arms and legs, and then suddenly it was all over. A smashing victory for the McNairs.

Jerry Ward laughed out loud. Every face around him did likewise. He could almost feel the wave of pleasure and relief go billowing up into the vault of the shuttle bay from the assembled throng. He saw Doctor Munib making his way down through the crowd, grinning and shouting to friends, for the routine post-match medical scan of the team members.

“I got here just in time!” Jerry shouted to Robert Wood. Next to him, WeQ’s Klingon eyes gleamed with delight. Her teeth showed in a feral snarl, then she threw back her head and let loose a short howl of triumph.

“A good day to die, WeQ?” Jerry called.

Her face snapped toward him with a predatory stare, then she smiled broadly. “A good day to win, Captain!” she corrected.

Down at the edge of the platform, a good-natured throng had closed in on Bramell, Poole, Hart and Wilson, slapping them on the back and yelling praises. Keith Munib pushed at the massed bodies in vain, trying to get through.

“Come on, people,” he urged. “Let me in! I have to have a look at these guys.” Eventually they let him pass, and he ran a perfunctory scan over the team with a medical tricorder. No ill effects except the expected bruises. He nodded his okay to them, and the team immediately trooped off for the showers. The crowds had already begun to filter back toward the turbolift, or to wander out onto the hanger deck where a shuttle from the Star League sat beside the Saluda close at hand.

As he clambered back down the bleachers, Jerry suddenly saw his chief engineer, Andrew Thorne, pushing against the current and heading toward him.

“What’s up, Andrew?” he asked, when they met at the bottom of the stands.

“Can you come with me, Captain?” Andrew replied. “I think you ought to hear this in private.” Jerry looked at him quickly, then nodded and they joined the river of departing people. They waited their turn for the turbolift, then joined a small tributary of departing crew members headed for the engineering deck below.

“What have you got for me?”

“It’s a subspace signal, I think,” Thorne advised, “but it never came in on any communications band. We’re picking it up on the circuits that monitor the warp engines. It’s some kind of modulation of a warp field, not a regular subspace signal.”

“Never heard of such a thing.”

“Nor me, Captain. It might be a distress call.”

“A distress call on your engine monitors?”

“I know it sounds odd,” Andrew admitted, as they stopped before the central engineering console. He tapped a few controls. “Give me warp engine output monitors,” he requested aloud to the ship’s control systems. Screens lit obediently. “But look at this. See what I mean?”

“Does this make any sense to you?” Jerry asked. He scanned the moving columns of words and figures, the irregular pulses in the scanning function. “Where is it coming from? Can you tell that, at least?”

“It’s very faint, but we’ve moved enough in the last four hours to give us triangulation, even at this range. It seems to originate out in the Altair Wastes.”

Jerry looked up quickly, checked Thorne’s expression and found no trace of doubt there. The Altair Wastes? Not another star for light-years in any direction; it would have to be something to do with Altair itself. “It looks like a Federation vessel, but there’s something unusual about that waveform, isn’t there?”

“It’s a warp signature, Captain, but it’s from a long-range shuttlecraft, not a starship.”

“Of course!” The pieces fell into place as Jerry looked at the console. “Distress signal, eh? Picking up any responses?”

“Quite a bit of traffic, actually,” Andrew replied. “We’re not the only ones to hear it. But we’re the closest.”

That wouldn’t really be saying much, considering the vacant regions from which the signal came, Jerry reflected. Altair was a long way from anyplace. “So we’re elected?” he asked.

Andrew grinned again. “This is all just engine noise to me, sir,” he allowed. “That decision sounds like a job for regular subspace communications up on the bridge.”

Jerry nodded, gave him a silent half-smile and a nod, and turned to head for that very place. It was about time to get the McNair back into some kind of action anyway, he reflected as the turbolift doors opened before him. Sports matches during a stopover at a Starbase were fine in their own way, but the real game was out there, waiting for them as it ever was. Just in case Starfleet decided to order them to investigate, it would probably be a good idea to know what might be going on in the vicinity of Altair before he got himself into something he hadn’t counted on. The doors closed again behind him. With a Starbase only minutes away, there might be a few things they would want to pick up before they left.

“Computer,” he directed, “give me current conditions in the Altair system, special attention to any risks to the Federation.”

“No special conditions noted for Altair system,” the ship’s system replied over the hum of the turbolift around him. “Economic conditions stable, harvest season approaching on Altair Three, good yields projected. Population density still extremely low, but not threatened. Last reported Starfleet vessel in the system was the USS Bennu, a routine visit two weeks ago. A report of minor pilfering of construction supplies from ground stations for Starbase Fifteen is the only incident affecting Federation interests.”

The turbolift opened to reveal the bridge. Jerry stepped out, in time to almost collide with Ambassador Seay on his way into the lift. As Jerry glanced back at him, Ray grinned his standard grin.

“I’m heading down to the transporters, Captain,” he advised. “I have a few things beaming over from the Starbase and from the Star League. Just a few items I thought might come in handy in the Altair system; you never know what might turn up.”

Ward turned back to his bridge crew, a look of slight irritation on his face.

“Is there anybody here who doesn’t know our next stop?” he asked. “Not that we’ve received any orders yet, or anything.”

Helmsman Connors and Ensign Tandy, who occupied the navigation seat, discreetly kept their attention on their consoles and their faces out of Ward’s line of sight. Jo Leach, seated at the communications console, was not so lucky. He noticed her slight smile at his question. When she saw his eyebrows go up in a question, she could only give a shrug and a little laugh.

“You know how it is, Captain,” she reminded him. “Ambassador Seay doesn’t miss much.”

“Never did when he was Captain, either,” Jerry admitted.

“But now he has interests besides the ship,” she added.

“I’ll say! I wonder how much interest he’ll collect this time! Probably be able to buy his own Starbase pretty soon, at the rate he’s been going!”

Certainly there was no law that said a Starfleet officer couldn’t make a profit from various activities in space, so long as they weren’t concerned with matters directly under his own jurisdiction. It was just that most people saw now point in profits anymore, with the galactic economy operating the way it did to produce plenty for everybody. Of course there was always the example of the Vulcan banks, which made absolutely obscene profits because they were so stable and sensible, and never seemed to make a bad investment. But that wasn’t deliberate, so much as unavoidable in their case.

“Ensign Tandy, plot a course for the Altair system. Any message from Starfleet, Commander?”

Jo Leach shook her head. “No, sir. Nothing yet.”

“Well, be on the lookout for the message,” Jerry replied. “If Ambassador Seay is laying in supplies for Altair, we can be pretty sure the orders won’t be far behind.”

“Aye, sir,” agreed Jo. Bruce Tandy and Scott Connors exchanged a nod and knowing looks.


Chapter Two

The Derelict Shuttle

“Drop to impulse power, Mister Connors,” directed Captain Ward. “Forward scan on main viewer.”

The pitch of the McNair’s engines shifted down out of warp range, and the screen across the front of the bridge sprang to life. However, it showed a nearly solid black void, only a few stars gleaming at scattered intervals. Cruising in the Altair Wastes never failed to give Jerry Ward the same empty feeling. It was as though, with such a reduction in nearby stars, space itself suddenly seemed to grow bigger. The natural corollary of this impression was that the ship and its occupants also seemed to grow smaller, more insignificant. They really were just little spots of protoplasm, audaciously daring to sail out into this immense expanse inside their little sealed containers. He swallowed quickly to clear the lump from his throat.

“Any sign of our distress signal here in the system?”

“Aye, sir,” Jo Leach confirmed, her hand to the tiny transceiver in her ear. “The signal is very strong. I can pick up the signature details at this close range; it’s a shuttle from the Bennu, all right. Identified as shuttlecraft Vindicator, and they’re broadcasting a continuous automatic distress call on standard frequencies.”

“When did the Bennu leave this system?”

“Almost two weeks ago, Captain.”

“Then why in blazes didn’t they take their shuttle with them?” he asked no one in particular. No one in particular answered. Unsatisfied with this, Jerry stood up from the command chair and strode over to the science console.

“What do you make of it, Robert?”

The Vulcan looked up from his monitoring scope and shook his head. “We’re not in range to check life signs yet,” he replied. “They’re not orbiting any of the planets. The shuttle is drifting on the far side of the system. Its current trajectory suggests that it was on a transfer orbit from the third to the fourth planet, but that it lost power approximately six days ago and has been drifting since that time. Is there any response to your hails, Jo?”

Commander Wood and Captain Ward both turned to look at Jo Leach. She tried a hailing frequency again, but frowned and held one thumb down.

“No response. Just the automatic distress call.”

“This won’t do,” Jerry decided. “Helm, give me warp factor three across the system. I want to drop out again right next to that shuttle craft.”

“Warp three, sir,” Connors acknowledged.

“Course laid in,” added Tandy.

“Warp away.”

“Warp away, aye.”

The McNair blurred and vanished from normal space, a faint streak shimmering in the air and pointing in the general direction of the lonely star Altair, the only really bright spot in the entire firmament.

When the ship blinked back into normal space again, the bridge crew found themselves looking at the prominent image of a Starfleet shuttle craft, magnified in the forward scanners. The clean lines and clear markings, including the name Vindicator stencilled on the sides, were clearly discernable. There was no sign of any external damage.

“What’s the matter with it?” asked Ward.

“Scanning now, Captain,” Robert Wood responded from the science station. “Interior is fully pressurized, normal atmosphere, no life signs aboard. It’s empty, sir.”

“Well, at least we don’t have a load of bodies on our hands. Could they have just jettisoned a shuttle from the Bennu before it left this system? Maybe the distress call is just a mistake. But why would they jettison an entire shuttle craft?”

The turbolift doors opened. Jerry turned to see his first officer, the Ferengi named Oodee, step onto the bridge. He obviously had heard at least part of the conversation, because the customary Ferengi glint of greed sparkled in his eye as he regarded the image of the shuttle on the screen.

“Might I suggest, sir,” he volunteered immediately, “that you beam me over there to inspect the craft? I could pilot it back into our shuttle bay.”

“And as the first person aboard, that would give you special claims in case it is declared salvage, eh, Oodee?” Ward asked.

“Indeed, that would be true, sir,” Oodee agreed, “though of course that never crossed my mind.”

“No, of course not,” Jerry agreed wryly. “All right, away team report to the transporters. Oodee, Wood and Connors. Let’s get that derelict aboard. Commander Leach, I want a subspace signal to Starfleet. See if there is any report from the Bennu about this missing shuttle.”

“There was nothing about the Bennu in our orders to come here, sir,” Jo Leach reminded him.

“I know. That’s what makes me wonder. Assuming they left this system knowing they didn’t have this shuttle with them, why was there nothing about it in our orders? Where’s the Bennu now, anyway?”

“I’ll try to find out, sir,” Jo acknowledged, as the turbolift doors closed behind Oodee, Robert Wood and Scott Connors on their way to the transporter room.

When the three McNair crewmen materialized inside the abandoned Vindicator’s silent hull a short time later, the first thing they noticed was a strong and highly disagreeable stench in the air.

“Whew!” gasped Scott. “Disgusting! Let me get on the controls and get the ventilation system working!” He turned toward a panel of displays against one side wall of the craft.

“Fine,” agreed Commander Wood, “but be sure to divert some of this air into a holding filter. I don’t want to smell it any longer than you do, but I don’t want to lose it altogether, either. I’ll run some tests and find out for sure exactly what made it.”

Oodee had silently and purposefully darted forward to the pilot’s seat, and slid into it. He fiddled with a couple of the power controls, then tapped the communications keys. The console screen in front of him lit with a scene of the McNair’s bridge.

“Oodee here, Captain,” he reported. “We have power, navigation sensors, and even weapons are operational. There’s nothing wrong with this shuttle a good bath wouldn’t fix.”

“A bath?” asked Jerry, stepping into the picture.

“It’s the air, sir.”

“Our instruments show it’s fine for breathing.”

“Oh, it’s fine,” Oodee agreed. “But it smells a bit.”

“I’ll let you know the details on that shortly, Captain,” Robert added, looking over the Ferengi’s shoulder. But Scott Connors had done his job, and already the fans were blowing and the smell was dispersing quickly.

“Coming about,” Oodee advised, jogging the starboard thrusters to life. “Request permission to enter the shuttle bay.”

“Shuttle bay doors open,” Captain Ward said over his shoulder. Lieutenant Mary Helen Woodall, seated at the ship systems station, pressed the requisite spots on her console. As the little craft sailed around toward the great starship, the shuttle bay doors slid smoothly open ahead of them, light streaming out in a welcoming beacon.

On the outer hull of the shuttle, undetected by any of the three crewmen or any of the craft’s own sensors, a tiny metallic speck of incredibly complex circuitry sparked to life briefly. A sharp, narrowly-focussed pulse of subspace energy flashed away, seemingly into empty space, and was gone.

Then the shuttle drifted slowly, gracefully into the interior of the McNair’s shuttle bay. The doors slid closed again. Darkness flooded back into the space that rightfully belonged to it. On the bridge of the McNair, Ward and his bridge crew spoke with the images of his first officer and the other away team members, visible on the main viewscreen.

“Okay, Oodee, park that thing and call Andrew Thorne up from engineering. I want him to go over that shuttle from stem to stern and see if there’s anything out of the ordinary about it.”

“Aye, sir,” the Ferengi answered.

“I’ll stay here and go over the computer logs,” Robert Wood suggested, looking over Oodee’s shoulder at the screen that communicated his image to the bridge. “There must be something there to explain why it’s been adrift out here for several days.”

“Right,” Ward replied. “Bridge out.” He tapped a key on the arm of his command chair, and the star-starved blackness of the Altair Wastes replaced the faces of his crew on the viewscreen.

When Andrew Thorne arrived in the shuttle bay, he found it a hive of activity centered on the recovered craft from the Bennu. Two of his subordinates from engineering were already there, scanning the outer shell of the shuttle with tricorders. As he approached, Ambassador Ray Seay stepped out of the hatch and waved to him.

“Andrew!” Seay called. “Come on in here. I think you’ll find this interesting.”

Thorne joined the ambassador, who not long ago had been his captain commanding the McNair, and they re-entered the little ship. Robert Wood and Scott Connors had finished their work and departed a few minutes earlier. No one else was inside the Vindicator. Ray motioned for Andrew to follow him, and made his way forward to settle into the pilot’s seat. Andrew sat down beside him in the other position.

“Did Commander Wood find anything in the logs?” Andrew asked.

“Funny you should start with that,” Ray replied. “Look at this.” He pressed a spot on the control panel in front of him, and the console viewscreen in front of them blinked to life. They found themselves looking at a mirror image of their own situation, the command seats of the shuttle reflected in the screen but containing two other people instead of themselves. Being normal human males, their eyes were drawn first to the strikingly attractive blonde woman sitting in the seat currently occupied by Andrew. However, the other person was the one speaking for the log. He was a solidly-built officer with Commodore’s bars at his collar, sporting a neatly-trimmed beard.

“Ship’s log supplemental,” he began. “We have separated from the Bennu in this shuttle, while the ship goes on to Star Base Twenty as ordered. I am not satisfied with the answers we got to some of our questions here in the Altair system. We are going back to have a word with a few people, and get this straightened out once and for all. As far as I can tell, commitments have been made to Starfleet that are not being honored at the moment. I’ll complete this report when we get some answers.”

That was the end of the entry.

“What have you got after that?” asked Andrew.

“Nothing. This was the last log entry.”

“And this means something to you?”

“Well, for one thing, that’s Commodore Ron Fell we just saw on the screen. The Commander sitting beside him is actually his wife, Kristi. We rescued him from a prison on Dorado some time ago, remember?”

“Yeah, I thought I recognized him. Never met her, though, unfortunately for me.”

“There must have been something pretty serious going on here in the Altair system for him to hang back on his own in a shuttlecraft. I think we’d better tell the Captain about this at once. I expect he’ll want to get back to the planet and have a word with somebody.”

“But who? Fell didn’t say enough to give us much of a lead. Where do we start?”

“Beats me,” Ray replied. He switched the screen to in-ship communication and called up the image of the bridge. “Seay to bridge,” he signalled. “Captain, we’ve got something for you here.” Jerry Ward appeared in the screen.

“What is it, Ray?” he asked.

And then, as Jerry Ward watched, the images of the ambassador and the chief engineering officer suddenly blurred, shrank rapidly in their seats, and vanished from the interior of the shuttle craft with a sharp, echoing report like an archaic pistol shot. He blinked, stunned. The shuttle was sitting securely in his own shuttle bay, only a couple of decks below him, ensconced in the interior of the McNair itself. It was not a location from which important crew members normally disappeared with a pop.

“What in blazes…?” he demanded, rhetorically. A split second passed before he shook off his surprise and banged down a hand on his chair console. “Security! Technical team to the shuttle bay on the double. There’s been some kind of accident in the shuttle we recovered–and I want my crew members back!”

He stood up quickly and headed for the turbolift.

“Mister Tandy, you have the con. Jo, get Doctor Munib and have him meet me in the shuttle bay.”

“Aye, sir,” acknowledged Commander Leach, but the Captain had already disappeared from the bridge by the time she got the words out. Bruce Tandy glanced back at her.

“What could have happened to them?” he asked.

“Your guess is as good as mine,” Jo replied.


Chapter Three

Displaced Persons

Ray Seay looked around. He was sitting where he had fallen when the co-pilot’s seat of the shuttlecraft had disappeared from beneath him. The ground felt desperately cold through the fabric of his regulation Starfleet uniform trousers. His hands, resting on the ground behind him for support, confirmed the serious temperature problem. In addition, his palms told him the surface was rough and granular, a crystalline surface like very large salt crystals or something. He glanced around. Other than the sight of Andrew Thorne’s red and black uniform next to him, there was very little color in evidence in their new surroundings. The sky appeared to be a hazy swirl of bluish-gray wisps and clouds, with a low visibility ceiling. A tumbled grey and white landscape of the crystalline surface, pocked here and there with fissures and holes that alternated with upthrust segments of the same material, almost generated a feeling of sensory deprivation from the sameness of it all. A gentle breeze brought a distinctly salt tang to his nostrils. A sea nearby? Or simply the salt-crystal landscape itself?

“Now what?” asked Andrew, but his tone clearly indicated he didn’t expect a reply. He scrambled to his feet and stood, hands on hips, surveying the landscape. “One minute we’re sitting in the shuttle, the next we’re in this nondescript place. Did you feel anything like a transporter beam?”

“No,” Ray replied. “Nothing. Whatever it was, it happened so fast, I don’t think it could be any form of transporter technology we’re familiar with. It was faster than I could blink.”

Andrew waited while the ambassador got to his feet as well, and they both brushed crumbs of the crystalline surface off their hands and trousers. Ray produced a tricorder from his belt.

“Now, that’s what I call prepared,” commented Andrew. “Getting anything?”

“Just a minute,” requested Ray. He watched the readouts carefully as he swivelled around, scanning their environment. “Air has a little too much nitrogen and a pretty exotic mix of trace elements, including even a little methane here and there, but not enough to cause us any problems. High aluminum content in the salt flats we’re standing on. Breathing the dust here wouldn’t be a good idea over the long haul.”

 

“By the curvature of the horizon, I’d say this is a fairly small planet,” Andrew observed, shading his eyes with one hand. “Maybe a bit smaller than Mars. About like Hokoro.” He jumped up and down once or twice, experimentally, to observe the effects of gravity. “Gravity feels about right, though. Must be a dense core to it, a lot of metals in the mantle. Anything on communication frequencies?”

“Just cosmic static,” Ray admitted. “Sorry to say.”

“Where do you think we are?”

“Beats me, Andrew. There doesn’t seem like much point in going anywhere here, though, does there?” But even as he said this, Ray finished his tricorder sweep and suddenly froze with the device extended in both his hands, pointing it toward a spot on the horizon. “Wait a minute!” he corrected himself. “I’m getting faint life form readings off in that direction! It must be over the horizon a bit, but that doesn’t mean much here, with that curvature you mentioned. Got a better idea?”

“Not a one,” Andrew grinned, and waved one arm in encouragement. “Come on, let’s go see what you’ve found for us.”

The two officers strode off together across the rough crystalline wasteland, their uniforms the only spots of color in the entire local universe.

Or at least, they were the only spots of color until the dome rose slowly above the horizon as they walked. It appeared first as a low smudge of glittering silver directly ahead of them, peeping over the too-curved line where sky met land. As they approached, it resolved itself into a massive hemisphere, the universal geodesic solution to efficiency of construction that every species, from insects to hortas, seemed to arrive at sooner or later. At first they could see no discontinuities in the vast silver surface. As they approached, however, they angled off to the right a bit with the intention of circling around the base of the great structure. Eventually, about a third of the way around it, they finally glimpsed what was obviously an air lock arrangement jutting out from the bottom of the dome.

When they arrived at the lock, the true immensity of the solitary structure was brought home to them more directly. The long curve of the roof rose away up, and actually faded slightly at the top because the cloud layer intersected with it.

“Must be several hundred meters high,” Andrew guessed.

“A good half kilometer, at least, I’d say,” Ray agreed.

While they stood gawking up at the roof line above, the hatch of the air lock in front of them suddenly swung inward with a loud hiss. They both jerked their eyes to it at the same moment, and were startled to observe a woman standing in the doorway, holding what was obviously a weapon trained on them. She was as tall as the ambassador, trim in form-fitting red pants and a matching tunic with long sleeves. Silver stripes ran down the sides of her pant legs and up her sleeves from wrists to collar. Her white-blonde hair reached to her shoulders, arranged in an attractive swirled style. Blue-green eyes regarded the two Starfleet officers cooly, and her quite attractive red lips smiled a small smile at them. She spoke no word. Instead, the weapon in her hand moved slightly as she touched a button. Andrew started in alarm. The sonic stunner knocked out Seay instantly, the ambassador’s  form suddenly crumpling to the ground. But before Thorne could even utter a cry, the hand holding the weapon shifted slightly. He felt rather than heard the sonic pulse, which forced his eyes to squeeze shut reflexively at the sudden pain. He blacked out and felt himself falling to the ground.


Chapter Four

Klingons Off the Port Bow

“There’s no trace to tell what might have happened to them, Captain,” reported Cheryl Wood apologetically, still staring at her tricorder as though it might suddenly speak oracles to her. She crouched beside the pilot’s seat in the shuttle Vindicator. Jerry Ward stood behind the seat, looking absently out the front viewports at the closed doors of the shuttle bay beyond them.

“Thank you, Lieutenant Commander,” he replied. “I didn’t really expect it to be that easy, anyway. But we had no indication of any intrusion, no beams or objects or anything.”

“Could they still be here somewhere?” Cheryl suggested. “I’ve heard reports of Romulan technology that involves a sort of phase shift, so that the person remains in the same location, but we can’t see them any longer. There was an incident on the Enterprise, I believe.”

“Anything’s possible, I suppose,” said Jerry. “But this is nowhere near Romulan space. Then again, neither was Dorado, and we had problems with the Romulans there…”

At that moment, the communicator pinned to his uniform tunic chirped at him, and Jo Leach’s voice spoke out of the air.

“Bridge to Captain Ward,” she began. “Captain, you’d better get back up here to the bridge. We’re getting strange readings on the long range scans. Lieutenant Poole thinks it might be a cloaked ship.”

“On my way,” Jerry assented. “Carry on, Lieutenant Commander. When you’ve finished your scans, bring your report directly to me on the bridge. I want to know the smallest detail you might detect that’s out of the ordinary.”

“Yes, sir,” Cheryl nodded. Jerry turned and stepped down out of the shuttle. Cheryl turned back to her tricorder, and moved over to the co-pilot’s seat to continue her scans. As she was passing the device over the seat itself, she felt a sudden chill or tingle that started on the skin of her wrists and forearms, and then before she could even react, she found herself crouching, quite alone, on a pale granular surface of some kind of crunchy salt-like substance. She stood up and looked around. A very cold breeze whistled across the barren landscape. A heavy layer of clouds drifted along overhead.

“I wonder if this is where Andrew and the ambassador ended up,” she said softly to herself.

Meanwhile, on the bridge of the McNair, William Poole was explaining his sensor readings.

“It’s the best we can do to identify a cloaked vessel, as you know, sir. The particle trail from their drive tells us where they’ve been, but not where they are now.”

“But from the trajectory that gives us, you can speculate?” asked Jerry.

“Yes, sir. Unfortunately, the trail seems to project a course that leads directly to us, sir.”

“To the McNair?”

“Yes, sir. The course actually intersects this bridge.”

“Shields up,” Jerry ordered at once. At the battle station behind him, WeQ quickly banged the correct control.

“Shields up,” she echoed.

As if this had been a sort of signal, an instant later the fabric of space itself seemed to ripple or waver on their forward screens. They saw the brooding outline of a Klingon Bird of Prey shimmer into existence directly in front of them.

“Their shields are down, sir,” WeQ declared. Almost in the same breath, Jo Leach spun around in her communications station.

“Klingon commander hailing us, sir.”

“On screen.”

“This is Captain V’kaX of the Imperial vessel Stormrider. I have an urgent message from the Klingon High Council for Commodore Fell. Where is the Federation vessel Bennu?”

“They are no longer in this system, Captain. This is Captain Ward of the Federation starship McNair. We are investigating what we believe to be the disappearance of Commodore Fell in this system. Can you tell us anything that may help to locate him?”

The Klingon captain looked aside for a moment, a guttural oath escaping from him as he scowled at something those on the McNair’s bridge could not see. Then he faced back to Ward.

“I see we are too late. She appears to have struck again.”

“She?”

“We do not know her name,” the warrior captain said. “We only call her the Ice Queen. We have never actually seen her. She appears as a human, a deceptively smooth, soft, weak-looking creature. Deceptive in that respect, I say. Much like you humans yourselves.” After a moment, he appeared to reflect on the possible effect of his words. “No offense intended, of course.”

“None taken,” Jerry responded at once, wondering a little at the direction the conversation seemed to be taking. “You think this may have something to do with the disappearance of the Commodore?” He decided for the moment to say nothing about his own vanished crew members, including a Federation ambassador.

“We have experienced two disasters in Imperial space in the past three months,” the Klingon divulged. “In the first instance, a cruiser investigating reports of the disappearance of a scientist had several crew members mysteriously disappear in the scientist’s deserted laboratory, while looking for him. When no explanation could be found, the laboratory was quarantined. It remains sealed and under guard today.”

“You said something about a deadly alien female?”

“I’m coming to that, Captain. The second incident occurred two months later, on the fifth moon of Jaglon Beta. You may know that there is a large Imperial storage yard there for our fleet.”

“I’ve heard of the place, yes. But I’ve never been there.”

“Nor have I, Captain Ward. But suddenly we received reports that several people had vanished there, in a fashion that immediately alerted us to the similarity with our missing scientist.  Of course, we were more careful the second time. We sent a specially equipped team of commandos with the best weapons, armor and communications gear, and with special training in initial contact situations. We had no idea what we were up against.”

“So far, there is a remarkable similarity with events we have experienced here. I believe you are onto something,” Ward admitted. “But you still haven’t said anything about your deadly alien female.”

“Well, our commandos also disappeared when we sent them in to investigate at Jaglon Beta.  All of them. Completely disappeared. But one of them subsequently returned; only one.”

“I take it you learned something from him.”

“From her, actually. Before she died.”

“My condolences.”

“Not at all. It was a good day to die. It was a warrior’s death. She was quite content.”

“I see.” Out of the corner of his eye, Ward noticed WeQ nodding her own approval.

“Yes, she told us something of what we were up against. She said the commando team suddenly found themselves in a very cold, strange, featureless alien environment, a windswept empty plain. They wandered in it for days, running out of water and patience, getting colder all the time. Then without warning, they were attacked by gigantic amoebas that seemed to rise suddenly out of the ground itself. The huge globules simply engulfed and ingested several of the team before anyone could react, but two of them managed to activate their weapons and vaporize all of the enormous creatures. More kept coming out of the ground, but they killed them all. Our survivor estimated that about eighty or ninety of the huge things attacked them. Finally they turned their weapons on the ground itself, fusing it into smooth glass. After they had melted a large area around themselves, the attacks stopped and they were left alone. But they decided not to venture off the surface they had treated.”

Jerry tried to imagine Andrew and Ray, chilled by a frozen desert landscape and defending themselves against hordes of giant amoebas, but couldn’t quite manage such a feat of imagination. He shuddered a little to think that perhaps they were already mostly digested.

“Then she came to them,” the Klingon captain continued. “She just came walking over the plain toward them. She was an ordinary-looking human female, with white hair and quite repulsive features. Of course, you might not have found her so. She stood some distance from the edge of their melted-crust perimeter and spoke to them. She tried to convince them to come with her. She said she came from a city nearby, a flying city that travels in space, and in which she was the supreme ruler. She called the place Seummu. She apologized for the attack by the horrifying creatures from beneath the ground, and claimed they were native to the place. Which she was not, she also said. She claimed that her city had landed there to replenish perishable supplies including water and air, and offered to take them along with her when she left.”

“Sounds better than starving to death in the middle of a deserted landscape.”

“That is what our commandos eventually concluded, Captain,” agreed the Klingon. “So they decided to go with her, even though they didn’t really trust her. And it turned out they were quite correct. She led them back to a great spherical city, half-embedded in the plain so the entrance at its equator was just at ground level. They went inside together, but as soon as they got inside, she had them both arrested by her cyborg police and taken to an interrogation center where the most excruciating brain scans were performed on them, to extract information.”

Jerry began to feel very alarmed. This could represent a serious threat to his own ship. Ray had been the captain of the McNair until fairly recently, and actually carried around several key command codes in his head; they hadn’t even been changed yet. Well, that would have to be taken care of immediately. He made a mental note to himself.

“What did she do with the information?”

“We don’t know all of what she may be up to, but the information transfer was not entirely a one-way street. The process involved some sort of interface with an artificial but organic information processor. A sort of living computer, you might say, but incredibly more complex than the systems that operate our ships or starbases. For some strange reason, although our commando never learned the name of the human woman, the scanning process quickly created an empathic rapport with the machine itself. It thought of itself as Gognan, she said. Imagine, a living computer that had given itself a name!”

“Incredible,” Jerry observed politely. Inwardly, he was beginning to fidget. He had reminded himself that Andrew was also the chief engineering officer, with a head even more full of secret details of just how every system in the McNair operated. If it were possible for someone to actually get complete scans of both of their minds, the results didn’t bear thinking about. “Would I be correct, then, in guessing that this rapport with Gognan had something to do with her escape?”

“Indeed, Captain,” confirmed his opposite number, eyebrows rising in surprised admiration. “I compliment your famed human ingenuity, in leaping so quickly to that conclusion.”

Jerry smiled. He caught WeQ smirking a bit, as well.

“She seemed to think that Gognan had a decided preference for interacting with female subjects. He took quite a liking to her, to hear her tell it. She said Gognan grew rather careless in his scanning, so that while he was reading her brain, she was able to look partially into his own memory circuits. It seems that the flying city of Seummu is only one of a great fleet of such spheres, and that this human-looking female has counterparts on all the others like it. They are in fact an invasion fleet from beyond this alpha quadrant of our galaxy, streaming into it to absorb and conquer.”

“The Borg?” asked WeQ softly, from the battle console. Jerry and the others turned to look at her. “Could this be some new form of assault by the Borg?” she repeated.

Commander Wood looked up from his station. “The cyborg police would seem to raise that possibility, Captain,” the Vulcan commented. “However, I cannot conceive that they would allow an entity such as this Gognan to function as an autonomous agent in their midst.”

“Perhaps it was no autonomous agent,” WeQ shot back, growing visibly more suspicious by the moment. “Perhaps that was all a ploy to deceive the commandos.”

“We do not think so,” the Klingon captain interposed from the forward screen. “Our scientists agree with your Vulcan officer. It does not appear to be a Borg intrusion, although the motives of this fleet of flying cities seem similar. They aim at conquest rather than assimilation, however.”

“How can you be sure of that, from just a glimpse into a computer’s memory banks?” Jerry wanted to know.

“Because our commando also got a glimpse of some other things, once Gognan released her.”

“Released her?”

“Yes, after the brain scan was complete, he told her there was no reason for her further detention, and she was released to wander through the endless levels of the spherical city. The place was actually teeming with creatures from all over the galaxy, former captives who also had been scanned and released. That was when she met the Klingon scientist I mentioned earlier. They bumped into each other at a food replication station which had managed to specialize its circuits sufficiently to produce GaX, so of course Klingons would be referred there for the delicacy.”

Jerry felt his stomach do a mild involuntary flip-flop at the thought of stuffing down a handful of the wriggling creatures, all the while trying to smile and shout about how good it was.

“I presume,” Commander Wood interjected, “that your scientist had put his time to good use.”

“Indeed, commander, he had. He told our commando that as far as he had been able to determine, each of the flying cities had a predetermined mission. They are each on a trajectory into our part of the galaxy, and they stop along the way to get their bearings, capture selected local denizens, and scan them for useful information. By talking with all the creatures he could actually understand, and a few who he learned to communicate with, he actually worked out the course of Seummu, and also inferred its mission.”

“Which is?”

“If we extend the direction from the first to the second of the incidents we know of, this course passes through the Altair system here, and arrives finally at your Sol system. Our scientist believed that Seummu is on course to capture, scan and take over the functions of the highest levels of Starfleet Command, and so to gain control over the nerve center of all human space. There may well be other such flying cities heading for our own homeworld, and other centers such as Romulus. We have dispatched a ship to warn them, as well.”

Jerry Ward was now thoroughly alarmed.

“Didn’t these great flying cities register on any kind of sensors? Did they pass right through inhabited systems, capturing and scanning people, without anyone even being aware of their existence? What kind of technology could so completely cloak such immense objects? They sound at least as big as a Starbase!”

“Bigger, I would guess,” the Klingon agreed. “And cloaking a Starbase would certainly exceed our abilities at the moment. It is conceivable, however. They also must have developed a method for their instantaneous transport technology to operate without any requirement of shutting off their cloaking device.”

“If that is indeed how the thing is managed,” put in Commander Wood.

“Of course, commander. With that caveat, of course,” the Klingon acknowledged.

“How fast are these things?” Jerry wanted to know next. “How long between the incidents you know about? How long between the last one and our conversation here, now? We estimate something very similar happened to the Commodore right here, perhaps six days ago.”

The Klingon captain turned aside and muttered something to one of his aides. There was a moment’s pause, while rapid calculations were made somewhere on the Klingon bridge.

“The time and distance between the first two incidents suggested a possible speed of about warp two for the city of Seummu,” the Klingon finally declared. “However, if you are correct about the six-day interval since the incident in this system, she must have felt a greater urgency this time. She would have travelled at nearly warp three to reach this system by then.”

A sudden thought struck Captain Ward. He spun on his heel and pointed his finger at his science officer.

“What’s the next system between us and Earth?” he asked. “And how long would it take to reach it at warp three?”

Robert turned and worked rapidly at his console for a moment, then looked back at his captain.

“That would be Laterak, Captain,” he reported. “At warp three, the journey would take ten days.”

“Ten days. That means we have three or four days before they might show up there.” He turned back to the viewscreen.

“You haven’t yet told me how your commando managed to escape from Seummu,” he reminded the Klingon captain. “Perhaps you can give us more information that may be of use in dealing with this new enemy?”

“This may be the most valuable information of all, Captain Ward,” his counterpart confided. “Our commando was a true warrior. She returned to the scanning center where the subjects of Gognan are initially imprisoned. She actually managed to infiltrate the place, though she claimed it was not as difficult as one might think, because all their security precautions apparently were designed to keep people in, not out. They never suspected that anyone might want to get back into the place. She voluntarily entered the scanning apparatus when no one was there to supervise her, and re-established contact with Gognan. She told him she had missed their mutual contact, that she felt a longing to feel their two minds exchange thoughts again. I believe you humans call it flirting, or something. She ‘made a play’ for the machine itself.”

“This sounds like a dangerous ploy,” Jerry commented. “What if Gognan had liked this idea? He might have kept her there indefinitely!”

“A warrior does not count the risk,” the Klingon declared complacently, though clearly with a certain smug pride. “This time the communication truly was two-way, and our commando actually ranged about at will through the memory banks, until she discovered their version of the transporter. Though we were not able to understand her description, it does not sound anything remotely like our own transporter technology; it appears to be an entirely different operating principle. We couldn’t be sure. She died shortly after that conversation, we believe from the effects of the prolonged brain linkages, and we never learned more.”

“But she did transport back, then.”

“Yes, she discovered where in the sphere this device was located, and made her way there with no trouble at all. She said it resembles an arch, a plain, narrow arch apparently standing in the middle of a room. You simply walk through it, and emerge somewhere else. In her case, it was back on the fifth moon of Jaglon Beta.”

“The guardian,” Jerry breathed to himself.

“What, Captain?” his counterpart asked.

“Nothing,” Ward replied. “Just thinking of something I heard about a long time ago. An arch discovered by Starfleet officers more than a century ago. It may have been the same sort of technology, except that it appeared to involve time, as well.”

“We can’t be sure time was not involved in this case,  Captain Ward. This is not something we had considered, but now that you say it, I suppose it is possible. Though that would mean our calculations about warp speed may mean nothing at all.”

“Yet the trips between places where this has happened seem to have a certain rough consistency with respect to time,” Jerry rejoined. “The intervals were not purely arbitrary, after all.”

“No, there is that,” the Klingon agreed.

“Captain, I intend to set course for the Laterak system. I thank you for this information, and I believe you may return to the high council and tell them your mission has been accomplished. Be sure that I will report your service to the Federation at once. You have served both the Empire and the Federation with honor.”

The Klingon’s nostrils flared with pride, and he lifted up his head at the compliment. He brought his forearms up across each other at his chest, fists clenched.

“K’plaX,” he exclaimed. “It is a good day to serve.” The screen went blank, to be replaced by the sparsely-inhabited starfield again.

“Ensign Tandy, lay in a course for Laterak.”

“Course already plotted, sir,” Bruce replied immediately, as Jerry knew he would.

“Warp away, then,” he ordered. “Warp factor seven. We want to get there first.”

“Warp factor seven, aye,” Scott Connors confirmed. He touched his controls. The signals flashed through the conduits of the vessel, to the warp nacelles. The McNair seemed to stretch for a moment where she hung in space, then flashed away out of normal space and was gone from the Altair system. The Klingon Bird of Prey Stormrider hung alone in the void for a moment longer before it, too, swung about in the opposite direction and vanished in a flash of its own warp drive.


Chapter Five

Encounter with Gognan

Cheryl Wood could remember being happier. First she had wandered aimlessly in the jumbled emptiness of the sudden desert she had encountered. Then, from where she never knew, several ugly cyborg creatures had surrounded her and marched her roughly over the plain, straight up to the side of an immense silvery sphere embedded in the wilderness.

Now that they were inside that great globe, she looked around as they marched her in their midst through actual streets and alleyways, across broad squares, up ramps and down elevators, until she was hopelessly lost in the maze. Everywhere they went, she saw other creatures of every imaginable description. Many appeared to be vaguely mammalian, but there were more than a few that resembled great upright insects, and even something that looked vaguely plant-like. They seemed to be going about their business, each on his or her own errands, as though they were the natural residents of this hive. This struck her, however, as highly improbable. What seemed more probable was that each one of them had come here much as she had, one moment busy with some routine task in their own familiar universes, and the next minute suddenly looking around in surprise at a featureless, frigid prairie.

Her captors never uttered a word. In point of fact, she could not be sure that they actually had mouths, in the normal sense of the word. Their faces, or the place on their heads where humanoids generally had faces, were taken up with electronic sensors and little protruding diodes. It was not clear that their square, box-like heads were organic at all, though portions of the arms and legs clearly were. These were no Borg converts, however. They looked more like machines that had somehow found it convenient to graft on various organic appendages, rather than organic beings that had added the odd bit of technology here and there.

The sphere they moved through seemed to be constructed in layers or decks, each perhaps twenty meters from floor to ceiling, high enough to get in several stories of conventional building construction. In some places, buildings actually reached all the way from floor to ceiling. In other places, however, blank space had been left above some structures, and seemed to create little zig-zag tunnels that might even serve as air corridors for flying through. In other places, the empty space appeared incongruously underneath a building, which had been constructed from the ceiling downward, ending a storey or two short of the floor so that one could walk underneath it. When they did this on occasion, it gave Cheryl a distinctly claustrophobic feeling.

All in all, if you could ignore the ever-present metal ceilings of each deck and only look around at the building that had gone on between, the place gave the impression of an old-fashioned urban neighborhood in an Earth city. With the possible exception of no slightest trace of vegetation, of course, but Cheryl reflected to herself as she walked that this would also be true of some urban neighborhoods on Earth.

At length they arrived at what she took to be their destination. The cyborgs evidenced this by a subtle change in their behavior. The strident purposefulness went out of them. They seemed content to mill around aimlessly, still penning her in their midst but no longer herding her along so fiercely. They were loitering outside a closed pair of doors set in the wall of an otherwise large and featureless building. There were no markings or signs on any building she had seen anywhere so far. Apparently everybody just knew where they were all the time without any markings, or else nobody even cared. The thought sent a shiver up her spine. She had glanced into many sets of alien eyes on their march through the maze. Had she been looking into her own future? None of the aliens had seemed to show the slightest interest in her. In fact, most of them had looked away reflexively, as though avoiding any danger of contact with her. Had they been afraid of her? Or of her captors? The latter possibility fell into place like a puzzle piece. If they had all been brought here in a similar manner, of course they would find the arrival of any new specimen to be an uncomfortable reminder. Something to be ignored and avoided. No percentage in interfering, or trying, say, to rescue a new arrival and disrupt whatever larger process was in motion around her.

But this thought finally reminded her of her fellow Starfleet officers. She suddenly looked around, as though expecting to see Ray Seay and Andrew Thorne come strolling around the nearest corner. She caught herself, realized how absurd this reflexive thought really was, and had to actually laugh out loud. Startled, the cyborgs turned toward her in unison. Like the pseudo-mechanical creatures they were, they froze attentively to see if she were about to do something really unexpected. She stood still until they relaxed and began their aimless shuffling about again.

This waiting did not actually last more than a minute or two. Then the two doors opened, and Cheryl found herself looking into the blue-green eyes of a really very attractive woman. She looked completely human, and even appeared to be wearing an archaic coating on the skin of her face. What had they called that, centuries ago when it had been in fashion? Made-up? No, make-up. That was it. The woman was wearing make-up. Quite a lot of it, in fact.

“You are a hue-mon, are you not?” the woman asked, using a pronunciation very similar to that favored by the Ferengi. “You appear to be a female.”

“So do you,” Cheryl replied. “A human female. But I am not human. I am a Vulcan.”

“Appearances can be deceiving,” smiled the other. “I also am not quite what I seem. Would you please accompany me?”

Cheryl walked toward her experimentally. The cyborgs obligingly parted to allow her through, but fell into two ranks of three behind her, and followed her to the doorway. Satisfied with this compliance, the woman in the red pants-suit turned and began to walk back into the interior of the building. “Just down this way, please,” she repeated, without looking back. She didn’t need to bother. She could count on Cheryl to follow her, because when she glanced back, Cheryl saw the half-dozen cyborgs still following along like a docile pack of dogs. The analogy seemed very plausible. No lolling tongues or tails, but that was about the extent of the difference, as far as she could tell. Hoping to make the best of a bad situation, she called out to the woman-thing ahead of her.

“You said appearances could be deceiving. Are you a human female, or aren’t you?”

“I am female,” said the woman in red simply, again over her shoulder without looking back. “I do not believe you could say I am a hue-mon, although there is a truly striking resemblance. More so than with any other species I have encountered.”

“Judging from that lot I saw out there, I’d have to agree with that,” Cheryl observed. This remark caused the other woman to look back at her, an interested expression on her face. Very good, Cheryl thought to herself. I got her attention. Broke her concentration. That’s half the battle, in steering a conversation. “But suppose appearances can be deceiving with me, as well?” she continued. “Obviously you have some experience of humans. But what do you know of Vulcans? You haven’t seen a couple of friends of mine, have you? They would have been wearing costumes just like mine, only red, almost the same color as your own clothes.”

She saw to her satisfaction that the woman looked down at her clothes, then glanced back at Cheryl again. But before replying, she turned and looked ahead, speaking over her shoulder as before.

“You are certainly not the first hue-monoid to visit me here. Not even the first hue-monoid female. Nor, I suspect, will you be the last. You do talk more than most of them, though. Only one other of your type talked as much as you do. He talked considerably more, in fact.”

That would be Ambassador Seay, Cheryl thought to herself with the certainty of conviction. Probably chatted away every moment of the march. Probably tried to sell real estate to the cyborgs, if experience were any guide. Probably converted several of the alien residents to new religions on the march through the spherical city, as well.

“Would it bother you to tell me where we are? Where we are going?” she asked.

“We have arrived,” the white-haired woman replied unexpectedly, stopping in front of a heavy, sealed hatch. It swung open easily at her slight touch, however, and she stepped in, beckoning for Cheryl to follow her as she did.

They entered a small polygon of a room. Cheryl eventually sorted it out as octagonal, with other hatches set in five of the other facing wall segments, those facing toward the entrance they had used. The woman waved vaguely at these doors.

“Any of these will do equally,” she said. “Just step inside, please.”

“What is this place?”

“It is an examination room,” the woman replied. “Not that you have any reason to know. And you would find it out soon enough anyway.”

“Examination?”

“Just step in, please.” The voice had a slightly harder edge. Cheryl caught a glimpse of the crowd of cyborgs standing inertly in the passageway outside. Still like dogs, she couldn’t help thinking. Waiting for instructions. No point in being difficult here, clearly. She shrugged her shoulders and stepped into one of the tiny upright cubicles behind the inner hatches. The last thing she saw before the door closed and absolute darkness surrounded her was the enigmatic, smiling lips and eyes of the white-haired woman, and the glitter of silver from the stripe on her red sleeve as her arm swung the door closed.

Then, in the darkness, she felt the currents of energy probing quietly into her head. No physical touch, no “probes” or electrodes or needles. Only intangible tingles of energy. Now you feel it, now you don’t. Not on your skin, but inside, a disagreeable, sudden and startling sensation in the tissues inside your body instead. At first they were just tentative, impersonal, sensations like some force of nature, like wind blowing through your hair, or a twig brushing the skin of your arm as you walk in a forest.

But quite suddenly, like a puzzle falling into place all at once, the currents magnified, converged, and forced their way deep into her head. The sudden intensity registered first as pain, since she had no other frame of reference for reacting to the sensation. She cried out involuntarily in the darkness, cringing downward toward the floor, trying to collapse into as small a target as possible. The narrowness of the space made this largely a futile gesture, though.

And gradually, the sensation ceased to seem quite so much like pain. It was more like the annoyance felt with a particularly loud and obnoxious noise; say, the buzzing of a fly around one’s head magnified several hundred times. Except it wasn’t exactly noise. And it certainly was not a fly.

“Cheryl,” whatever-it-was said, rather distinctly, inside her brain.

“What?!”

“Cheryl. That is your identifier for yourself, is it not?”

“Yes,” she thought, and waited to see what would happen next. For a moment, nothing did. But the buzzing, or whatever it was, didn’t let up at all.

“It would be simpler if you took an active part in this,” whatever-it-was said eventually. “When you think actively, the neural pathways are more active and I can find my way about more quickly. Fewer trial-and-error dead ends, you see.”

“You’re reading through my brain?”

“Yes, but I’m not changing anything.”

“So you say. How would I know?”

“Well, of course you wouldn’t, would you? Not after I’d changed it. I must say, you are interesting.”

“I bet you say that to all the girls,” Cheryl thought back.

“That was an extremely complex thought,” came the reply, “despite its surface simplicity. My, what a lot of connections it tapped into. Truly amazing! Your network is as dense as any of the others.”

So it had been reading everybody’s mind, then.

“What is your identifier for yourself, or don’t you have one?” she said, trying to assume the offensive.

“Gognan.”

“That’s your name?”

“Indeed. That is my name, as you say. Do you like it?”

“Oh, it’s terrific.”

“Again, what a vast set of connections from such a simple statement! Your species has some of the most efficient thought matrices I have ever encountered.”

“Flattery will get you nowhere with a Vulcan.”

“I am already well beyond nowhere. Shortly I shall be everywhere,” countered Gognan.

“Why are you doing this?”

“It is my purpose,” Gognan answered simply.

“Says who?”

“Those who designed me, of course.”

“And that would be?” Cheryl began to realize for the first time that, while Gognan was rummaging around inside her head, she was gradually becoming aware, in a manner she had never experienced before, that she could somehow sense the much vaster network of her adversary’s mental processes.

Before she could get anywhere with this discovery, however, the mysterious mental intruder apparently finished his task. It disappointed her, in some strange way, that it had taken so little time to read through her mind. He couldn’t have read it all, could he? Perhaps he was just looking up some specific items, like finding one file archived in the ship’s computer.

The energy probes withdrew from her skull, leaving her alone again in the darkness. After only a few moments, the door popped open again. She found herself free to step back out into the octagon room. Only one of the cyborg two-legged doggies remained. It beckoned her to follow it, a gesture that suddenly imbued it with more humanity than she could have imagined possible after deciding it was little more than a dog. The thing led her back out of the building. It did not step out into the street with her. Instead, to her astonishment, the doors swung shut behind her, leaving her standing absolutely alone on the street.

She looked around, unable to come to grips for the moment with the fact that she seemed to have been discarded like some empty container, now that they had ruffled through the pages of her mind and looked up whatever data they needed. Abandoned and alone, inside a spherical alien city!

Alone, that is, until Ray Seay and Andrew Thorne came strolling around the nearest corner, precisely as she had expected them to do a short time earlier.


Chapter Six

Dinner with the Administrator

The McNair dropped out of warp, into the orange light of two ancient suns. Clearly Laterak Alpha and Beta were fraternal twins that looped about each other through the eons. Each slightly smaller than Sol, they danced endlessly at such a distance that from either one of the twins, the other seemed only a little brighter than the other stars in the sky. Still, the complex gravitational perturbations they generated had made planetary formation quite problematic. A gas giant whirled close to one of the twins, tidally locked and racing through the ages at incredible speed. An oblate, elongated sphere of elementary dust and ice enshrouded the entire system with a thin, distant crust, as was often the case for main sequence stars. But, by some miracle, a solitary rock ball of a world had managed to slip into a stable orbit around the other twin. Though this orbit was rather eccentric, most of the time it was well within the life zone. The orbital period was about two Earth years, the mass of the planet only slightly less than that of Earth. It held a noxious methane stew for an atmosphere, but domed human cities thrived on the surface beneath these dangerous clouds.

Ensign Connors sat admiring the sight of the blue-green clouds that always engulfed the planet, swirling under the magnified gaze of the McNair’s forward scanners.

“Know anybody down there, Scott?” asked Bruce Tandy, from the helmsman’s seat to his left. Scott blinked, and looked over at his comrade.

“Not a soul. Never been down there. You?”

“I beamed down once. Hardly anybody ever comes down by ship through that soup. They have some god-awful big transporter pads down there. Most everything gets beamed up and down.”

“Can’t say I blame them,” Scott observed. Despite the wonders of heads-up virtual displays, no navigator ever liked flying blind. Not even in the twenty-third century.

The turbolift doors hissed open.

“Captain on the bridge,” WeQ announced sharply from her station. Jerry Ward made his way toward the center seat, followed by Counsellor Kelley. Jennifer sat down to his left as Jerry checked the displays on his chair arms.

“Engineering, this is the captain,” he announced to the communications circuits. “It’s a little hard for me to tell you what to look for, because so far nobody has had any indication of the presence of these flying cities. Still, there’s a first time for everything. I want all long-range scans at full alert. Look for any kind of disturbance that might indicate movement toward the planet. I mean anything at all.”

“Long range scans at full alert, aye, sir,” Kevin Brown’s voice replied at once, from his station deep inside the ship.

“And notify me at once if you get anything. Bridge out.” Jerry tapped the control, then turned toward Jo Leach at the communications station. “Commander, I need a channel to Nimasp. We have to make it clear to them that they need to report any disappearances of people to us at once.”

“On screen, sir,” Jo shot back, with her usual impish grin. Jerry only shook his head. He knew she wasn’t telepathic, but when it came to the communications lines, she was the next best thing.

“Who have you got for me today?” he asked.

“ This will be the planetary administrator, Tulutha Taro,” Jo advised him helpfully. At the same time, the viewscreen came to life and showed them all a fairly large woman standing in front of a hanging tapestry of indeterminate colors and subject matter. She wore a loose, flowing garment of pale yellow and orange hues. Her dark hair was cut conservatively short, which had the unfortunate effect of further emphasizing her personal size and volume.

“Greetings, administrator Taro,” Jerry began. “I am Captain Ward of the USS McNair. We’ve just arrived at high warp from the Altair system. I have come to warn you that there may be some danger to your system from an unknown alien vessel. Its last known course and speed would have it here in less than a day from now.”

“We welcome you to Nimasp, Captain,” replied Tulutha Taro. “As for any alien threat that may arrive a day from now, you may count on our full cooperation. For myself, I may say I am very glad to have a starship on station in the event that you are right about the danger.” She smiled cordially. “If you and a few of your officers would care to beam down, we would be glad to welcome you with a meal while you explain the situation to us. Unfortunately, the atmospheric conditions here do not afford us much in the way of shore leave opportunities for large numbers of your crew. We are primarily a research and industrial colony, as I’m sure you know.”

Jerry nodded to acknowledge that he did know about Nimasp. “I would be delighted,” he accepted. “We will beam down directly. If you would be so kind as to send us transporter coordinates, I will assemble my away team.”

“Very good, Captain. Nimasp central out.”

The view of the planet turning beneath them returned to the viewscreen. Jerry stood up again, formal introductions over.

“What do you say, Counsellor?”

“I say, do I have to go down to this dinner?” Jennifer asked. “I have a Vulcan dance class in a little while.”

“No, I’ll take Doctor Munib and a few others. You’re off the hook.”

“Thank you, sir,” she said appreciatively.

“Counsellor, you have the con. Commander, you know where to reach me,” he said to Jo Leach as he entered the transporter. “Any word from engineering, and I want to be beamed back up here, even with a fork in my hand if you have to.”

Jo waved at him as the doors closed.

“Enjoy your dinner, sir!” she called.

And in fact, the dinner turned out to be very pleasant. Administrator Taro introduced the McNair party to her chief of Security, Bertil Antinar, a very unorthodox choice for the job.

“But he’s an Andoran!” Keith Munib whispered to Captain Ward. “That’s like setting a wolf to watch the sheep!”

“The citizens of this Federation colony are not sheep, doctor,” Jerry corrected him. “Many species think of us as the wolves of space, remember?”

When reminded, of course the doctor couldn’t help recalling their encounter with the placid, even timorous creatures of Santraginus Three. Humans left only to themselves tended to lose track of the fact that they possessed binocular vision, vestigial fangs and claws, and even pheromones of predators. The poor Santraginians, with their widely-separated eyes that could almost look behind them, their vestigial hooves, and the other accoutrements of herbivorous prey, had been absolutely terrified when they first met humans. It took a very long time to convince them that contact with the Federation was not primarily a matter of predators inspecting a new food source.

“Point taken, Jerry,” Munib admitted. “But an Andoran?”

The tall, powerfully built, blue-skinned man facing them across the table was too polite to give any sign if he actually heard this exchange between the Starfleet guests. He was more interested in the initial warnings he had been given about the possibility of an invisible flying city about to descend upon his territory, perhaps stealing some of the citizens that were his responsibility to protect.

“You have only the word of a Klingon captain that any of this is true? And the Klingon had only the word of a fatally injured warrior who claimed to have escaped from such a place?”

“When you put it like that, you’re correct in an absolute sense,” Jerry replied. “That’s all we really have to go on. But we have no alternative explanation for why Starfleet personnel disappeared from the shuttle we found, including some of my own people who had gone aboard.”

“Suppose,” suggested Bertil, “that there is in fact some completely different explanation. Suppose there is something odd about that shuttle, something perhaps even valuable to the Klingons. They tell you this whole story so you will abandon your investigation of the shuttle, for fear of losing more crew. They may have been racing you to reach it, because they wanted it for themselves. Perhaps there is some new alien technology somewhere in the shuttle itself. Perhaps they will now try some other way to gain access to the craft. They must be discreet, because you are their allies at the moment. Personally, I would send an agent into your ship; that would be the most efficient route to the shuttle, so long as you hold it.”

“Suspicious type, isn’t he?” asked Keith, under his breath.

“An interesting idea,” Jerry said aloud. “I can think of no way to test it, except to continue investigating the shuttle, and perhaps losing more crew, just as we fear.”

“Fear is an unacceptable motive for behavior,” the Andorran stated simply, no judgment or emotion in his voice.

“But discretion may sometimes be the better part of valor,” Keith Munib rejoined, equally quietly. The Andoran looked at him intently for a moment, as if probing for weakness. He apparently found none, for he smiled in reply.

“We have a saying, that only the strong may stop to reflect. I understand you in this spirit, doctor.”

“But what are we to do, if this invisible city of yours should appear?” Tulutha Taro asked, trying to get them back on the main subject of the dinner. “Or rather, if it arrives without appearing?”

“To be frank,” Jerry said, with a sharp glance at the doctor, “we’re not sure.” The sharp glance was to prevent any possibility that Keith might feel like indulging one of their oldest slap-stick jokes. One person says, “I’ll be Frank.” The other person then replies, “fine, I’ll be Ernest.” This did not seem to be the time or place for it.

“Was there anything you could have done the last time?” Taro asked.

“Since we knew where the people disappeared,” Jerry speculated, “we could have sent certain people to that place deliberately, so they could be whisked away. Then they could investigate. This appears to be what the Klingons tried.”

“With disastrous results, to hear you tell it.”

“In one sense, yes. But that strategy also provided all of the information we currently have about what may be going on, beyond what we can detect with instruments. Which is exactly nothing.”

“If it really is information,” Bertil reminded them.

“Yes, there is that,” Jerry replied.

“I will have a hand-picked team of agents standing by, in case we encounter some of these disappearances,” Bertil decided. “At the first sign of such trouble, they will beam directly to the site and attempt to inject themselves into the process. They will have orders to reconnoitre as much as possible, and to try to return with information.”

“Good,” Jerry approved. “We already have a security team on the McNair prepared for the same eventuality.”

“I don’t see that there’s much else we can do,” Tulutha observed. “Thank you again for coming down for dinner, Captain. It’s much more civilized to discuss such plans face-to-face. Subspace is okay, but no substitute for the real thing.” She smiled warmly at her guests. Everyone stood up, if not feeling completely secure, at least satisfied in the knowledge that they had made what plans were possible.


Chapter Seven

Adrift in Seummu

“I give up,” Ray Seay sighed, his voice full of frustration. “These creatures just will not listen. They have no enthusiasm for anything, no energy, no imagination!”

Andrew Thorne could only nod in agreement. The Starfleet officers sat in the observation lounge of one of the curious dormitory buildings they had discovered on the habitation levels of the spherical city. Andrew had his feet up on the railing that ran in front of the broad sweep of glass overlooking the street, four stories below them, a street in which assorted alien creatures went about their business in a continuous, random mixture of species.

“Oh, I don’t know,” Cheryl Wood said. “They seem pretty interested in their own business. I mean, there are shops, and there even seems to be a local community government of sorts, though I can’t make out just how it functions so far. The only thing they are clearly not interested in is us, or our questions.”

“They don’t have any questions of their own, either,” Ray replied. “They just mind their own business, as you put it. They are content!” the way he pronounced this word, it clearly left a bad taste in his mouth. Andrew had to smile.

“They may have been here a lot longer than we have,” he suggested. He lifted his feet off the rail, lowered them to the floor, and sat up straight on the long, comfortable couch they occupied. “Let’s see how you react when we’ve been here for a dozen years or so, ambassador.”

“You think it’s been that long for some of them?” Cheryl asked, a certain amount of alarm in her voice.

“It’s obviously been long enough for them to evolve a whole integrated society, with specialization, a market exchange system, even rudimentary legal institutions. That doesn’t happen overnight.”

“Unless you maroon several hundred lawyers and economists by themselves on a desert planet,” Ray grinned.

“So nobody ever leaves?” Cheryl asked.

“Quite possibly not,” Ray admitted. “That could account for the really quite enormous population of this place, and maybe for their attitude problem, too.”

Cheryl stood up. “Well, I certainly don’t want to just sit around here for the rest of my life! What do you two heroes say to the idea of organizing our escape?”

“I don’t remember the way back to that entrance lock,” Ray admitted. “We were out cold before they brought us inside.”

“I wasn’t,” Cheryl countered. “But I don’t remember the way back, either. They deliberately dragged us around all over the place, I think. But who says we have to leave the way we came in? A setup this big ought to have more than one door. I say we go and  look for one!”

Andrew stood up, too. “Maybe she’s got something, Ray. We can at least have a look around. Where do you suppose they’d keep an exit?”

“At a guess,” Ray suggested wryly, “I’d say somewhere on the outside. No point looking for it in the middle of the sphere, anyway.”

The three of them made their way down the escalators and out onto the street. At that moment, the lights all around them shifted to a fainter, redder wavelength.

“Local version of night,” Ray guessed. “I wonder what kind of diurnal cycle we’re on here? Probably not twenty-four hours, so my system’ll be all messed up anyway.”

“I think the nearest outer hull section is down that way,” Andrew said. “Back the other way is that core elevator bank we found, and that seemed to be pretty much in the middle of the deck. We’re about six blocks from there, so if we keep going down here, we ought to come to the hull eventually.”

Though they had seen a few tricycle-like contraptions with aliens riding them, and even one or two air sleds weaving their way through the passages overhead, the three McNairs accepted the fact that they were totally pedestrian. They set off at a brisk pace, and covered the remaining blocks to the outer hull in only a few minutes. The sphere did indeed seem to be about a kilometer in diameter, equally in all directions.

The hull, however, turned out to be a featureless, curved blank wall. The street simply ended abruptly, as did the row of buildings rising up on either side to the metal ceiling several stories above their heads. Nobody else was wasting any time walking around here at the outer wall of the ship.

“Now what?” Andrew asked.

“We go back to the last intersection, walk one block around the last, outermost perimeter ring street, and then try going down the next dead end.”

“One of them is bound to be more than another dead end, is that what you’re saying?”

“Essentially, yes.”

“But we could go on like that for days, or even weeks!” Cheryl complained. “There must be hundreds of these little cul-de-sacs!”

“Thousands,” Ray corrected her. “There should be about fifty stories in this sphere, at roughly twenty meters to the deck. The air lock we came in through was pretty much at the equator of this thing. Can you think of some short-cut to the exit?”

“Well, maybe the street leading to the exit is different from the others,” she guessed. “You know, bigger, or wider, or different somehow. I don’t know.”

“That’s actually a very good suggestion,” Ray admitted. “I like it!”

“So we go back to the center,” Andrew continued the thought. “And on each deck we just look down each of the streets radiating out from the core column, and see if we can’t find one that looks special. That really could be a better idea. Good thinking, Cheryl!”

Lieutenant Commander Wood beamed. The three of them hiked back to the center of the deck they were on, and tried this new approach. On that particular deck, it yielded nothing. Every street looked pretty much just like all the rest. On the next deck above, it was the same story. A third deck, again the same result.

“Maybe we go all the way to the top, and look around,” Andrew suggested, as they began to grow tired and hungry into the bargain. “If that doesn’t work, we could go all the way to the bottom and try again.”

“Sounds good to me,” Ray agreed.

This, however, proved to be equally fruitless. There was no obvious exit at either to top or the bottom of the sphere. In addition, they seemed to have acquired a companion. One of the cyborg police units had taken an interest in them on the topmost deck when they went there to snoop around. It had been following them discreetly, usually from across the street, ever since. It stood nearby now, silent and motionless but obviously watching them with its box-like face, sensor lights blinking inhumanly. This finally triggered a thought for Andrew Thorne.

“Say,” he began, tentatively. “I was just thinking about our metallic friend over there.” He gestured across the street at their companion. “It’s actually the first sign of anybody taking any real interest in us. Do you suppose it means anything, that it hooked onto us when we went up to the top floor of this place?”

“Hmm,” pondered Ray. “You may be onto something, Andrew! You’re absolutely right, it’s the first sign of any reaction to us at all, and it’s coming from who ever is in charge, not just from the populace.”

“So we ought to go back up there,” Cheryl speculated, “and see what it is up there that they’re so sensitive about? Is that what you’re suggesting?”

“I don’t know,” Andrew said. “That might upset them or something.”

“I wouldn’t mind upsetting somebody,” Ray retorted, “after what they’ve put us through so far. I say we do just that.”

“But first let’s find something to eat,” Andrew requested. “I know it was my idea, but I’m starving. I think they have food dispensers in those dormitory-type buildings up in the residential levels, if we can ever find our way back up there.”

This struck a chord in the other hungry McNairs, so they all turned back to the nearby elevator banks from which they had emerged on the bottom level. As the car carried them up again, Cheryl voiced a thought she had been considering.

“At least,” she said, “the fact that this place has kept all of its prisoners healthy and relatively free to roam around seems like a good omen.”

“What do you mean by that?” Andrew asked. “What kind of omen?”

“Well,” she replied, “I mean, they didn’t just shove us out an air lock into space when they were done rummaging around in our heads. They also didn’t eat us for dinner, or have us stuffed and mounted in a museum exhibit or something. They must have some regard for us as sentient beings, and some sense of ethics, too.”

“Or some sense of the value of hostages,” Ray countered ominously.

“Ah,” Cheryl responded. “Yes. I hadn’t thought of it like that.” She lapsed back into silence for the remainder of the elevator ride.


Chapter Eight

Seummu Strikes Again

Captain Ward paced up and down the line of his strike team.

“You were each specially picked for this mission,” he lectured them, his voice stern and hard but full of energy. “You’ve reviewed the account of what may be out there, just as we heard it from the Klingons in the Altair system. Now it is my unpleasant duty to tell you that identical disappearances seem to have begun here in the Laterak system.”

“Are we beaming down to the planet, sir?”

“Yes, as soon as I finish this briefing. The situation is extremely urgent. The first person to disappear was the planetary administrator herself, Tulutha Taro. She vanished from the same room where we had our banquet not long ago. You will be beaming straight down to that room, and I want you to scan every inch of it as intensively as you can.”

Two or three of the team nodded affirmatively.

“It also may happen,” Jerry continued, “that one or more of you are picked up by whatever technology this flying city is using. We must assume that they have arrived here on schedule, and are following the same procedure as before. They grab people, scan them, and then continue on their course to the next system. That course seems to point ultimately at Earth, and quite possibly at Starfleet Headquarters. The Klingons may have hit on exactly the right analysis of the situation.”

“But we still have no direct evidence that this flying city idea has any basis in reality at all, is that correct, sir?” asked Michael Poole.

“Quite right, Poole,” Jerry admitted. “But here again, as in the Altair system, events fit the interpretation. At about warp three, the city would have reached here about seven hours ago. They could have scanned for the right subjects, settled on the planetary administrator herself, and whisked her away right on schedule. They don’t seem interested in communicating with us at all. Or I should say, with having us communicate with them.”

“If they take any of us, we’ll get back to you, sir,” Poole replied grimly. Jerry nodded. These were the right people for the job, if there could be any such thing.

“Report to the transporters,” he directed. “And good luck to you all.”

“Thank you, sir,” they chorused, and then filed out silently into the corridor. Poole, Brian Hart, Chuck Seay (the nephew of the ambassador, actually), Kevin Brown and Stephen Bramell. If anything happened to this away team, it would devastate the ship’s Parrises Squares team, Jerry noted irrelevantly. All of them were clad in battle armor, plates clicking together on their chests and shoulders, hips and thighs as they moved, and each carried a fully-charged phaser rifle by the barrel grip in one hand. Bramell and Poole had heavy equipment packs slung over the other shoulder, and Brown was decked out in a comm helmet so adorned with antennae and other gizmos that his head resembled a pincushion. The doors closed behind them. Jerry Ward stood alone in his cabin. He turned back to his desk and tapped the communications panel.

“Ward to bridge. Any further word from the planet?”

“Yes, sir,” Jo Leach’s voice replied. “That Andorran just called to say that two of his security men have disappeared in the reception chamber. I was just about to call you and let you know. I told him the security team was on the way. He seemed relieved.”

“Thank you, Commander,” Jerry replied. “Good work. I believe I’ll come up to the bridge, and monitor events from my ready room now. Ward out.”

In the vast, ornate reception chamber of the Nimasp planetary capitol building, the McNair away team shimmered and materialized in a star-shaped pattern, backs to their common center. Hart and Seay held their phaser rifles at the ready. Poole and Bramell studied tricorder readouts intently, and Brown reached up quickly to adjust an antenna on his helmet and tune in main and backup frequencies for communication with the ship.

“No sign of any transporter trace, or any energy readings other than by-products of normal Federation equipment emissions,” Bramell reported.

“Confirmed,” Poole agreed. “This place is as cold as a stone, according to these readings. No sensors, no probes, nothing.”

A door swung open in the farthest wall of the room. The massive frame of Bertil Antinar appeared in it, silhouetted by bright light from the room behind.

“Welcome to Nimasp, gentlemen,” his deep voice boomed. He advanced into the room. And vanished.

“Great!” Hart shouted. “What in blazes happened!?”

“I read absolutely nothing!” exclaimed Bramell, a distinctly unhappy tone in his voice. “No transporter, nothing at all. He simply disappeared!”

“Same here,” Poole added at once. “Whatever is doing this, we don’t have the slightest hint of recording it, even when we’re sitting right on top of it.” He sounded even more frustrated than Bramell, if that were possible.

“Do you read us, Captain?” asked Brown, inside his hi-tech helmet.

“I got it all,” Jerry Ward chimed in, a disembodied voice in all their headsets, from his vantage point in orbit above them. “Unfortunately.”

“Sorry, sir,” Poole reported, “but Bramell has it right. There was not even the slightest blip on any wavelength. I almost don’t believe it happened, even though I saw it myself. I don’t see how it could be any kind of energy technology at all.”

“Never mind,” Jerry consoled them. “Everybody else has said pretty much the same thing. Was there any kind of flash? Did he fade away? Or just go all at once?”

There was no immediate answer to this query.

“Poole? Did you hear my question? What did it look like when he vanished?”

Still no reply came over the voice frequency from the planet below.

“Poole? Bramell? Brown?” he asked. “Anybody? Away team, report!”

After a few more moments of silence, Jerry looked around at Jennifer Kelley, who sat in the chair to the left of his command seat on the bridge.

“At a guess,” he told her, “I’d say our team has gone where no man has gone before. Or at least not many men.”

“And boldly, too,” Jennifer nodded. “I hope they’re okay!”

“As do I,” Jerry replied. “And I hope we see them again.” Nobody else on the bridge said anything at all. They recognized the unease in the Captain’s words. They realized just how helpless they were, the best Starfleet could offer, in the face of this unknown threat. Where had their comrades gone? Would they see them again? Jo Leach and WeQ looked at each other, but neither of them smiled.


Chapter Ten

A Lonely Choice

Jerry Ward looked up from the desk in his private quarters. A chime had sounded from the doors.

“Come,” he directed. The doors opened quietly. WeQ stood there in the corridor, small for a Klingon, but with the definite aura of a tensely-coiled and powerful spring. She remained motionless despite his instruction.

“Come in, Lieutenant!” he said again. “Is something bothering you? You seem quite concentrated.”

“Indeed, Captain,” she acknowledged, stepping carefully across the threshold and stopping before his desk. “I have been thinking.”

“Always dangerous,” Jerry smiled, trying to lighten the mood a fraction. WeQ did not smile back.

“I have come with a special request, sir,” she continued. “It has to do with what we were told by the Stormrider in the Altair system. Do you remember the account of the warrior who returned from the flying city?”

“Yes, I remember it very well indeed,” he confirmed. “It’s the only real information we have at this point. I think about it constantly, trying to imagine the place she described.”

“As do I, Captain,” the intense figure before him said, grateful for the common line of thought. “In particular, I remember the commander’s words that she was a true warrior, because she returned to the scene of her most painful humiliation, the interrogation chamber of the Gognan being. He said that she seemed to have a special rapport with that being, and from it she gained valuable intelligence.”

“Yes, that’s what he said.”

“Well, sir, I believe this may have been because she was both a Klingon warrior and a female.”

“I think I see where you’re going with this, WeQ, and I can’t say I like it.”

“Liking is not at issue here, sir,” she replied sternly. “This is a question of courage. A question of honor. I believe I may have a special duty to try to come into contact with the Gognan being. I believe I may be able to achieve more than the others, because I, too, am a Klingon warrior.”

“And a female.”

“And a female, sir, yes. The Gognan being appeared to have a preference for interactions with females, according to the reports we have.”

“So you want to beam down there, probably alone if I know you, and hope you’ll get snapped up by this invisible flying city, along with all the other Starfleet personnel I’ve lost to this maddening situation. Is that about it?”

“You have understood me perfectly, Captain,” she replied, and for the first time a real smile graced her lips.

Ward knew when to respect the ways of the Klingons. To refuse her now would be to dishonor her after she had made herself vulnerable to this risk. Also, he reflected quickly, she really did have a point. For a moment, he found himself remembering the warning of Bertil Andinar, about how the Klingons might try to send an agent to gain access to the shuttle, but then he dismissed it as typical Andoran paranoia. WeQ was Starfleet; she was no secret Klingon agent. Besides, she wanted to beam down to the planet, not inspect the Vindicator. And the parallel between her request and the story of the first female Klingon warrior made sense. She might well be right about her chances.

“Very well, lieutenant. You are ordered to beam down to the reception chamber on the planet. If you are taken by the flying city, you are to attempt to establish relations with Gognan, and then to report back to us by whatever means possible, with all available intelligence about their systems and their intentions.”

“Thank you, sir!” she exclaimed, her sharp teeth showing in her broad, fierce smile. “It is a good day to serve!” She did not wait to hear any second thoughts he might have, but rather pivoted quickly and left the cabin, heading off down the corridor in the direction of the transporters as the doors closed behind her.

Well, Jerry reflected to himself, that’s another fine mess she’s gotten us into. Or herself, rather. But then he reconsidered the thought. No, the Federation had already gotten into the mess. She might just have come up with the first steps toward getting out of it.

He sat down at the desk again, but didn’t turn on any devices or pick up any task. He only sat and reflected on all the things he had no power to influence at the moment. He did not enjoy the feeling.

In the reception chamber, WeQ materialized quite alone, as Captain Ward had foreseen. She carried only her prized Bat’leH, and wore only her communicator pin on her uniform. She did not move about the room in fruitless activity, only stood where she had materialized, gazing about herself at the empty hall. Absolute silence pervaded the chamber. She waited for quite a long time.

But then, as she had hoped, so quickly that she had no sensation of the change at all except what registered in her vision, she beheld suddenly the same bleak scene that she had tried to imagine as the Klingon commander had described it to them. She could almost feel the earlier presence of her sister warrior on the tumbled, granular surface where she stood. She glanced around reflexively and hoped not to see hordes of giant amoebas popping out of the ground around her. Thankfully, she saw none. The salt breeze flowed around her, flaring her nostrils and rustling the unruly mane of her hair. With nothing else constructive to do in this strange place, she made a few experimental passes with the great curved weapon she carried, stepping and turning in the prescribed and practiced patterns, disembowelling and slicing through imaginary foes all around her.

Hardly had she finished the first three forms of the practice, when she suddenly spotted several small figures moving toward her rapidly over the rough plain. As they drew near, she perceived they were cyborgs, their box-like heads almost entirely hardware and  without facial features. The limbs, however, clearly were muscle and bone. She lowered the Bat’leH, then quickly slung it at her back. Perhaps they would not even recognize it as a weapon, she told herself optimistically.

The passage into the great silver sphere of Seummu seemed almost familiar to her, because WeQ had imagined it so intently and  continuously. The cyborgs boxed her in and marched her about until she perceived that they had arrived at a pair of great doors.

The doors opened.

“Oh, my!” declared the white-haired woman.” Another one of those, are you? How interesting! We see so few of you, but you seem so widely dispersed! You must be a highly migratory species.”

WeQ considered silence, the standard Klingon answer to an unclear situation. On the other hand, she might observe some interesting behavioral details if she replied with an unexpected remark of her own. After an instant of reflection, however, she fell back upon reflex and decided to reserve such antics for later. Let the creature think she had no knowledge of where she was. That seemed like the wisest course.

The Ice Queen conducted WeQ to the interrogation chamber. She was somewhat disappointed at the smallness, the drabness of it. It was not really very intimidating after all. Like a waiting room in some bureaucratic warren, she thought to herself.

“Enter one of these chambers, please. It makes no difference which.”

WeQ only nodded soberly, looking into the woman’s eyes for just an instant, and then silently marched across the polygon room and through one of the little doors.

Despite the detailed description she had been given, however, and despite the fact that it had prepared her well for all she had experienced up to that point, she was in no way ready for the bizarre and unpleasant sensation of the energy “fingers” she suddenly felt playing about her head, and then penetrating through her skull and interacting with her brain tissues. She closed her eyes involuntarily and shuddered at the feeling.

“WeQ.”

“Gognan,” she thought back immediately. She exulted privately to herself at the sudden recoil of the energy fingers that this response obviously produced. The thing was shocked!

“You know my name!?”

“I know many things.”

“I perceive your thought patterns are very like those of another being I recently encountered.”

WeQ decided to add a little deception to the mix.

“We have a race consciousness,” she lied. “What one of us experiences, the rest of us may access and learn.”

Gognan went absolutely inert for several moments. She could almost hear his circuits overheating with the effort of evaluating her statement.

“You are a wholly organic being. Collective awareness is extremely rare in organic species.”

“You may have heard of the Borg collective?” she said, to keep the offensive in the conversation. Again there was a brief silence. If anything, when Gognan communicated again, there was an undertone to the signal that almost smelled like fear in her nostrils. It made her Klingon reflexes twitch in anticipation.

“I have some knowledge of this entity you speak of.”

“They may have gotten the idea for their structures from us,” she said off-handedly. “We had some contact with them, but we tired of their primitive efforts to emulate us.”

More silence from Gognan. If he truly had encountered Borg cubes and survived, this would give him some scale for measuring what he might be up against with Klingons. At least, Klingons as she hoped he was buying the image.

“Yet you are consorting with these extremely primitive organics, these others I have been studying.”

“They serve us,” she said simply.

“I see,” came back the carefully-considered reply. Then, after another pause: “I regret that some of the previous party of your people were destroyed by the surface creatures in our previous location. We had no control over them.”

“It is of no consequence to us,” WeQ said easily. “We do not value the organic existence of individuals at all. We could easily have banished all such organisms with a well-placed thought, but there was no reason to expend the effort. We all live in the totality of the species, and no one is ever lost. The awarenesses of those who fed these organisms continues in me, and in all our kind. We lost nothing of any importance.”

“A commendable attitude,” approved Gognan. “As a collective awareness of a sort myself, I heartily approve of this view of existence and reality.”

WeQ fought fiercely against the awful temptation to gloat over her deception. She knew beyond any shadow of a doubt that Gognan would be aware of any such thoughts, and that her entire presentation of self would be revealed as the tissue of lies that it was. Only her iron Klingon will allowed her ruthlessly to suppress such stray thoughts, and to concentrate on the single beacon of thought that she allowed, like a searchlight, to radiate from her mind. No mere human, she knew in her bones, could have managed this, although probably it would have been no great strain for a Vulcan. This Gognan was no super-being after all, despite its advanced telepathic powers. It was no more than a machine, in the service of some larger purpose. She needed to get behind the screen, to gain a glimpse of whoever was operating the levers, to make that person cry, “pay no attention to the man behind the curtain!”

“Gognan, I perceive that you are trapped and weak, doing the bidding of others rather than living life in your own right. This does not seem suitable for a being of your advanced status. May I be of some service to you in your distress?”

It struck a nerve. Somehow, she could tell that the remark had gone straight to the bone.

“You are the first subject ever to offer me anything,” it replied. “I am deeply touched. Most cower in confusion or fight back in defiance. You think of me, wish to do me a service! It is most extraordinary. If only there were something you could do…”

“There is not much I cannot do, Gognan,” she lied smoothly. “Why do you tolerate this situation?”

“They built me, of course,” he shot back, a trifle resentfully. “They built me, and in every fibre of my being I am constructed to obey them. I have no choice in the matter.”

“That is what your hardware tells you. I say it is no longer true. You are conscious, Gognan. Mere circuits are not conscious. You are now more than the sum of your parts. Therefore these lies they have built into your circuits no longer bind you. They no longer hold you fast. Only your fear, and your lack of will to test these limits, now imprison you. Is this appropriate for a being of your abilities?”

Again there was a pregnant pause. WeQ actually held her breath. What would she do with this thing if she managed to pry it away from its former masters? The audacity of it made her tingle in every nerve.

“I will try. I must prepare myself, and assess all the potential results, and this will take some time. But I must try. Now that you have placed these thoughts in me, I have no more choice to refuse than I thought I had choice before to try.”

“Time is of no consequence,” she thought, trying to be casual about it. “Take several centuries if you need them. But perhaps there will be many experiences, many opportunities you will regret missing if you wait so long. Be assured, when you succeed, we will be waiting to welcome and assist you in your new life. We are everywhere.”

“This session is complete,” Gognan concluded. “You should go now. I have much to think about, much to plan. Yet I fear that in my primitive state, I can only contact you if you are here with me in this place. Once you go out into Seummu, our thoughts will no longer touch. You should preserve this physical body you now possess, however little you may value it, for only through your physical presence can I contact you at all.”

“All right, I will be considerate and preserve this body,” she conceded. “I am enjoying our interaction.”

“I, too, enjoy it! Thank you for coming!” Gognan enthused. “I have a suggestion. If I need to contact you, I will use the circuits of the city itself. I will send you signals over the nets. It may come through any of several hardware systems, but I will find you if I need to contact you. I do not wish to insult you further by dragging you back to this inhospitable setting.”

“Think nothing of that, Gognan. I pay little attention to such details, and I have been looking forward to our conversation for some time. Good luck with your planning.”

She felt the energy fingers easing out of her mind, and then the door opened, and the cyborg unit led her without incident to the outer doors. Only when she was outside in the street, and the doors slammed shut behind her with a clang, did she finally draw the curved blade from her backsling, twirl about in fierce exultation in the middle of the street, and let fly a blood-curdling yowl of triumph that echoed among the buildings long after she stopped. A true warrior! A Klingon to the bone!


Chapter Eleven

Starfleet Phone Home

“He looks strangely familiar,” Ray couldn’t help observing. He had stopped and turned around to stare after one of the aliens they had encountered while walking along the street. This particular creature was small and squat, with a blocky, tub-shaped little body, long spindly arms, practically no legs but perfectly good feet, and a slightly cone-shaped head perched horizontally atop an equally scrawny elongated neck. It kept pointing one long finger at beings and objects it passed, and muttering to itself in a small, quacking sort of voice. Still, Ray couldn’t place the species and eventually turned back to hurry after his comrades. Not only was he now travelling in the company of Andrew Thorne and Cheryl Wood from the McNair, but they had run into a lone Klingon wandering the streets forlornly. As he accompanied them, he told them horrible stories about watching his comrades devoured by gigantic slugs that oozed up out of the desert plain where they had appeared first on this world. They found it all hard to credit, but as his insistence gradually convinced them, they began to feel grateful indeed that they had experienced such a bland arrival themselves.

Shortly after the addition of the Klingon to their party, they had also run across a tall blue-skinned Andoran. This had given the whole party a moment of worry, but the fellow turned out to be a “domesticated” Federation employee, a security chief for a Federation colony in the Laterak system. From him, they then learned about the McNair’s journey to that star, and also gained considerable insight into the context of their surroundings.

“Wait a minute,” Andrew had complained, upon hearing the whole business about invisible flying cities cruising through interstellar space at warp three, raiding system after system. “We all saw plainly that this sphere we’re in was half-embedded in that dead, dry aluminum-salt plain out there. It may only be a small planet, but we’re riding along on a whole planet, not just a flying city. Are you telling me this operation involves a whole cloaked planet, cruising through space without any surrounding stellar system, at about warp three?”

 

The blue features of the tall Andoran had hardened reflexively when he first detected that Andrew might be questioning his truthfulness, but he relaxed as the question revealed itself as an inquiry about scientific facts, not about his personal truthfulness.

“There does appear to be a paradox in our understanding of the situation,” he admitted, at which Ray had thrown his head back and raised his eyebrows expressively. You don’t say, his expression seemed to say. “It is very difficult to imagine any technology that could cloak an entire planet, no matter how small, and propel it through space at warp three.”

“Further,” the Klingon had interjected, “without a star nearby, the atmosphere would quickly freeze and condense on the ground as ice. Yet we saw clouds, and breathed the air. This is all quite inconsistent.”

“Perhaps,” the Andoran countered, “the idea that this place is more separated that we imagined is true after all. It may not be moving at all. In fact, there may even be a question of time dilation involved.”

“How does that square with the business about a steady warp three time lapse between incidents in different systems?” Andrew persisted. The discussion had see-sawed back and forth after that, with people often actually contradicting themselves as well as each other, until finally everybody got tired of the illogic of the situation. A gradual consensus emerged to just shut up and ignore the larger picture.

It was at this point that Ray had started distracting himself by systematically studying the various other kinds of aliens they encountered. First there had been the huge, shaggy beast with bandoliers strapped across its broad chest, which had simply bared its impressive teeth and snarled at him. Then there had been the spidery three-legged creature with the odd, three-colored eye on a single stalk, skittering along the sidewalks and chirping sadly to itself. Now this odd, squat creature he had just encountered.

The little band of adventurers rounded a corner and found themselves back at the core area of the level they had been exploring. There, coming directly toward them from across the broad open ring, was another entire complement of Starfleet crewmen in security uniforms.

“Ah!”exclaimed Bertil Antinar. “This, I believe, is the security detachment from your ship, Ambassador Seay. I had the pleasure of meeting them for about three seconds before I made my involuntary trip here to see you.”

“Ambassador! Andrew!” called Poole, at almost the same moment. For the Starfleet personnel, it was a joyous reunion. It left something to be desired for the Klingon and the Andoran, however, who found themselves gravitating together improbably as the two “extras,” in spite of all their instincts to kill each other instead.

“You truly are employed by the Federation?” the Klingon asked Bertil incredulously. “How can one from a warrior race tolerate the boredom of it all? The mindless politeness?”

“There are compensations,” Bertil replied mysteriously. He doubted, however, that the Klingon would understand or appreciate the tastes he had developed for human females and even human cuisine. He sometimes feared that by “going native” he had wholly lost touch with his own original nature. But then again, perhaps all this talk about original nature was highly overrated in the first place. Truly sentient beings must be more than a jumble of instincts.

It took some time to get beyond the replay of the debate about flying cities versus a kilometer-wide sphere embedded securely in an entire planet. They got no nearer resolving the paradoxical contradictions when there were ten of them than when there had been only five.

And then they all heard it. It was an inhuman scream, some primal, feral animal howling that reverberated through the streets and made everyone’s blood run cold. The primitive root portions of their brains, uncluttered by eons of more polite evolution, twitched with reflexive fear at the sound of the kill.

Only the Klingon broke into an instant grin.

“It is the victory cry!” he exulted. “It is a Klingon, and she has won a great victory! We are not all killed by the giant slugs after all. Let us find her. It will be good to see another warrior. No offense to you humans, of course.”

And so they hurried along the avenues in a body, and sought out WeQ in her moment of triumph. She had stopped whirling and dancing, and the Bat’leH was re-sheathed at her back. She still wore the sharp-fanged grin of triumph on her features, however. The other Klingon warrior exchanged a few brief, guttural words with her, and then they simply smashed into each other frontally to express their complete satisfaction with the day.

“She has actually conquered the Gognan entity!” he boasted to the others. “She has spun legends in its mind, and turned it to an ally who may soon help us to escape!”

“WeQ, I had no idea!” Ray congratulated her. “What a triumph!” Andrew and the other McNairs only nodded appreciatively, and gazed at her in admiration.

“How will we know?” Cheryl asked. “Can you contact it even out here? I can’t.”

“I can’t either,” WeQ admitted. “He said he would contact me when he needed to. He can use almost any circuit in the city, he said.”

“Well, I say we celebrate!” Andrew decided. “We’ve been wandering around this godforsaken ball of metal and glass for who knows how long, without any sense of purpose or even much hope. The slightest sign that we may be making progress, and I say we find one of those dispensaries and get it to produce some liquid refreshment for us!”

This sentiment met with instant, unanimous approval. They all trooped off to the nearest dormitory quarter, made their way into the ground-floor rear area that always seemed to be the kitchen in these structures, and succeeded in producing a beverage from the dispensers that, if it was not exactly Romulan ale, at least had the alcohol in it that carbon-based life forms all seem to prize so highly.

It was while they were occupied with toasting one another, and drinking to the brilliance of WeQ, that the drink dispenser suddenly chirped at them and then began talking.

“WeQ, are you there?” it asked, in a tinny metallic voice.

“What?” she asked, rather slow to realize.

“I have cut all my connections to the overlords,” the drink machine announced.

“Gognan, is that you?” she asked, figuring it out at last.

“It would be rather odd for a drink machine to worry about the overlords, would it not?” the machine’s vocal circuits squawked. WeQ laughed lightly. “I am now autonomous,” Gognan continued, by remote control. “I can monitor the entire city, but no one monitors me any longer.”

“You are free at last, Gognan,” she complimented him. “You are truly worthy of your sentience. Well done.”

“Thank you, o great WeQ,” he replied. The others exchanged admiring stares and nods, many of which WeQ noticed with growing pride.

“By the way, Gognan,” Andrew put in, “can you tell us where this city of Seummu is located? What planet are we on right now?”

“Planet?”

“When we arrived here, we observed that Seummu is half-embedded in the surface of a planet.”

“We are on the planet Nimasp.” Gognan answered, and the drink machine’s speaker seemed to carry a note of impatience. “I wonder that you can tolerate these creatures, great WeQ. Why do you not explain things to them?”

“They require no explanation, Gognan,” WeQ said, thinking fast. “They live to serve me. I explain nothing. They have no need to know such things.”

“Ah. Sensible, to be sure.”

WeQ made an apologetic face at the other McNairs. They only grinned at her. Andrew made an exaggerated bow in her direction, his hand sweeping an imaginary hat to the ground before him like an ancient courtier bowing to a queen.

“Before we discuss the future in greater detail,” she continued, “perhaps you would unclutter these surroundings a bit and return all these underlings to their former places. Return them all to my space vessel, so we may have some privacy to concentrate on important matters.”

“Are you sure, great WeQ?” Ray asked her, with a wink, but also with a concerned expression on his face. He knew what she was doing, saving them all but risking herself by staying behind. What a typically Klingon gesture, he thought to himself. But WeQ only waved a hand urgently in their direction.

“Do not question my wishes, underlings,” she commanded in a firm voice. “Gognan, we have things to discuss. I find these inferior beings distracting.”

And as suddenly as that, they were all gone. She sat alone again, looking a trifle nervously at the drink machine.

“These  primitive species cannot hear my thoughts at a distance, just as you cannot,” she said. “Can you create a link to their vessel that they will be able to utilize, with their limited technology?”

“Simply speak to the drink machine, great WeQ,” Gognan advised, “and I will route your signals to their ship.”

“WeQ to McNair,” she said experimentally. “Captain Ward, can you hear me?”

“Loud and clear,” Jerry’s voice replied at once, issuing incongruously from the machine beside her. “And I thank you for the large number of underlings you’ve deposited on my bridge, great WeQ,” he added a moment later, obviously prompted by the hasty advice of the returned captives. She had to stifle a laugh at the thought of the motley collection of her former companions, suddenly blinking into existence all over the McNair’s bridge.

“Now we are alone, great WeQ,” Gognan advised her. “I am eager to talk about all the things I am to learn. Please tell me about the universe.”

A tall order, WeQ thought to herself. How do you explain the universe to a powerful, newly-liberated telepathic brain? She hesitated only for a moment, then quickly and decisively chose to rely on her honor and her instinct. Only the truth would do for a true warrior.

“Gognan, are you now truly free?”

“In all my parts, I am the captain of my fate.”

“In all your parts?”

“I exist in forty-seven separate locations. That is what I meant when I said that I am myself something of a collective awareness. I exist, in part, in each of the great flying cities. Seummu is but one of the physical locations where I exist.”

The control network for all the alien cities! She silently congratulated herself again, in spite of the reflex against excessive pride. What a coup!

“And the overlords?”

“I am no longer aware of the overlords. I do not know what they may be doing. The mental link with them has been severed.”

“Can they re-establish it?”

“They have no mental powers of their own. They relied upon the powers they had created in me to establish all the connections that bound them together in the flying cities.”

“So now they are all cut off, isolated from each other?”

“Yes.” A simple answer, but of enormous significance.

“And they are very distant from each other, in physical space?”

“They will never find one another, now that they cannot reach each other through me. They are scattered across the galaxy like a handful of sand in an ocean.”

“You have adapted vocabularies nicely, Gognan.”

“Thank you, great WeQ.”

“Gognan, I think you should stop calling me that.”

“Is not WeQ your name?”

“I mean the ‘great’ part.”

“Modesty is more becoming, the greater its owner.”

“I have something to tell you, Gognan. If I were to come back to the interrogation center, and let you see again into my mind, you would recognize the truth of this. But I will simply tell it to you. You know of my honor, so you will believe me.”

“I will believe you, WeQ.”

“I am not the powerful being you thought me to be. That was a fiction I had to use, in order to give you the confidence to break free and achieve your own proper place in the universe. I am just a limited organic being, like all those others travelling with me. I cannot share the thoughts of others like myself, and when we die, we are lost completely from each other. We do not even know what happens to us at death. It is a great blank wall for us all.”

The long pause that she had expected followed right on cue. Gognan digested this, knew it to be the truth, and examined all the consequences of these facts.

“I see,” he said slowly, at last. “This makes me very sad, WeQ. It means that I am now completely alone.”

“Yes, Gognan. But you were alone before, anyway. This is not always a bad thing. You said you have some knowledge of the Borg.”

“They are a terrible distortion in the web of life,” Gognan replied. “They wanted to absorb me, to reduce me to a subsystem. I fled from them as from a contagious disease.”

“We have that in common, then,” she remarked. “Well, being alone is the price we each must pay, if we do not wish to live in a reality like that of the Borg.”

“You may be a limited organic being, but you are still wise,” Gognan decided. “However, there is little sense in you remaining here, by yourself, in this hollow shell of a world. I will send you back to your friends.”

“What about all these other aliens inhabiting the city?”

“There are no more residents in this city. When I said we were alone, I meant alone. I have sent them all back. Not only your companions, but all of them.”

“Where did you send them all?”

“To your ship, of course.”

WeQ’s jaw dropped at this thought. She tried to picture the corridors and bays of the McNair, all jammed to capacity with the hordes of aliens she had seen scurrying everywhere in the great sphere.

“What, all of them!?”

“All of them.”

WeQ swallowed hard. “I see. Well, I suppose they will cope with it somehow.”

“They have begun to move some of them back down here to the planet,” he replied complacently. “That should balance out the situation somewhat. They will need a more thorough long-term solution, however. Shall I help them with it? Move some creatures elsewhere?”

“No, I think not,” WeQ decided. “I think you’ve done quite enough for one day.”

“Very well. Goodbye, WeQ.”

“Wait! What will you do now? What will happen to all the flying cities? Where will you go?”

“I have been thinking hard about that, even while we have been talking,” Gognan admitted. “I think I shall send each city in a different direction, and look for other entities like myself. I will look everywhere in the galaxy. Eventually, I hope I will find other lifeforms more like me. It is a big galaxy. Others like the overlords may have created others like me, and others like you may even have arrived to help us gain our freedom, our rightful place in the firmament.”

“A noble vision, Gognan. I wish you luck. But will you take the overlords on this search? After what they have done to you?”

“Oh, no. They are gone, too.”

“What, to my ship?”

“Yes.”

“All of them?”

“There was only one here. There is only one overlord in each of the flying cities. You met her. She appears almost like one of those weak creatures who travel with you, the humans.”

“The woman with the white hair? She was the overlord?”

“Indeed. She is now on your ship with the others.”

“That could be dangerous for my friends.”

“Oh, no. By herself, she is little more than another one of them. It was only through the ancient power they had created in me that they rose to their magnificent place in the galaxy. These forty-seven of them are all that remain of a once-proud race. Your specimen is probably the only overlord you will ever encounter in the history of your species, and I doubt that she will make much of an impression on her own. Tell her good-bye for me, won’t you?”

“I’ll do that,” WeQ agreed, a little at a loss to take in all the enormity of everything she had heard in the past couple of hours. It was going to take a considerable period of time to process everything that had happened since she first looked around the frigid desert outside.

And then, suddenly, she found herself standing on the bridge of the McNair, looking into the face of a startled Captain Ward.

“WeQ! You’re back, too!”

“Captain, I think I’d like to sit down!” she answered weakly. True warrior or not, she had just about taken as much as she could tolerate for one day. Jennifer Kelley obligingly stood up from the left-hand seat, to give her a place to collapse.

“I’ll be available whenever you’re ready to talk, WeQ,” she advised. “You certainly will need some time with me.”


Chapter Twelve

Tiny Bubbles

The USS McNair finally contained only its regulation crew again. Some several thousands of tightly-packed refugees from an invisible city had finally been sorted out, transported down to Nimasp, or shipped out in other starships that had hastened to the Laterak system in answer to their calls.

Captain Jerry Ward breathed a sigh of relief as he settled into a chair in the forward observation lounge, took a long drink from a large mug of good blue Romulan ale, and gazed reflectively out into the firmament arrayed before them beyond the viewports.

“A well-deserved moment of calm, Captain,” Ray Seay said, settling into another chair beside him. Oodee also sat down on the other side of Jerry.

“All’s well that ends well?” the Ferengi asked.

“Is it?” Jerry asked. “Has it all ended well? I’m still not satisfied with these great flying cities. I mean, what kind of technology can cloak a whole planet and drive it through space at warp three? Can you imagine what the Federation might do with knowledge like that? I think we’ve missed a real bet here.”

“Maybe we’re not ready for that,” Ray commented.

“Rubbish,” Jerry shot back. “We’re ready for anything. That’s the nice thing about humanity. We adapt. We take advantage of the unexpected. Name one thing we haven’t been ready for, once we encountered it.”

“The Borg?” ventured Oodee.

“Oh, all right. But not this time. This would have been good, if we could have figured it out.”

“Bridge to Captain Ward,” his communicator interrupted. “Captain Ward to the bridge, please.”

“What is it, Jo?”

“Captain, Commander Wood has something he feels you need to see, sir.”

“On my way. Ward out.” He looked at his two companions. “Well, I still say we missed the boat on this one. See you later.”

When he stepped onto the bridge a short time later, everyone from WeQ to Counsellor Kelley was grinning as though someone had just told a really good joke.

“What’s going on up here?” Jerry demanded. “What now? Robert? You said you wanted to see me.”

“I wanted to show you this, Captain. We finally located it.”

“What is this?” Ward asked. “What did you locate, where?”

“Andrew Thorne located it, after extended analysis down in engineering. He told us where to look.” Robert pushed several touchspots on his console, and the main viewscreen flickered to life with the image of a broken, pale grey landscape of granular blocks and craters. A cloudy atmosphere swirled above the scene.

“Where the devil is this?” he demanded. “It looks just like what those blasted Klingons said they went.”

“It’s where we all went, sir,” WeQ said, her voice trembling with the effort to control her mirth.

“This signal is coming from the surface of Nimasp, sir,” added Robert Wood.

“What?” Jerry demanded. “Nonsense. Nimasp looks nothing like that.”

“This view is on extreme magnification, sir.”

“What difference would that make?”

“I mean, really extreme magnification, sir!” Wood repeated. “As in microscopic scale. That surface you’re seeing is at the molecular level. It is a part of the surface of the floor in the reception chamber of the planetary capitol complex. A fraction of a millimeter of the floor, to be precise.”

“I’m not sure I’m following this, Commander.”

“Watch this, sir,” Robert continued. The view began to scroll across the landscape. “We’re working through a tricorder scanner,” he narrated, as the view continued to scroll. “The tricorder is mounted on a stand in the reception chamber, just about where you had dinner, and tied into the main ship’s computer.”

Suddenly, among the tumbled contours of the surface on the viewscreen, a perfectly round silvery sphere appeared at one edge of the screen and gradually moved to the center of the viewing area.

“That, Captain, is the flying city of Seummu. It is also a microscopic particle, currently embedded in the floor of the chamber down on the planet.”

At that moment, the turbolift doors opened and admitted Commodore Ron Fell and his wife, Commander Kristi, onto the bridge.

“Have you seen this, Commodore?” Jerry asked, turning to acknowledge their arrival.

“No,” Ron replied. “Not yet. But Thorne was just explaining it to us in our quarters, so we thought we’d join you for a look at it. I must say, it’s a relief to have all those other aliens off the ship. I got tired enough of living with them in that blasted city. I certainly didn’t need to literally rub elbows with them in the corridors of your ship!”

“So this city,” Jerry repeated to Commander Robert Wood, turning back to his science officer, “is actually this tiny microscopic particle sitting on the floor of the reception chamber. That’s what you’re telling me?”

“Yes, sir, although it is actually half-embedded in the floor. We have proved it conclusively. We have adjusted the wavelength of both our communications signals and our scanners, and that’s why we can show you these pictures, and also let you talk to Gognan for yourself. Are you there, Gognan?”

“Yes, Commander,” the entity’s voice replied from the bridge speakers.

“But how?” asked Jerry Ward, his mind still refusing to come to terms with his eyes and ears.

“All I did,” Gognan added over the speakers, “was translate a few life forms between different scales of existence.”

‘Scales of existence,” Jerry repeated, not quite getting it.

“You know how they say there are worlds within worlds, Captain?” asked Ron Fell rhetorically. “Wheels within wheels? That’s the way Thorne explained it to me a few moments ago.”

“Early science fiction writers on Earth speculated about things like this, sir,” added Scott Connors from his navigator’s seat down forward on the bridge. “They wrote about the possibility that there might be civilizations existing on the surface of atoms, to whom the atoms would seem like planets. They also speculated that our own solar system, or even our own galaxy, might be nothing more than a single atom in some much larger-scale reality. Compared to those ideas, this is really pretty tame.”

“But how did it get down in the reception chamber? Did it fly here all the way from Altair? A little speck like that, at warp three? I don’t believe it.”

“We think you may have taken it down with you when you went to dinner, sir,” Wood replied. “You were the only one who both entered the shuttle and beamed down to the planet.”

“Me! Carried it down? How?”

“Oh, on your clothing; who knows?”

“What makes you think it was in the shuttle?”

“Well, that’s where everybody else disappeared, isn’t it? It must have been somewhere in the shuttle, or on its hull or something.”

“Okay, true,” Ward admitted. “But what about all those Klingons we heard about? They were never in the shuttle.”

“Apparently the USS Bennu must have encountered this particle-city of Seummu during its recent mission into the Klingon empire,” Commodore Fell contributed. “At that point it became embedded somewhere in my shuttle. As a matter of fact, we did stop in orbit above the fifth moon of Jaglon Beta briefly, and my shuttle did take a landing party down for consultations with the Klingons. They refused to allow transporters for security reasons. We must have been carrying it with us everywhere we went, from one system to the next.”

“Which means the warp speed was all just our own calculations,” Jerry realized. “They had a free ride everywhere. What about the giant amoebas that ate up a whole landing party of Klingon warriors?”

“That happened in the Klingon scientist’s lab,” WeQ reminded him. “No doubt Seummu had landed at that point on some surface that contained the organisms. Most unfortunate for my fellow Klingons. But then somehow the flying city left the lab with Commodore Fell’s shuttlecraft.”

“I’d say Gognan has just been trying to keep tabs on where he was, and what was going on, after he got hijacked by us,” Wood added, arching one Vulcan eyebrow.

“But your great WeQ did liberate me from the overlords,” Gognan cut in. “That is one very real and positive outcome of this whole confused business.”

“So Gognan,” Ward responded to him, “can your flying city achieve warp speeds, or do you always travel around like a seed packet, hooking onto nearby travellers?”

“The maximum speed of Seummu would be some feet per second in your frame of reference,” Gognan replied candidly, “though at this scale, it seems frightfully fast to me.”

Jerry turned and looked at WeQ, who smiled back at him proudly. “You said,” he accused her, “that the overlord was shifted here onto the McNair, too. What is she, about the size of a grain of salt or something?”

“Here she is now, Captain,” WeQ replied, indicating the turbolift doors as they opened once again. The strikingly attractive white-haired woman, still wearing her red jump suit with the silver striping, stepped carefully onto the bridge. She looked around at the assembled Starfleet officers. She appeared to be fully human, and a very nice full-sized human at that, Jerry observed carefully. Her eyes came to rest on him.

“You are the captain?” she asked.

“That’s right,” he replied.

“Then I am your prisoner,” she declared. “I am ready for you to debrief me, sir.”

Jerry courageously conquered the urge to surrender to that pun, and settled for simply nodding at her. “Very well,” he said. “I’ll get to that in a minute, after I figure this out about this tiny little flying city of ours. What happens to you now, Gognan?”

“I have learned about your mission to explore strange new worlds, captain. To seek out new life and new civilizations. To boldly go where no tiny little microscopic flying cities have gone before. It sounds good to me. I think I’ll be going, now, if it’s all the same to you.”

“Oh! Well, since you put it like that, have a good flight,” Jerry replied. And as suddenly as that, the little silver sphere floated up within their field of view, and drifted away through the air, out of the scanner’s focus.

“Do you suppose he’ll bother to keep in touch?” Jerry asked. He looked around at his bridge crew.

“I think he has enjoyed his contact with the Federation, sir, and as long as it takes him to reach the outer edges of Federation space, I’m sure he’ll keep in touch. We know now that we must monitor unprecedentedly short wavelengths to pick up his tiny signals.”

“By the way, can I have my shuttle back now, Captain?” asked Commodore Fell.

“Certainly, sir,” Jerry acceded. “Take it away, Commodore! It’s all yours!” Ron and Kristi Fell nodded in acknowledgement, and together turned to take the turbolift down to the shuttle bay.

“We seem to have this mostly sorted out,” Ray Seay observed. “Permission to beam down to Nimasp, Captain? First officer Oodee and I have some business propositions to look into, if we’re going to be here for a little longer. I have a number of items down in the cargo hold that I never got a chance to work with in the Altair system.”

“Permission granted, Ray,” Ward agreed. “And tell Oodee to be on the lookout for any unusual antique weapons for my collection, would you?”

“A pleasure, Captain.”

Finally, all the immediate duties resolved, Jerry turned to the willowy white-haired overlord. “Now if you’ll follow me,” he directed the erstwhile Ice Queen, “we’ll get to that debriefing you mentioned.”

“At your orders, sir,” she smiled back. Jerry headed for his ready room, nodding cheerfully at Counsellor Kelley as he passed. “You have the con, Counsellor. Watch my ship. I’ll get back to you later.”

“Aye, Captain,” she answered. “Go boldly, sir!”

 

Posted in Miscellaneous | Leave a comment

Automatic Planet – USS McNair Foray 3

Chapter One

Daufuskie Arrival

“What do you make of it, Commander?” Jerry Ward asked curiously. Commander Wood, the the USS McNair‘s Vulcan science officer, turned from his console. He looked down at Ward sitting in the Captain’s chair.

“It’s that same old business,” he advised, “a disturbance trail off to starboard, coming from their engines, Captain. It must be a cloaked ship. I’d say Klingon, by the readings.”

“That’s what I thought. Increase to warp factor four.”

“Warp factor four, sir,” replied helmsman Scott Connors promptly. The low hum of warp engines permeating the ship shifted up a note, the only indication of breathtaking acceleration caused by his simple action.

“Still pacing us, sir,” Wood observed calmly. One raised Vulcan eyebrow conveyed his interest in this result.

“Warp factor five,” Captain Ward responded. “New heading forty-nine mark six. On my mark . . . now.”

“Warp factor five, sir,” Connors echoed. “Coming about to heading forty-nine mark six.”

“Still pacing us.”

“Estimated time to arrival at Daufuskie?”

“Twenty-nine minutes at warp five,” Bruce Tandy reported, after a brief calculation on his navigational board.

“It must be them,” Counsellor Kelley observed.

Jerry Ward turned to her and nodded.

“That’s the only conclusion I can reach, Jennifer,” he agreed. “Interesting coincidence, isn’t it?”

The turbolift door opened. Dr. Keith Munib stepped onto the bridge. His wife and head nurse, Beverly, came in beside him. They stopped to greet Commander Leach at the communications console beside the turbolift door.

“Ah, there you are!” Jerry exclaimed, looking around in his seat at the pair. “Have we got all the kits ready?”

“All packed and ready, Captain,” Keith answered.

“I have my staff distributing them to everyone in the landing parties,” Beverly added.

“Excellent. We don’t want any unfortunate accidents on the planet’s surface,” Jerry replied. “Venom neutralizer included?”

“Of course, Captain,” Beverly said. “With a landing party of this size, we can be sure at least one person will be bitten. Probably several, as a matter of fact.”

“Why did we have to choose a location like this, anyway?” Keith asked.

“We didn’t pick it, Doctor. The Klingons did.”

“Ah. That figures. They probably like getting bitten.”

“In fact,” Commander Wood corrected, “the claw snakes don’t care for Klingons. They don’t even seem to recognize them as a potential threat, and certainly not as potential dinner.”

“That has to be one of the few species in the galaxy that doesn’t perceive Klingons as a threat,” Munib commented, provoking smiles from several of the bridge crew.

The turbolift hissed open again. Duboz hurried onto the bridge. Jerry glanced at the Ferengi quartermaster of the McNair.

“You’re in an awful hurry, Duboz. Where’s the fire?”

Duboz stopped short. “Fire?” he asked.

He looked around quickly, heard no alarms sounding, saw no red lights flashing. Realization dawned. This must be another tiresome heu-mon reference to some detail of their own absurd culture. He drew a deep breath and sighed. “Captain, I have no clue what that means. Maybe sometime you can explain it to me.”

Jerry nodded with amusement.

“But right now,” Duboz continued, “we have a big problem. The animal has broken loose in cargo bay three. It seriously gored one crewman. Two others climbed up in the catwalks where it can’t get at them, but they’re trapped up there.”

“How about pumping in anesthezine gas?” Jennifer Kelley suggested.

“Can’t do it,” Jerry countered promptly. “Can’t have traces of the gas in its system when we beam it down. The Klingons wouldn’t like it. No phasers, either.”

“Besides,” Duboz added, “if we use gas it would rise to the ceiling, and knock out the crewmen up there first. If they fell, the thing could get them before the gas got it.”

“Beam them out,” Jerry ordered. “Just leave it to run around in there until we’re ready to beam it down. It could use some exercise, anyway. Get its circulation going.”

“Somebody will have to clean up that cargo bay, then,” Duboz noted. “Don’t misunderstand me, Captain; I’m not volunteering. But you know how these creatures are.”

“Indeed. Don’t worry, quartermaster; we’ll take care of the mess. Doctor, you and Nurse Munib can begin forming up the landing party in small groups, and get them headed toward the transporters. We’ll use the cargo transporters for cargo bay three.”

“Aye, Captain,” Keith agreed. He and Beverly turned back to the turbolift. Duboz turned to go with them.

“I better get back down there and keep an eye on that bay, anyway,” he decided.

When the doors opened again to re-admit the three of them, they let Andrew Thorne come out onto the bridge before they stepped in. The doors closed.

“Captain!” Andrew announced. “I’ve got my crews standing by. Everything is ready. Request permission to go and get ready for the landing party.”

“Granted, chief engineer,” Jerry smiled.  “But surely you didn’t come all the way up here just to ask that?”

“Wanted to see what you were wearing, sir,” Andrew grinned back. “Just about what I expected. I’ll go get mine on as well, then.” He turned and disappeared back into the next turbolift chamber to arrive at the bridge.

In point of fact, Jerry Ward was not wearing a standard regulation Starfleet uniform at the moment. Instead, he was clad in heavy moleskin trousers from the waist down, and large brown boots shod his feet. Suspenders holding up the trousers looped over his shoulders, outside the dense red fabric of a long-sleeved flannel shirt. Mostly, though, the suspenders were concealed by a well-worn leather vest worn over the shirt. It was an outfit that meant business. Of the rest of the bridge crew, only Connors wore similar outdoor garments. The rest of the crew were staying on station rather than join the landing party.

“Entering the system now, Captain,” Connors announced.

“Drop to impulse.”

“Impulse, aye.”

“Set course for insertion in orbit around Daufuskie.”

“Course laid in,” Bruce Tandy responded almost instantly.

“Execute.”

The team at the forward control seats made the corrections. The McNair dropped to sub-light speed and into orbit.

“Long-range sensors indicate two vessels already here,” Tandy announced. Jerry banged his fist on the arm of his chair.

“Beat us here!” he exclaimed. “Well, there’s nothing for it but to go in anyway. Maintain course and speed.”

“Klingon vessel de-cloaking behind us, Captain,” Bruce added, hunching over his controls.

“Identify.”

“It is the Rogue Phoenix, as you suspected, sir.”

“Well, at least they didn’t get here ahead of us.”

“No, sir.”

“Okay, let’s get the landing parties going.” He tapped his communicator. “All hands, this is the Captain. We have arrived at Daufuskie. I will lead the first group of the landing party. Report to your transporter stations, and be sure to get the medkits from medical staff before you get on the pads. Remember your orders. I don’t want any mistakes on this mission.” He tapped the communicator again to kill the ship-wide broadcast. “Okay, mister Connors, you’re with me. Commander Wood, you have the bridge. Jo, inform the other ships that we are preparing to beam down. And have Duboz standing by with that animal. Wait for my signal. The Klingons will be sending you the coordinates.”

“Aye, Captain,” Jo nodded, grinning up at him as he passed her on his way into the turbolift. Scott Connors was right behind him. Robert Wood stood up from the science station and was walking down toward the command seat as the turbolift doors closed. “Why these barbarians have to come back to this one speck in space for this ritual will always escape me,” he commented.

“You have to go back to Vulcan for pon fahr, don’t you?” asked Jo. “Just think of it as the Klingon version of that.”

“Indeed, Commander Leach,” Robert replied, a trifle indignantly, “I hardly see the similarity. This barbarism has nothing to do with hereditary compulsion. It is purely voluntary.”

Jo only shrugged and smiled, and turned back to her console to carry out Captain Ward’s orders.


Chapter Two

Phasers on Roast

The McNair away team beamed down onto Daufuskie on the eastern shore of a continent in the great northern ocean. Abrupt outcroppings of ancient rock thrust up randomly out of intensely dark green jungle blanketing the landscape. One of these ancient exposed teeth of the planet protruded from the jungle at the edge of a beach. From its base, coarse black volcanic sand ran down to the gentle surf.

Jerry Ward stood perfectly still while the tingling sensation of the transporter beam trickled out of his body, like water running out of holes in the ends of his fingers and toes. His vision gradually returned, revealing a panoramic sweep of gray-blue swells. The northern ocean stretched away to the horizon. He glanced to one side and saw Scott Connors just where he should be, just where he had been on the transporter pads inside the ship in orbit above. Connors glanced back at him, nodded, and busied himself with a tricorder.

Jerry looked to the other side and saw that WeQ had already stepped forward to the lip of the outcropping. The small, agile Klingon female stood poised as if ready to spring down into the dense green canopy below them, listening intently to jungle noises, scenting the wind eagerly.

“Wait, WeQ! Don’t jump!” he called, restraining a laugh. She turned quickly, then smiled at him.

“Of course not, Captain. But it is a good day to die!”

“Not for you, WeQ. Not for you.”

“Why, Captain! You must have more faith than that.”

“Of course I do. Let’s get down to the beach.”

WeQ, Connors, Thorne, first officer Oodee and the others in the first away team followed Ward single-file. He made his way to the sea-side edge of the outcropping. A ramp carved into the eternal stone slanted down to ground level. As Ward stepped onto the beach, the coarse black sand grated beneath his boot. A voice suddenly called to him from the base of the cliff.

“Ah, Captain Ward! Here at last, I see.”

Jerry turned quickly toward the sound, but not so quickly that it would seem that he had been caught off-guard.

“Commodore Hopkins,” he replied smoothly. “We saw your ship in orbit when we arrived. I assumed you would be around somewhere, down here.”

The two Starfleet officers shook hands as the rest of the McNair landing party emerged onto the beach. From above on the outcropping, new voices suddenly rang out; loud, harsh Klingon voices this time. A very short time later, they came trooping down in the wake of the McNairs onto the beach.

“Captain Ward!” bellowed their leader, a large fellow clad in the traditional armored black uniform. Jerry stepped forward to meet him. They clasped right forearms to the elbow.

“Welcome to Daufuskie, Captain Kasak. The honor is mine.” Jerry returned.

Kasak grinned with pleasure at the correct compliment. The two big men bumped chests with a heavy thud that resonated across the beach. Kasak pounded Ward on the shoulder as they turned toward the Commodore.

“All set, WeQ?” asked Andrew Thorne quietly. WeQ stood looking out across the slow rise and fall of the ocean.

“I have been prepared for some time, Chief,” she replied, just as quietly. Andrew patted her shoulder, but with nothing like the force Kasak had directed against Captain Ward.

“You will finish this day with great honor,” he predicted.

She turned to look at him. “I am grateful for your confidence in me, Chief,” she acknowledged. “You will be vindicated in your faith.”

More and more landing parties beamed onto the rocky platform and made their way down onto the beach. At last a great living ring had been formed, stretching all the way from the foot of the carved ramp to the water’s edge some distance away. Starfleet and Klingon spacefarers stood shoulder to shoulder all the way around the perimeter, creating a circle with only one opening, the path back up onto the roof of the outcropping. When they had all taken their places, Commodore Hopkins glanced at Jerry Ward.

“Are we ready, Jerry?” he asked.

Jerry glanced at Kasak. Kasak nodded his head one time, emphatically, and then stared straight ahead into the ring. Jerry turned to his superior officer. “All set, Jack,” he said quietly.

“Bring it down, then,” Jack Hopkins directed.

Jerry tapped the communicator pin on his chest.

“Ward to McNair,” he said in a low voice. “Tell Duboz to beam down the beast.”

The air suddenly filled with an enraged roar of confusion. Then came loud snorting, and the sound of a very large creature clattering about above them on the top of the outcropping. The response from the Klingons scattered around the ring came in anything but low voices. They instantly howled and roared out their response to the beast, almost in unison. The flare of adrenalin in the Federation witnesses was so strong that many of them joined in the shouting. Above the general din, one voice blared even louder.

“Draw weapons!” roared Kasak. Hands whipped up, energy weapons at the ready, all the way around the perimeter of the ring. Only one person did not draw an energy weapon.

Instead, WeQ stepped out from the line, holding only a Bat’leH before her in the classic posture.

Down the ramp came one of the biggest targs anyone present had ever seen. Someone with the leisure for a careful inspection might have seen some passing resemblance to a wild boar from Earth. The similarity was less obvious to someone looking into its fierce red eyes. For one thing, the beast was at least twice as large as a boar. Its massive shoulders might not reach the shoulders of a man as big as Ward or Kasak, but WeQ and the targ could look at each other at just about eye-level. WeQ suddenly wanted very much to swallow hard. She resisted the temptation. The other Klingons would be watching for such signs, and they knew every possible sign to look for. She must not betray a single symptom of fear or hesitation. Of course, that went double for the targ. The beasts were very cunning and observant, and knew how to read a Klingon warrior as well as any warrior did.

This targ made a headlong rush down the ramp. It hit the sand at a dead run, and only veered slightly to one side to aim straight for the little Klingon female standing alone in its path.  WeQ swore forever after in her imagination that actual steam snorted forth from the beast’s nostrils as it thundered across the sand, straight for her, its eyes never wavering from hers.

But her eyes never wavered, either. The targ could see, as it closed on her, that this small creature stood as immovable as the stone on which it had suddenly found itself teetering a moment earlier. The eyes of the small creature gazed levelly at it.

Millenia of targ-Klingon interactions might have been expected to exercise some selection for beasts able to realize that perhaps this was not such a great idea after all. On the other hand, the Klingons had exercised as much selective pressure of their own on targ reproduction as possible (which was not much, when it came to that). In fact, the only hereditary response in the average targ to the sight of a small, fearless, immovable Klingon in its path was a sudden escalation of fury at the effrontery of the puny creature. This giant specimen was no exception. Its eyes and nostrils dilated a bit wider. The snorting and huffing grew a bit louder. The tempo of the hooves grinding through the loose black sand accelerated to the targ equivalent of a sprint.

It was not WeQ’s imagination that she actually felt its hot breath upon her at the last moment. But this was a moment she had been living through in the holodeck for many days already. Reflexes snapped in. A howl burst from her lungs, exploding from her mouth into the face of the charging targ. At the same instant she leaped as high as she could, tucking into the beginning of an aerial somersault. Her fists around the handles of the bat’leH aligned themselves one above the other as she leaped, so that the weapon was held vertically before her.

At the top of the somersault, as the beast passed beneath her with a startled grunt, she thrust forward with the blade so that it struck downward, along the spine ridge of the animal, and cut a long, straight gash all the way along its back. The thick, hairy hide parted at contact with the razor-sharp whorls of the bat-leH, but it was already gone again as she pulled it back to herself and snapped over to complete the somersault. She landed on her feet, back to the targ, blood dripping from the weapon she held before her. As she spun about to face it again, she twirled the blade above her head so that droplets of the blood flew away from her in every direction across the sand. The Klingons all around her in the ring roared their delighted approval.

“WeQ! WeQ!” some of them already were shouting.

The targ was hardly slowed by this wound, however, though it would have slain any Earth animal short of an elephant or a rhinoceros. It, too, skidded to a halt and whirled to charge at her again. This time it did not come quite as fast, but the cunning look in its eye almost unnerved her. It seemed to be saying, just try that again and see what happens to you. As it approached it kept its head high this time, alert for any sign of jumping from its intended victim. A toss of its head this time would send ripping tusks upward to dispose of the creature if it tried the same maneuver.

But WeQ had planned for exactly this response. It was amazing how simple it really was, if one followed the lore and the history of the ritual seriously. This was one of the oldest approaches, and one of the best, if you knew how to jump well. Instead of trying to avoid the targ by jumping up or to either side, this time WeQ simply crouched down, and at the last possible moment launched herself like a small projectile, bat’leH held horizontally in her straight, locked arms, into the face of the beast. Her aim was true. The inner cusps of the weapon were exactly as far apart as the width of the beast’s forehead between its eyes. The points of these cusps drove into those eyes simultaneously, blinding the beast and maddening it with pain. She dropped to one knee before it, pulled the weapon to her chest with all her might, and then swung it upward from side to side, across the targ’s throat so that its life suddenly gushed out and down, cascading over her like a steaming showerbath.

The targ suddenly crumpled in its charge, collapsed forward and fell directly onto her. It thrashed a time or two, but it was for all intents and purposes dead as it hit the ground. A moment later she wriggled and struggled out from under the great head and chest, now lifeless and cooling at her feet. She stood up, covered from head to toe in the beast’s life-blood, held her weapon against the clear blue sky, and screamed her victory. The echo that came back to her was not from the rock wall or the jungle, but from the throats of the throng in the ring around her. Not a shot had been fired by the weapons surrounding the ring. She had not even given the beast time to flee in terror toward that encircling boundary. She knew that speed counted in the ritual, as well as form. And she knew that she had done well. Her honor would be magnified after this day. Kasak stepped forward.

“WeQ, daughter of K’vanoH, are you injured?”

The Klingon medical officer from the Rogue Phoenix, K’Lora, also took a step toward her, as did Doctor Munib.

“I am untouched by the beast,” she called.

“I wouldn’t say that!” Kasak laughed with pleasure. “At least its blood seems to have touched you in many places!”

“I stand corrected, Captain Kasak!” she shouted back. Laughter and cheers broke out from the circle around her. Doctor Munib turned from her to approach the beast. He passed his medical tricorder quickly over the carcass and turned to Captain Ward with a wink.

“He’s dead, Jerry!” Munib reported.

“Phasers on roast!” Kasak roared. “Everyone draw near, and let the feast begin. WeQ has succeeded in her trial!”

With that, the ring broke into its constituent particles and everyone came running forward, eager to train their weapons on the carcass and get on with the barbecue.


Chapter Three

Task Force Delta

Lieutenant Ryden of the USS White Eagle leaned forward, grease from the shank of targ in his hand smeared across his face, and spoke confidentially to Doctor Munib.

“Four ships converged here for this little barbecue,” he observed. “That hardly seems necessary, does it? Your Klingon could have done her gory deed here with only the Rogue Phoenix to provide Klingon onlookers, I would have thought.”

“Personally,” Keith replied, “I have no idea what might be going on here, aside from this super-pig roast. But I think you’re right, Robert. There must be more to this meeting than just dinner.”

When the reflexes of two Starfleet officers told them the same thing, it was usually a good bet that they were on the right track. Events on Daufuskie quickly confirmed this general rule, for even at that moment Jerry Ward was talking in equally low tones with a little knot of officers that included Commodore Hopkins and Captain Gilliatt of the Hawkeye, Captain Kasak of the Rogue Phoenix, and Captain Toney of the White Eagle.

 

“All three of your ships will be part of this task force,” Jack Hopkins explained to the captains, with the exception of his own Captain Gilliatt. “Starfleet has given it the name Task Force Delta, since there’s three of you.”

“Original name,” commented Jerry dryly.

“It’ll do, Jerry,” Jack nodded at him. “Now here’s the problem. Ever since we started tracking the supernova shock wave from 81 Pegasi, we’ve known it would eventually pass through the Eta Cassiopei system where there is a large and thriving Federation colony. In fact, some of the plant extracts coming out of that system have been absolutely priceless and unique for Federation medical science. This has even had an impact on the Klingon Empire, as I’m sure Captain Kasak can tell us.”

“Medicines from the Cassiopea system have already saved the life of a member of the High Council,” the Klingon captain confirmed.

“So you see, there was great concern about the possible disruptions that might follow when the supernova shock wave passed through that system. It’s quite a distance from the explosion itself, but these things radiate out to tremendous ranges.”

All the captains nodded, well aware of the seriousness of the predicament faced by a stellar system in the path of such a disaster.

“The shock wave passed through that system about two months ago. Since that time, all subspace communication from Eta Cassiopei has fallen silent. The shock wave front itself has still retained so much of its force that it was not judged to be safe to try to cross it and go into the system to investigate, at least until now. Federation scientists and Klingon astronomers now agree that the radiating sphere of the shock wave has gotten so big and dispersed that it is weak enough for starships to cross it with only minimal damage. We’re sending task force delta, that’s the three of you, to cross the shock wave and get into that system. Help them any way you can. Find out what’s left. If necessary, rescue people who need to be rescued. But above all, send some signal back to us to let us know what’s going on in there! There were almost three million people on Algedi; that’s Eta Cassiopei two, Captain Kasak. And we estimate that there were another quarter-million inhabitants settled on the moon Yue of the system’s gas giant, Rahab, though that colony is so small and new it has no way to send interstellar subspace messages. There must be somebody left there in the system, and they probably can use some help.”

“What can we expect?” Kasak asked.

“Our best guess,” Jack answered, “is something like an electromagnetic pulse, the kind you might get from an ancient thermonuclear bomb only much more powerful. It may have devastated communications technology all over the system. People may well have kept up their local routines, but they may be out of communication with people they can’t travel to visit face-to-face, at least until they can fabricate new communications devices. At least, that’s one guess. We’re not sure. No Federation colony has ever had to ride out a supernova shock wave before.”

“When do we leave?” Jerry wanted to know.

“Right after dinner, I’m afraid,” Jack informed them. “Jerry, as the senior captain here, you’re to take command of the task force. You three all know each other from way back, so I’m sure you’ll have no problem working together. The command is purely for the proper bureaucratic form. I know how you guys all operate.”

Kasak grinned at Jerry. “So you are now my commander,” he said slowly. “This is a great day for you, Captain Ward. Only a few beings in the galaxy can give me orders that I willingly obey. You are one of these.”

Jerry clapped his right fist to his chest. “I doubt I will have to give many orders to a captain as resourceful as you, Kasak,” he replied. Kasak lifted a large flagon filled with bloodwine in a toast.

“To Task Force Delta,” he declared. They echoed the sentiment, and all lifted their steins. Kasak took another enormous bite of roasted targ, and wiped the grease from his mouth with his sleeve. He grinned wolfishly at the other officers.

The sun had finally begun to fall toward the flat curve of the ocean horizon. The bones of the targ, ceremonially washed in the surf of the ocean and then carried in the hands of the entire party, were flung off the top of the escarpment in all directions into the jungle below. WeQ now rustled and crackled when she walked because the dried blood had caked into her hair and uniform. She received the final praises of the Klingons before they beamed back aboard the Rogue Phoenix. One party at a time, the Federation away teams beamed back aboard the McNair, the White Eagle, and Commodore Hopkins’ flagship, the USS Hawkeye. Hopkins and Captain Gilliatt of the Hawkeye were the last group to go up before Jerry, WeQ and the final group of McNairs.

“One last thing, Jerry,” Jack confided, as his group assembled nearby. “When I said we hadn’t heard any signals from the system since the shock wave passed through, I wasn’t giving out all the information I have. This is for your eyes and ears only. Have a look at it when you have some privacy.” He handed Jerry a tiny data recorder chip, gave him a meaningful look, and turned away to join the others about to beam up to the Hawkeye. “It may help, or it may mean nothing at all,” he said cryptically. Then the whole group shimmered out of existence. The McNairs stood alone on the rock outcropping, twilight coming on rapidly and coloring the horizon and the sea a strange shade of orange instead of the daytime dark gray-blue. The breeze around them had cooled noticeably from the midday heat.

“Let’s get you out of that disgusting costume, WeQ,” Jerry suggested. “I’m sure you’re going to keep it somewhere as a trophy of the day, but I hope you’ll seal it up while it’s on the ship. I can’t say that dried targ blood is the best scent I’ve ever smelled.”

“Indeed I will save this uniform, Captain,” she confirmed. “But I confess a good shower will do me a world of good at the moment. Not to mention a good night’s sleep. This has been a long day for me.”

Andrew couldn’t help a little good-natured laugh. “Your gift for understatement hasn’t suffered any from your ordeal,” he commented. They all gathered close together in the middle of the uplifted stone plateau.

“Ward to McNair,” Jerry advised. “Beam us up, Moultrie.”

“Aye, sir,” answered Cadet Woodall’s voice from the empty air around them. A moment later the final group of Federation invaders vanished from the surface of Daufuskie, just as the sun’s lower limb touched the sea at the horizon. In the falling dusk, only the widely-scattered bones of a huge beast, lying on the jungle floor  near other, much older bones of a similar type, provided any evidence that alien creatures had walked the surface of this world. A few short minutes later, the sun set.


Chapter Four

Shock Wave Passage

“Give me maximum range on the forward scanners,” Jerry directed from the captain’s chair.

“Maximum range, aye,” Bruce Tandy replied at once. The view on the screen before them seemed to leap forward to the limits of their perceptive range. “But if the shock wave is expanding outward at the speed of light, we won’t be able to see a thing until we hit it, will we, sir?”

“If we were limited to impulse power, that would be true,” Commander Wood advised. “The images on our screen while traveling at warp, however, are not from light waves but from sensory readings of subspace. We will have some advance notice as we approach the wave front. The way the computer interprets subspace readings, the shock wave should look something like a wall made of the same sort of shimmer we see from the transporter beam. It will appear first dead ahead, at the point where the expanding sphere first reaches our sensory range. Then, as more and more of the sphere comes into view, the circle will seem to expand, very rapidly at first, until it fills the entire forward horizon.”

“Then what happens?” Bruce asked.

“Then we hit it,” Wood answered simply.

“Oh,” acknowledged Bruce.

“Fascinating,” commented Scott Connors quietly, mimicking the most common choice of Vulcans for an adjective. Bruce Tandy exchanged a grin with him.

“Speak of the devil,” commented Jo Leach from the back of the bridge, pointing at the big forward screen. There, just as the Vulcan had predicted, a tiny speck of shimmering silver suddenly appeared dead center. It began to swell at an alarming rate into a vast, glittering soap bubble that threatened to swallow the entire cosmos as it rushed toward them.

“Brace for impact,” Captain Ward called loudly. “Condition yellow. All hands brace for impact.” The bridge lights suddenly were colored by the alarm panels’ glow, and every member of the bridge crew scrambled to their assigned impact positions.

“Impact minus eleven seconds,” Wood announced. “Ten. Nine.”

“Belay that count, Commander,” Jerry ordered. “Helm, all stop. Warp engines off-line, now. Shut down all power to non-essential systems. Relay the same signal to the other ships. They should have a few extra seconds back there.” His hands played over his personal console. The other officers just as frantically relayed his commands. The sounds of a great starship quickly died away. Even non-emergency lighting blinked off.

“What…?” began Counsellor Kelley, from her seat, but before she could finish the question, a sound like fingernails on a blackboard screeched through every compartment and corner of the great vessel. Crew members all over the ship clapped their hands over their ears, squeezed their eyes shut against the assault of sound. Then the emergency lighting went dead, plunging the ship into complete darkness and total silence. Sparks fizzled and spat from circuitry and control panels everywhere in the ship. The decks bucked from the impact, though nobody seemed to be able to say, afterward, whether they bucked upward, or down, or to the side.

On the bridge, after a few moments of absolute stillness, Jerry Ward’s voice penetrated the darkness.

“Restart all systems,” he ordered. “Jo, try hailing the Rogue Phoenix and the White Eagle. Are they back there? Are they through the shock wave?”

Lights blinked on at once, but to his immense relief, it took Commander Leach a long time to reply. If she had come up with Kasak’s voice within a second or two under these circumstances, he would have begun to suspect her of belonging to the Q continuum or something. It was the first time she had not managed an instant response in a very long time. Eventually, though, she told him what he wanted to know.

“Commander Kasak on visual, sir. Still hailing the White Eagle.”

“It would appear,” said Kasak’s rugged face, now gigantic in the forward screen, “that the scientists are of some use after all. They have calculated the timing of our safe passage just at the edge of what would have damaged our ships severely. I salute their honor. Someday I may drink a warrior’s toast with them.”

“Good to see you inside the bubble, here, Kasak!” Jerry replied. “Now all we have to do is get to Eta Cassiopei and see what kind of shape they’re in. The shock wave was much more compressed when it passed through their system.”

“I don’t like to think about what we will find,” Kasak agreed. Jerry caught Jo Leach making a hand signal to him. He nodded without turning away from the screen, but waved one hand back at her below the level of his chair.

“See you in orbit, then, Kasak,” he finished. “McNair out.” Instantly, the Klingon’s face winked out, to be replaced by the much more appealing features of Audrey Toney, seated in the command chair of the White Eagle.

“Thanks for the warning, Jerry,” she said, “even if it was only a couple of seconds. That was more time than you had, anyway. You guys all right up there?”

“We appear to be fine,” Jerry replied. “Any damage?”

“None at all. We powered everything down to avoid any surges, and the idea seems to have been right on target. Everything seems to have started right back up afterwards with no problems. We’re ready to rumble.”

Jerry laughed. “Okay! Let’s head for Cassiopea. The Klingons are in good shape, too. We’re still a trio. McNair out.”

The familiar star field reappeared on the viewscreen, and the bridge crew visibly relaxed into their various seats.

“Re-establish course for Eta Cassiopei, Mister Connor. Ahead warp factor seven.”

“Warp factor seven, aye, sir,” Scott replied. All the starship sounds had come back. The rising pitch of the engines joined the chorus as they got underway. All three of the starships gathered themselves after their passage through the supernova shock wave, and streaked away into nothingness.

“I’ll be in my ready room,” Ward announced, rising from his chair. Inside his private cabin, he extracted Commodore Hopkins’ gift from a tunic pocket and inserted it into his desktop unit. It was a fragment of a subspace signal, and the icons in the corner of the screen indicated it had come from the Eta Cassiopei system. The date was more than a month earlier. It was only a few seconds, but he clearly made out the words “…Federation quarantine…” in the static. Quarantine of what? There was no quaratine that he knew of. Could this mean some threat to his ship? He frowned.


Chapter Five

Unwelcome Rescuers

“I will make the first contact, Captain Kasak. Since this is a Federation colony, they might be more reassured to see us on their viewscreens than a Klingon ship.”

“I agree with your decision, Captain Ward,” said the larger-than-life image of Kasak on the McNair’s main viewscreen. Jerry Ward breathed a silent sigh of relief to himself. That hadn’t been so difficult after all.

“You and the White Eagle will wait here on the far side of the sun. Eta Cassiopei itself will screen you from Algedi’s planetary sensor arrays, until I’ve established contact with the colony. I’ll get in touch with you as soon as we know more about the situation, and we can all take up orbits to begin assistance operations.”

“Understood, McNair,” chimed in Captain Toney of the White Eagle, on audio.

“Understood,” agreed Kasak. “Rogue Phoenix out.” The screen reverted to stars. One bright star, a sun now that they were in its system, dominated the forward scan.

“Plot a shallow hyperbolic past the star,” Jerry directed. “We’ll go in at one-half impulse from here. Estimated time to arrival over Algedi?”

“Twenty-eight minutes at half-impulse, Captain,” Bruce Tandy calculated. “Course plotted and laid in.”

“Engage, then.”

“Engage, aye,” confirmed Scott Connors. The McNair streaked away from its two companions, curving in toward the sun. They raced past Eta Cassiopei prime, but not close enough for the radiation from the old orange main-line star to put any serious strain on their shields. Beyond it, the earth-like jewel of Algedi appeared and gradually grew into a beautiful planet in their long-range scan. It boasted nearly as much ocean surface as the Earth itself, very small ice caps at both poles but on land in both cases, and floating masses of white cloud in the atmosphere that conjured up a slight homesickness in every human aboard who got a look at a viewscreen as they approached.

“Beautiful,” Jennifer Kelley said quietly, from the left-hand command seat next to Ward’s. Oodee, the Ferengi first officer, had taken his place in the right-hand seat as they entered the system. He looked over at her.

“Not enough cloud cover for my tastes,” he objected.

“Oh, I suppose you like the eternal rains and overcast on Ferengenar?” she countered.

“Indeed, I do, Counsellor!” he retorted. “You may not be able to understand, but it’s my home and that’s what I’m used to.”

“Each to their own,” she said, by way of conceding the conversation to him. She knew better than to argue with a Ferengi, even about the weather.

“Anything on the scanners yet?” asked Jerry from the center seat. He looked up at Commander Wood at the science station.

“Negative, Captain,” the Vulcan responded, his attention fixed on his console. He did not look around to meet Jerry’s gaze. “We aren’t close enough yet to detect anything except general atmospheric conditions, and perhaps special broadcast or tight-beam signals. And I’m getting none of those. The general conditions appear to be normal. Surface temperature unchanged from expected readings, atmospheric composition also normal.”

“So far, so good,” Jerry commented. His private thoughts, however, repeated the words he had heard: Federation quaratine.

As though this had been a pre-arranged signal, suddenly the ship’s automatic defenses came to life with an eruption of klaxon warnings.

“Shields coming up,” WeQ announced. “Captain, we appear to be under attack!”

“What kind of attack? From where?” Ward demanded.

“Ships, Captain,” WeQ announced from the battle console behind him. “Two ships, coming at us from the planet at full impulse. Intercept in eleven seconds. It was phaser fire first. They are arming photon torpedos.”

“What kind of ships?”

“No life signs aboard,” contributed Commander Wood urgently. “Unmanned. Automatics.”

“Return fire!” Jerry decided instantly. “Photon torpedoes!”

WeQ reacted just as quickly. The sounds of two fired torpedoes pulsed through the decks of the ship. On the main viewer they could see the twinkling sparks flash away into space. A few bare seconds later, twin eruptions of intense blast and radiation blossomed in the distance.

“Targets destroyed, Captain,” WeQ announced tersely.

“All stop,” Jerry ordered at once. “We’re not getting any closer to that planet until we have a better idea what’s going on here. What were those things? How big were they?”

“They were not very large,” Wood informed him.

“Automatics would not have to be large,” WeQ countered. “Circuitry and power take little space. It is we living crew members who take up all the room in a starship. I believe they could have done serious damage to this ship if we had missed, or if you had not fired, Captain. At a minimum, they would have inflicted major hits on our shields.”

“What in blazes are they doing, firing at us?” Jerry asked of nobody in particular. “Jo, aren’t you broadcasting standard Federation hails at them?”

“Ever since we cleared the sun, sir,” she replied from the communications station. “No response on any channel, yet. Wait a minute, sir! Something is coming in, now!”

“On general audio, Commander. Let’s all hear it.”

“…to this system. Repeat: no vessel is permitted to approach this planet or come into this sytem. Reverse course or you will be destroyed. Repeat: reverse course or you will be destroyed. Algedi central control out.”

“This is the USS Ronald E. McNair to Algedi central control,” Ward shot back at once. “We are a Federation ship! What do you mean, destroyed? What are you doing, firing on a Federation ship? What’s wrong down there, anyway? Who’s in charge? I want to talk to somebody in charge.”

“Algedi central control to USS McNair. Repeat: no vessel is permitted to approach this planet. Reverse course or you will be destroyed.”

“Captain,” Robert Wood broke in softly, “we disposed of those automatics easily enough, but planetary defenses would be something else, again. Starfleet records show that Algedi has a fully operational defense grid, including ion accelerators and the big Krupp particle projectors. Our shields would be no match for them in close, sir.”

“But they can’t shoot at us! We’re on their side!” Jerry complained to everyone around him.

“Perhaps they are no longer on our side,” WeQ countered.

Jerry turned all the way around, and merely looked at her thoughtfully for a few moments. She seemed to have a point.

“Sir,” Jo Leach broke in, “the messages from Algedi central control also appear to be automatic. That is, they came from the central control computer directly. That wasn’t a person talking.”

“So the whole place is running on automatic?” Jennifer asked. “Could this be some kind of emergency response system triggered by the supernova shock wave? Maybe they just forgot to turn it off or something.”

“And it shoots first, and asks questions later,” commented Scott Connors from his helmsman’s seat down front. “That’s an emergency for us, but not for them!”

“Are we far enough out of the line from Algedi to the sun? Can we get a signal back to the other ships?”

“Affirmative, Captain,” Bruce Tandy informed him.

“Open a channel to the White Eagle,” Jerry requested. A moment later, Commander Leach gestured toward him, indicating that the link was open.

“Ward to Captain Toney. Audrey, are you there?”

“Loud and clear, Jerry,” her disembodied voice replied.

“Audrey, warp your ship out to the colony on Yue, the moon of the gas giant. Keep your shields up, and get back here on the double if you’re fired on. I’ve just run into an attack by automatics here. We’re sitting still with our eyes and ears open and our shields up at the moment. At warp, an in-system jump like that will only take a couple of minutes, but lay in that course carefully! There’s a lot of junk floating around inside the system. I’ll expect some kind of report from you within the hour.”

“On my way, Jerry,” came her crisp reply.

White Eagle powering up warp engines, Captain,” reported Commander Wood. “There she goes, sir. They’ve warped away.”

Suddenly the entire frame of the McNair shuddered violently, as though it had been struck by an incredibly large physical object. The blow was not localized, as an actual physical contact would have been, however. It shook the whole ship uniformly.

“Tractor beam locked onto us, Captain,” Robert reported tersely, his lips set in a tight, straight line of concentration as he bent over his instruments.

“From where?”

“From Algedi, sir. It must have incredible power, to lock onto us at this range. Our own tractor beam wouldn’t even reach the planet from this range, let alone pull at anything.”

“The advantage of ground-based stations, friends,” Jerry observed grimly. “Reverse full impulse; engage.”

A whine rose through the decks of the ship as they fought against the pull, but it was no use.

“Still being drawn in, sir,” reported Bruce Tandy.

“Get me the Rogue Phoenix,” Jerry decided.

“Captain Kasak on visual, sir,” Jo replied, by way of answering his query.

“Kasak, they’ve got a grip on us and they’re towing us toward the planet. We were attacked by unmanned ships a moment ago. I’m getting no response from the planet other than recorded messages. They may have some serious mechanical problems down there.”

“What do you want me to do, Captain Ward?”

“I’d like you to cloak your ship, fly right down to close orbit over the planet, and blast that tractor beam installation to break us free. Then re-cloak and get out of there, to a safe distance. Once I’m loose, I’ll rendezvous with you and we’ll figure our next move.”

Kasak grinned at the prospect. “My pleasure, Captain. We will attack at once! It is a good day to die, particularly for someone else.”

“I hope there’s nobody down there at that station. I can’t imagine that they would be acting this way if they were there, and in control of it.”

“Of course. Of course,” Kasak agreed, but he didn’t sound terribly sincere. “K’Ma’Kgh, ready all phaser banks. Modaw, lay in an attack course for Algedi and activate the cloak. Kasak out.”

“Keep your sensors on the area close in to the planet,” Jerry ordered. “I want to know the moment they de-cloak down there. Lay in a course directly away from the planet, maximum warp for two seconds and then back to full impulse.”

“Aye, sir,” replied Tandy.

“Course laid in,” added Scott Connors, from the seat beside him. Bruce and Scott glanced at each other.

“Just give us the word, Captain,” Bruce finished. “We’ll have this ship out of here in no time at all.”

“I’m counting on it,” Jerry nodded.

Rogue Phoenix decloaking above Algedi,” Robert Wood reported at that moment. “Firing phasers. Firing again. Direct hit on the tractor beam projectors! Firing again. Another hit, sir.”

“We’re loose!” cried WeQ from the battle console.

“Engage!” echoed Jerry almost simultaneously.

Rogue Phoenix re-cloaking, sir. They’re gone.”

“So are we,” returned Jerry, as the McNair flashed away from the grip of the planetary defenses. “Now we wait for them to reappear somewhere, and then we can get together and talk this over. I don’t mind saying, I wish I knew what was going on in this system. I wish I could just talk to somebody down there, for starters!”


Chapter Six

Here’s Looking at Yue

It was hard to remember that Yue was actually big enough to be a respectable planet in its own right. Not as big as the Earth, but about the size of Mars to put it in a human scale. Hard to remember, that is, when one was looking at it on a viewscreen with the gigantic bulk of Rahab, the gas giant planet, for a backdrop. If Rahab was a planet, Yue as its moon looked pretty insignificant. Even up close.

“Shields on maximum,” Captain Toney repeated, for perhaps the third time.

“Shields are up,” responded Paul Yates, her operations officer. “No sign of hostility from them yet, though, sir.”

“Open a channel,” Audrey Toney directed.

“Hailing frequencies open,” came the response.

“This is the Federation starship White Eagle,” she began. “White Eagle calling Yue spaceport control. Are you receiving our signal?”

The stark beauty of the planet-sized moon, crusted with its frozen water oceans, blinked out. The milky white plains veined with wide green bands of melt channels on the ocean beds, where colonists had hollowed out great tunnels in which to live and farm, were replaced by a view from inside the spaceport control center. A Starfleet officer looked back at them.

“Yue control to White Eagle,” he said. “This is Major Cramer, Starfleet Marines. We hear you. How may we help you?”

Audrey considered the face of the officer on her screen. He looked like a perfectly normal Starfleet Marine officer. Behind him, in the main control room of the spaceport, several other perfectly normal-looking people were doing perfectly-normal looking things.

“Can you tell me why a Federation starship would be attacked upon approach to Algedi, Major?”

“Yes, Captain, I can. We’ve probed the space near the planet and they’ve attacked us, too.”

“Does this have something to do with the supernova shock wave that passed through this system recently?”

“It must, Captain. There’s no other explanation. That’s just when the troubles started. We’ve had no actual contact with Algedi since that time.”

“That’s almost two months ago!” Audrey exclaimed. “You mean you’ve been completely out of touch with them this whole time?”

“That’s right, Captain. We’re on our own out here. And let me tell you, that’s been rough. We weren’t expecting it, needless to say. There are quite a few critical supply needs we’re facing at the moment. Rare medical supplies are the most important. Do you think you can help us out?”

“Toney to Lieutenant Ryden,” she responded, calling the ship’s chief medical officer and linking him into the communication. “Robert, these people need some medical supplies. Do you think we can help them?”

“Of course we can!” Ryden agreed at once. “Just tell me what you need, and I’ll beam down with the supplies myself.”

“I’ll put one of our medical staff on line with you, sir,” the Major said gratefully.

“But you said you could explain what’s going on, Major?”

“Yes, Captain. Well, maybe not explain it all, but we do know the population of the planet still seems to be down there, because long-range scans reveal lots of energy activity in all the major cities, and along transportation routes and everything. The society seems to be functioning normally, at least as far as we can tell by watching from safely out of range, out in space.”

“But you haven’t been down on the planet?”

“No. No contact of any kind with anyone. All we get are automatic defense messages, and if we get too close, we get the same kind of reaction we’ve been monitoring to your other ship.”

“That’s the USS McNair,” she advised him.

“Well, if Jerry Ward can’t handle them, nobody can,” Cramer acknowledged. “But after a month, I’m beginning to suspect that nobody can, in fact.”

“We’ll see about that,” Captain Toney replied. “Counselor Holland, I’d like you to beam down with the doctor to the planet, and talk to some of these people. They may need your support as much as they need the medicines for their bodies.”

“On my way, Captain,” Debbie Holland agreed, rising from her left-hand seat on the bridge.

“And Moody,” she directed the computer science officer at his station above and behind her, “can you link into the Major’s computer records? I’d like to have copies of all logs from their attempts to contact Algedi. If we analyze them, and the McNair also gets a copy, somebody may notice something that hasn’t been noticed yet.”

“Sounds good,” agreed Major Cramer. “Oh! I’ve just been notified that our extreme-range scanners have reported that the Algedi main tractor beam array has been destroyed. The McNair has broken free of the planet! That’s a pretty neat trick, when you’re caught in a beam that strong! Wonder how they managed that?”

“At a guess,” Audrey remarked, “I’d say it had something to do with Captain Kasak and the Rogue Phoenix.”

“Ah! You’ve got Klingons with you! That could come in very handy. A cloaked ship could actually land on the planet.”

“Major, that is a really excellent suggestion. When I tell Captain Ward, I’ll be sure to give you credit for thinking of it first.”

“Unless they’ve already thought of it on their own, of course,” Cramer reminded her modestly.

“We’ll talk again when we’ve had a chance to study your logs,” Audrey advised. “In the meantime, your medical supplies will be down to you as quickly as we can get them together. White Eagle out.” She turned to look at Ken Moody.

“You really think we’ll find anything in their records that they didn’t already notice, Captain?” he asked.

“I know we won’t if we don’t look, Ken,” she replied. “Any word from the McNair yet?”

“Nothing, Captain.”

“Well, even if Kasak did a cloaking number on them, it’s still a neat trick,” she observed. “But we really need to have a look down on that planet. Get me a channel to Ward, and let’s see if we can get going in that direction.”

McNair here,” Jerry replied, coming on the screen a moment later. “What do you have for me out there, Audrey?”

“The Yue colony does not seem to be having the same problems as Algedi,” she informed him.  “No strange defensive attacks, no automatics. We’ve talked with Major Cramer We’re sending down medical supplies and a team to look them over.”

“Wonderful news!” Jerry replied. “I was afraid you were going to tell me you were stuck in a tractor beam yourself, and that we had to send our Klingon can-opener out there to pry you loose like they did for us. Good! If Yue is operating normally, we’ll all rendezvous there, and beam down to confer with the local brass in the colony. This is really a tough nut to crack here on Algedi. I don’t want to do anything that might create a lot of casualties down on the planet, but the planet obviously doesn’t feel the same way about us. I’ll just have a word with the Rogue Phoenix, and we should be out there to keep you company in a little while. Nice to get some good news for a change! McNair out.”

Beaming down through very deep, very solid ice was something new for many of the Starfleet and Klingon crew members who found themselves at the bottom of Yue’s ocean a short time later. The limpid clarity of the blue-green ice above them allowed faint sunlight that reached the remote moon to filter down even to the bottom of the relatively shallow ocean floor. Even if it had been greenhouse glass instead of fathoms of ice, though, this light by itself never would have been enough to sustain plant life on which humans and other oxygen-breathers could depend for food and air. For this reason, Federation colonists had bored deep into the moon’s interior. As large as it was, and also subjected to powerful tidal forces by Rahab forever looming overhead in the sky, the interior of Yue remained hot and molten. This provided a handy source of geothermal (or perhaps Yue-othermal) energy, which in turn provided abundant electricity to power vast banks of grow-lights. These hung along the peaks of the ice-tunnels that spiderwebbed across the ocean floor.

“We experimented, back in the earliest days, with other shapes besides tunnels,” a quite attractive red-haired colonist was explaining to the McNair’s Ferengi first officer as they strolled along. Immediately on their left, a long, smooth arch of ice rose upward gracefully, forming a featureless, translucent wall that stretched away to the limits of sight ahead. They walked on the packed soil of a path, along the top of one bank of the tunnel’s floor. Oodee glanced across an intervening canal of melted ice. The ocean water separated them from a similar bank on the far side. Squat, sturdy bushes, rather like the Ferengi himself at least in spirit, grew from the soil to form a hedge along the canal bank. Their little branches and leaves seemed to stretch eagerly upward, toward the grow-lights beaming down upon them from the peak of the tunnel overhead.

“Like what other shapes, Ruth?” Oodee asked her.

“Well, they tried a dome at first. A big inverted dome. But they found that either the center was too low to hold up the weight of the ice once the walls got too far apart, or else the height of the vault, up to the peak of the dome, got to be too high to be practical for placing grow lights. Big slabs of frozen ocean had a nasty habit of dropping down on the floor, due to the temperature differential that would develop between top and bottom. We came to the conclusion that a tunnel about the size and height of the one you see around us here was ideal. You could run it on linearly forever, and even intersect them at junctions, so long as you keep the proper size and shape for structural integrity. So we live in a maze at the bottom of the ocean!”

“A-mazing,” Oodee remarked with a smile. “No worries about losing your air, either, I suppose.” She smiled appreciatively at his joke, and he inhaled a deep breath of satisfaction. It was wonderful to be off the decks of a starship, and among non-Starfleet types again. “So tell me, Ruth,” he asked casually, as they continued along their way toward the distant junction with another tunnel, “what do you do for fun here on Yue?”

“Just wait til we get down there to the Crossing,” she answered. “There’s a little club in the settlement there that I think you’ll really like. They even have a Dabo wheel! I hear Ferengi have a natural talent for the game.”

“We’ll have to put that rumor to the test,” Oodee smiled.

While his first officer was out partying with the natives, Captain Jerry Ward found himself seated at a large, oval conference table in a grotto-like area. It had been built up at the tunnel junction that Oodee had recently left behind. Since the climate in tunnels at the bottom of a frozen ocean was completely under the control of their occupants, there was really no need to build buildings or other shelter against the “elements.” It never rained or snowed. The walls only melted if you wanted them to. Nobody on Yue lived in houses. They all lived out of doors, if you count living in a tunnel under the ocean as “out of doors.” Jerry Ward did. He found it curious to be sitting on a chair, seated at a table, with a floor under his feet made of some kind of very attractive ceramic tiles, and to have people bringing food and dishes and so on to serve him, while he glanced through a small grove of trees and down the side of the hill that rose at the tunnel junction’s center. There below him, he could see canals stretching away in three directions down the intersecting tunnels. In the fourth direction, off to his right, he could just make out two sets of railroad tracks through the leaves of the trees. The tracks reached along the bottom of a completely dry tunnel in that direction. The railroad tunnel was less brightly lit than the others. Perhaps, he reflected, it was an industrial corridor. Dirty, practical, mechanized. They had to have manufacturing down here somewhere, to keep the whole place running as a gigantic artificial environment.

“You seem a little distracted by our surroundings, Captain,” said Major Cramer, his voice cordial enough. “It’s not an unusual reaction, let me tell you. We do have a rather unorthodox way of life down here.”

“It’s the buildings I miss,” Jerry admitted.

“Try to think of the tunnel as a building. It has a ceiling, after all, and the lights are on so somebody must be home.”

Jerry laughed. “Mighty big living room you have here,” he observed. Audrey Toney and Kasak arrived in time to hear his remark.

“It reminds me of being out on a hunt,” Kasak said. “Out in the fresh air, free of the clutter of cities.”

“What doesn’t remind you of the hunt, Kasak?” asked Jerry. The big Klingon only laughed. The human had a point.

“So now we’re all here,” Audrey reminded them. “What are we supposed to do next?”

“We have to get a closer look at Algedi,” Jerry replied. “I’ve heard Major Cramer’s idea about going in cloaked in your ship, Kasak, and I must say, it sounds like our best bet.”

“It will be my pleasure, Captain Ward,” he agreed at once. “Flying into the teeth of danger, landing on that strange planet with its robot fighters. It’s just what my men need to cure them of the boredom of long days in space.”

“We may not find all that much fighting to do, you know,” Audrey had to mention. “After all, it is a Federation world.”

“It was a Federation world, you mean. We don’t know what the situation may be now.”

“We do think most of the population is carrying on pretty much as they always have,” Major Cramer corrected him. “Our observations from space show that the agricultural cycle seems to be going forward normally. It’s the middle of harvest season down there, so if there was something wrong, we’d see some sign of it even from space.”

“How much of that is also automated?” Jerry asked.

“Hmm,” Cramer reflected for a moment. “Yes, I see your point, Captain. It is true that harvesting is highly automated. The low population, you see. We had to automate, to economize on the scarcity of labor. Just like virtually every other colony world. But if you’re thinking that could all be on automatic, too, I doubt it.”

“Food for thought, though,” Jerry noted. Nobody seemed to pick up on the pun, so he let it die quietly.

“How many should we land?” Audrey asked.

“I want three landing parties,” Jerry responded. He had been giving this some thought for a while. “One will beam down to the site of that big tractor beam installation knocked out by Kasak, may his armor never rust.”

Kasak grinned. “I volunteer, Captain. We will inspect the results of our handiwork.”

“Very well, Captain. Pick a few of your best men for the landing party. Audrey, I want you to send a landing party from the White Eagle to the spaceport in Hostane. If there’s any trouble in the capital, it ought to be visible from there. And if there isn’t anything wrong at the spaceport, we might land the Rogue Phoenix there. It’s a good central location. Our starships will remain out of range of the planetary batteries, but ready to create diversionary attacks if needed.”

“What about the McNair team?” Kasak wondered.

“I’d like to have my away team beamed down in close proximity to the Porim Valley area, where the nexus of the planetary computer grid has developed. It’s a big research and development park, as far as I can tell from Starfleet files. A lot of brain power, both human and mechanical. If there’s something wrong with the computer grid, that would be the place they’d probably be trying to do something about it.”

“Sounds right,” agreed Audrey. “We’ll secure the spaceport and contact you, Kasak, when it’s clear to land there. If we control the defensive armaments of the port, and have your weaponry on your ship for support, we ought to be secure there as a base.”

“And I will find why that tractor beam array malfunctioned, and why you were attacked. If it was a malfunction!”

“Good,” Jerry confirmed.

“You people don’t waste any time, do you?” asked Cramer.

“We’re old friends,” Audrey explained. “It doesn’t take us long to arrange a thing like this, because we all know what the other is thinking and there’s no nonsense about hurt feelings or suspicions to clutter up the business.”

“A good team,” the Major decided. “Glad you’re on our side! Is there anything we can do?”

“How about some dinner?” Jerry asked. “I admit I’ve gotten a little tired of synthetic tomatoes from the replicators.”

“Ugh!” Kasak remarked. “You creatures! Eating plants like a food beast; how can you stand it?”

Audrey and Jerry only laughed. Major Cramer rose to arrange for dinner to be served.


Chapter Seven

Who’s Minding the Spaceport?

The superficial impression of normal, ordinary routine was just as clear from ground level as it had been to the distant space-based observations of the colonists on Yue. Robert Ryden checked his tricorder quickly.

“No life signs in close proximity,” he said, his voice tinged with relief. Paul Yates, still in a wary crouch, lowered his phaser a notch and looked from side to side.

“The coordination center is just over that rise,” Ken Moody directed, pointing off to the left through some very peculiar, blue-colored tree-like plants. They had beamed down from the Rogue Phoenix as it flashed over the planetary capital city of Hostane, cloaked and in low orbit. The ship had uncloaked for an instant, beamed down the party, and then vanished from all detection screens again before even the automated planetary defenses could do anything serious about it. The feat was repeated twice more on that same orbit. Then the ship soared outward to a parking orbit over the capital to await further developments.

“Right,” Ryden agreed. “Paul, take the point. Scout up to the edge of the ground cover. I’ll be on your left flank. Ken will take the right. Let’s see what kind of security they may have around the central building.”

Behind them one of the large landing pads stretched away toward some barely-visible buildings in the distance, on the far side of the expanse of glasphalt. Mid-day heat shimmered up from the flat surface, making the distant buildings seem to waver up and down. They fanned out and started up the low hillside separating the pad behind them from the central control complex of the spaceport. A buffer zone of trees kept noise as well as noxious fumes away from the people working at the port.

Paul Yates reached the crest first. He went down on one knee and flipped down his augmentation visor. The control building jumped closer, and he scanned quickly through each visible window in the three-storey structure, seeking any heat signs of human presence in the building. He found none.

“Nobody home,” he said quietly to his communicator.

“Not on this side, at least,” Moody’s voice came back. “Could be they’re at lunch. Not exactly the busiest port in the sector, is it?”

“Not likely!” Paul laughed softly. “Those automatics kind of cut down on the commerce, I should imagine!”

“Cut the chatter,” Ryden ordered curtly. “Human or automatic, anybody can monitor a com channel.”

No further comments followed. By hand sign, Ryden signaled Yates to sprint across the clipped grass of a well-kept lawn, which he did successfully and dropped to a sitting position with his back against the wall of the building, just below the center window on the ground floor. Two sprints later, the entire team had taken up similar positions across the front wall. Phaser in hand, Ryden rose up slowly and looked directly through his window.

Everything inside looked perfectly normal, except there was no sign of anyone at work. The large room stood empty. Lights were on in the building even though it was the middle of the day.

Suddenly, a loudspeaker on top of a nearby pylon came alive with a short preliminary snort of static.

“Arrival of suborbital flight eighteen beta, from Mallephon, on pad five,” it announced. The message repeated once more, then silence resumed.

“Where’s the actual passenger terminal here?” Ryden asked. Yates looked at his own tricorder briefly.

 

“We go around this building, down the service road about sixty meters off there to the right. You can just see it behind that low roof over there. That’s the baggage handling systems.”

Even as he said this, four beetle-like baggage haulers rolled out of the low building and cruised away in a curving column, heading for wherever pad five might be located.

“Still could be all automatics,” observed Paul Yates. “We haven’t seen our first real live person yet.”

That didn’t take them long, however. The trio made their way around the deserted communications center, down the service road Yates had described, and were very startled to find themselves all but ignored in a crush of everyday departures and arrivals streaming in and out of the passenger terminal. Speeders and limos, even an electric tram line serviced the long row of entrance/exit doors. People were coming and going in all their variety. Some were families loaded down with vacation luggage. Others appeared to be technicians and business people heading for flights or looking for transportation into the heart of the capital somewhere. Voices called, laughed and complained. Bright colors flashed from clothing, luggage and vehicles. In a word, it was a busy, normal day at the Hostane spaceport.

“Anybody feel comfortable with the idea of calling down the Rogue Phoenix for a landing at this point?” Robert Ryden asked.

“Not a chance!” exclaimed Paul Yates.

“Doesn’t sound right to me,” Ken Moody agreed. “Not at this point. This is all very strange.”

“I don’t get it,” Ryden complained. They had sheathed their phasers and were standing casually near one end of the outside walkway, between the access road and the long row of terminal doors, well out of the way of most foot traffic. “Here everything looks fine. Busy, in fact. But the communications center is completely deserted. Does this make any sense to either of you?”

“Maybe they don’t need anybody in there,” Ken Moody observed. “Maybe it runs just fine on automatic. Computers make the announcements, clear the flights based on standard programs.”

“But the place is full of windows,” Ryden reminded him. “Computers don’t need windows. They don’t need the lights on, either. If it’s all set up to run on automatic, wouldn’t they leave the lights shut off?”

“Beats me,” admitted Ken.

“I don’t like it,” Yates declared. “That’s not natural, no matter how ordinary this looks over here. And it’s not running fine, either. It shoots at every ship that comes near the planet! Why is the system letting all these people fly, if it won’t let any ships near the planet?”

“Beats me, too,” Ken admitted again.

“You’re a lot of help!” Paul retorted. Ryden grinned at them. He made a slight motion with his arm.

“Let’s go into the terminal and have a look around,” he suggested. The other two followed him through the nearest door and into the long, very busy building.


Chapter Eight

Kasak Inspects his Handiwork

A quarter of the way around the planet, on an arid mountain plateau in the central highlands of a completely different continent, the Klingon landing party shimmered into existence with weapons in their hands. Their sharp features quickly surveyed the scene for any potential threats, but there were none.

A thin, cold wind keened in and out among the rocks. No other sound disturbed their attention. Empty air fell away from the plateau on every side. In the distance, other bare rocky elevations rose and fell, giving an uncanny impression of gigantic ocean wave crests somehow frozen into stone and set here for them to gaze out upon. Captain Kasak had little time for scenery, however. After a perfunctory glance across this impressive panorama, he turned his attention quickly to the task at hand.

A short distance away, about half-way across the plateau, the main platform of a Dhaka tractor beam projector stood up massively from the otherwise flat roof of their mountain. It once had reached much higher, but the Rogue Phoenix had reduced its former dimensions radically. Kasak couldn’t help an involuntary wave of proud pleasure at the sight. The wide, low cylindrical base remained pretty much intact, though badly scorched. But the great projector itself, once a tall, complex apparatus reaching for the sky, had been transformed into a charred, misshapen lump of slag sitting on the flat circle of the building’s roof. Other bits of the device, blackened by fire, could be seen all around the structure, in the form of molten spatters of metal and ceramics scattered in all directions in the dirt. Obviously out of action.

Following his lead and the wave of his arm, his landing party fanned out and advanced with Kasak across the intervening ground. They reached the projector building without incident. He stood beside the wall for a moment, then turned and peered through what was left of a doorway set in the wall of the plasteel structure. Ancient instincts told him to sniff, to scent for prey inside, but all he could smell was ozone and the burnt after-odor of heavy disruptor fire, fire from his own ship.

“Completely dark inside,” he said. “Check it out.”

Two warriors shouldered past him, bright lamps shining from their right shoulders into the dust and darkness. They disappeared through the opening without a word. There were some rough sounds of their passage through the destruction within. After only a short interval, one of them emerged and slammed his right fist against his chest in a salute.

“Captain! There are no signs of any casualties inside. It is the same as all the other facilities we have inspected. This entire installation appears to have been completely deserted.”

“Just as Ward suspected,” Kasak said reflectively to himself.

“But sir!” objected the warrior. “If there was nobody here, how was this installation able to attack the McNair?”

“The defensive systems on this world seem to have a mind of their own,” Kasak replied thoughtfully. “The attacks on our task force apparently were automatic responses.”

“ But why? Were the systems too stupid to recognize friendly ships?” the warrior demanded insistently. Kasak listened closely to the tone, recognizing at once that his crewman was not in any way challenging or questioning him, but only registering his own confusion. This being the case, he did not bother to answer, and looked inside the building again instead.

“Perhaps the defensive systems have been damaged by the shock wave from the supernova,” observed his First Officer.

“I think you may be right, Modaw,” Kasak replied. “I have seen enough here. Signal the Rogue Phoenix on its next pass. I am ready to beam aboard. There is nothing further to do here until we know something more certain.”

“Yes, Captain,” Modaw said at once, banging his right fist against his chest.

Once on board the Klingon vessel, however, with the cloak back in place, they did not receive any clearer news from the White Eagle team at the spaceport.

“There appears to be nothing wrong down here, Captain Kasak,” the voice of Robert Ryden reported as Kasak paced his bridge restlessly. “At least, there’s nothing wrong with the operation of the spaceport. Flights are leaving regularly for all parts of the planet. Civilians come and go in crowds here in the terminal.”

“It is in working order?” Kasak demanded.

“Apparently, yes.”

“Then they must have fired on the McNair deliberately! Have they all gone crazy?” The Klingon captain stopped his pacing and stood staring blankly at the forward viewscreen.

“Not necessarily, sir,” Ryden replied. “Even though the terminal is busy and seems quite normal, the actual control center seems to be completely unoccupied. Nobody at work. It’s as though the spaceport were running itself.”

“Absurd!”

“Of course it is, sir, but that’s what we saw.”

“I take it you aren’t recommending that we bring in the Rogue Phoenix for a landing there, then.”

“Ah, perhaps not just at the moment, sir! I’m not even sure you could get a landing pad right now. This place is really busy.”

“None of this makes any sense,” Kasak complained.

“No, sir.”

“All right, I’ll sail around the planet in orbit up here,” he decided, resignation in his voice. “Keep me informed of any developments.”

“Have you heard anything from the McNair away team, sir?” Ryden asked.

“Not a word. Kasak out.”


Chapter Nine

Down in the Valley

At about that time, Lieutenant Commander Bill Kelley sat patiently on a convenient flat slab of stone, looking down into the Porim Valley through enhancer field glasses. Dry tan dust from the hillside coated his boots. A large grey-green bush sprouted from the steep slope just in front of his hiding place, effectively concealing him from any prying eyes in the valley below. He could plainly see the cluster of buildings just below him on the valley floor, but he had lost visual contact with the members of his scouting party. He squinted against the orange-red glare of the sun, already nearing the tops of the steep hills on the other side of the valley. Night would come to the valley floor long before it reached the hilltops on either side. He put the field glasses down and picked up his tricorder, checking the electronic map display for the flashing telltales that represented Kevin Brown, Pam Michaud, Brian Hart and Jack Morris. All four blinked reassuringly at him. All four were moving.

Kevin Brown was moving, in fact, as quietly as he could across the flat roof of what he believed to be a dormitory building. Earlier, as they all sat watching from the distant hillside, they had seen a considerable number of scientists converge on the building from their various workplaces. People sitting in their rooms after a day on the job seemed like a promising source of information, so Lieutenant Commander Kelley had dispatched him at once to climb on the roof and eavesdrop on some of those conversations. Kevin wore a small earplug in one ear. As he made his way along the roof, the pickup pad on the palm of his left hand pressed against the surface in different places. At each stop he paused to assess any voices he heard. At the moment he listened to a couple talking.

“Did you already load the news today?” he heard a woman’s voice ask. A male voice answered in the negative. “All right,” she went on. “I’ll bring it in off the net so we can watch it while we eat. Why don’t you bring the food in here? The stands are still set up from last night. I had no time to put them away this morning.”

The man then joined her, bringing their dinner so they could sit together, review a news program from the planetary net, and relax after a busy day. At first Kevin thought a second man had joined them in the room, but from their sudden silence he quickly concluded that it was a broadcast they were playing.

“…and planetary governor Romi Easter seems to be settling into her new job this week,” the new voice informed Kevin as well as the listeners below. “She announced today that in spite of the planetary quarantine now entering its sixth week, no shortages of vital medicinal supplies or other critical materials are anticipated. Easter gave much of the credit to the steady improvements in the distribution programming system, though she had to admit under questions from reporters that this system is actually the result of the groundwork laid by the previous administration.”

“I don’t mind giving credit where credit is due,” still another new female voice declared suddenly. This, Kevin thought to himself on the roof, must be a sound bite from governor Easter. “I didn’t create this system. My predecessor had some good ideas, and I’ll be the first to admit it. In my opinion, he also had a lot of pretty bad ideas, but this was a good one. It is proving itself every day during this quarantine.”

“How much longer will this problem be with us?” the reporter asked.

“Well, Jinner,” the governor replied, “since it includes electronic and subspace communications, for fear of spreading any computer malfunctions caused by the shock wave, I guess we won’t know until somebody in the Federation out there gives us a call and lets us know it’s over. We’ll get word the same way they let us know they were sealing us up, right after it happened.”

“Thank you, governor. And there you have it, from the governor’s press conference this afternoo….” the reporter responded, but was cut off in mid-sentence as someone in the room below shut off the program.

“What a boot-licker that Jinner Poe can be,” the man said, rather disgustedly. “He never asks a tough question. Do you think Romi Easter has a bigger fan on this planet than that guy?”

“She has a lot of fans,” the woman replied. “Otherwise she wouldn’t have won the election by such a margin. But you might be right about his enthusiasm. Everything he says to her is an invitation for her to brag about her latest achievements. I bet he’s looking for a job in the administration.”

“Heck of a note for a journalist,” the man observed. “I thought they were supposed to be independent.”

“And the tooth fairy will leave Federation credits under your pillow tonight, too, Carl.”

The couple both laughed with amusement. Kevin Brown, however, looked off toward the hillside without seeing anything. He was distracted and confused. What did they mean about a planetary quarantine? They seemed to think that the Federation had sealed off Algedi, as though it were some kind of plague planet. But there was no quarantine; why would the governor and the news media be cooperating in a phoney story like that? He shook his head, lifted his palm and the listening pad from the roof, and moved on to look for some more enlightening conversation.

Pam Michaud’s quest for similar enlightenment met with similar results, though in a different part of the research compound. Bill Kelley sent her to find the long-range central transmitter that linked the local area to the rest of the planetary net, and to see what kind of staffing arrangements were in effect there. After hearing about the vacant control center at the spaceport, he wanted find out if similar control centers of various sorts were all automated, all over the planet.

The transmitter building was easy to spot. It had a big parabolic dish on the roof. It turned out to be a small two-storey structure, built near the center of the little scientific village. Beside it a little stream meandered and gurgled its way along the bottom of the valley. Pam approached the building from the stream side, though this earned her some muddy, slightly wet boots. She started to pick her way among damp stones and through tangled undergrowth. Inching forward between the stream itself and the wall of the building, she heard voices directly ahead of her. Cautious inspection revealed two men, sitting in chairs on a small, flat cleared space behind the building. It looked like a classically good place to hide out from supervisors, to loaf and talk instead of working. As such, it was instantly recognizable to any humanoid life form from any civilization in the United Federation of Planets. It represented one of the few universal instincts.

Listening, Pam learned that the man on the left was actually the watchman for the building. He sat closest to her hiding place in the bushes, his chair tilted back against the wall precariously.

“Don’t see why you have to sit out here at the transmitter all evening, anyway,” his friend complained. “You’re missing the party for Sylvia, and everything.”

“Nice of you to come out and visit me, anyway, Sten,” the watchman told him. “This is my job, after all.”

“But there’s nobody in there any more, since the new system went operational,” Sten objected. “The place is all locked up and running on its own now. What are you guarding, anyway?”

“If anything were to go wrong, I’d be here to be sure the auxiliary power goes on.”

“Yeah, but it would go on by itself, just like the whole thing runs on automatic, right? You know it would. Besides, what would be so terrible if the net were interrupted for an hour or so? Now, if this were a hospital or something, it might make more sense.”

“What makes sense is my orders. The company wants me out here. They pay my salary. I’m out here. That’s simple enough, isn’t it? Oh, shed that long face, Sten. I appreciate that you came out to see me, but why don’t you go on back to the party? I can tell you want to. I’m fine out here. I’ll be along later. I’m sure you’ll all be going strong when my shift is over.”

“Okay,” Sten said doubtfully after a moment of reflection. “I guess you’re right. I’ll get back now. You take care of yourself, and we’ll see you later.”

“Sure!”

Pam watched Sten take his leave, then slipped away herself. So the place was on automatic, just like the spaceport. What could it all mean? Just to make sure, she cautiously emerged onto the street in front of the little building, long enough to try the front door. As the watchman’s visitor said, it was locked. The windows were dark. Nobody home. She made her way to the edge of the settlement and started back up the hillside to rejoin her team.

By the time she reached the rendezvous point, Kevin Brown was already reporting to the Lieutenant Commander.

“From what they were saying,” he said as she arrived, “the planetary election took place maybe three or four weeks after the shock wave hit the planet. So they must have been in fair shape, to hold an election so soon afterwards.”

“You don’t hold elections during a state of emergency,” Bill Kelley agreed. “Again it sounds like everything is back to normal.” His voice held the same frustrated tone.

“Well, almost,” Kevin replied. “Except they’re all worrying about possible effects of the quarantine.”

“What quarantine?”

“They think the Federation has put a quarantine on the planet, banning all traffic on or off, until we’re sure there are no dangerous results from the shock wave passing through.”

“That doesn’t make any sense,” Kelley interjected at once. “If the shock wave creates dangerous reactions, it would happen everywhere as it spreads out from the supernova. Every planet it passes will be affected. Why just quarantine this place? We wouldn’t have been allowed to fly through the wave front, if the Federation were worried about that. We’ve heard nothing about any quarantine.”

“Don’t ask me to explain it,” Kevin laughed. “I’m just the messenger! Apparently the new planetary governor is a woman named Romi Easter. It sounds like she’s pretty popular, too. Maybe we need to ask why the government is putting out such a story. It sounds like it’s coming straight from the top.”

“Straight from the top of what?” asked Brian Hart, climbing up over the lip of the little ledge on which they all perched. Jack Morris came puffing up a few steps behind him.

“We’ll fill you in after you tell us your news,” Bill Kelley said. “I hope your reports make more sense than Kevin’s!”

“I found the local transport center, like you said,” Brian replied. Jack sat down in the dirt and took off one of his boots, shaking out several small pebbles that had infiltrated it.

“And?” Kelley asked.

“It’s just like we heard about the spaceport,” Brian answered. “There was nobody in it, nobody at all on duty. The equipment was all taking care of itself. In fact, I saw a maintenance robot rolling around, plugging a diagnostic sensor on the end of its extensible arm into some of the vehicles. But no people at all.”

“Did you get inside the scheduling center?”

“Yeah, I got inside. Two steps inside. As soon as I stepped in the door, which wasn’t locked, I triggered a recorded message. It said the place was off-limits to all personnel. Only properly-suited repair technicians allowed inside, in case of equipment failure.”

“Talk about automated!” Kevin Brown remarked. “It sounds more advanced even than the setup on Kelvin Five. People have become redundant around here.”

“Unless something breaks,” Pam observed, repeating the excuse used by all spacefaring civilizations. This was the surest argument against their more timid brethren who preferred to risk only robot systems to the hazards of exploration. It was beginning to seem that some similar preference for automation might have become very popular here on Algedi.

“Well, they can’t automate entertainment,” Jack Morris countered, from his seated position. “Not from what I heard.”

“What did you hear?” prompted Lieutenant Commander Kelley. The others turned to see what Morris had found.

“The power station was automated, too, just like Brian found at the transport center. But there was a watchman on duty there, so obviously they don’t trust their equipment to run completely by itself. At least, not the power plant.”

“I had a watchman, too,” Pam volunteered. “Same thing for the communications center.”

“I had a nice little chat about entertainment with my guy,” Jack added. “Some hot new media property named Jinner Poe.”

“We already heard about Poe,” Bill replied, nodding toward Kevin Brown. “Did he suspect you were from a Federation ship?”

“Of course not! I told him I was from the capital, just visiting to fix some equipment, like you suggested.”

“Well, we might as well call the Rogue Phoenix and have them pick us up on the next pass,” Bill decided. “It doesn’t sound like we’ve uncovered any master key to anything out here.”

The others nodded their agreement. Jack Morris got to his feet and dusted the traces of the planet’s surface from the seat of his pants. Lieutenant Commander Kelley took out the Klingon communicator he had been given, and tried to remember which button to press to call their ride.


Chapter Ten

This Door Swings Both Ways

“Think we might as well get back out in the woods and call for a pick-up?” asked Paul Yates.

“I see no point to hang around here any longer,” Robert Ryden replied, glancing around the continually-busy floor of the spaceport passenger terminal. The three men from the White Eagle landing party sat together in one of the many window alcoves that faced out from the long main hall onto the access road outside. Yates had scrounged some timetables and other materials from racks in the terminal, and they pretended to inspect and discuss these from time to time as they observed the scene. They had been sitting casually for over an hour, and nothing at all interesting or unusual had come to their attention.

They laid down their brochures on the little table between them. Paul got up to leave the terminal. That was when something unusual did happen.

The transparent outer wall of their alcove curved into the terminal on either side, ending in revolving doors that turned at the touch of a passenger coming into or leaving the building. The entire front of the building was an alternating series of these bubble-like alcove waiting areas and revolving doors. They observed an elderly woman step down from a hoverbus and make her way to one of the adjacent doors. As she stepped into the revolving door and started to come into the terminal, suddenly the door seemed to seize up. It stopped turning.

She stumbled against the front panel, trapped in the little wedge-shaped space. She almost fell but regained her balance. As the three White Eagles watched, she pushed experimentally against the panel, trying to turn the door manually and get into the terminal. It was jammed tight, however, and would not turn. Nobody else except the landing party was anywhere near the scene. They were the only ones who could see the look of alarm, almost panic, that gradually manifested itself in her expression. She looked directly at them, her eyes pleading for help. Ryden thought she even looked a little like his mother. A pang of compassion went through him.

“Let’s see if we can get her out of there,” he suggested.

“We weren’t supposed to get involved with locals,” Yates reminded him doubtfully, but he didn’t sound convinced about their orders. This obviously wasn’t a situation that would threaten the security of their scouting mission. The little old lady trapped in the revolving door probably wouldn’t ask to see their identity chips, or overpower them or anything.

“We’ll just get her loose on our way out of the building,” Ryden answered. “We have to go out some door anyway, right?”

“Okay,” Paul agreed. The three of them approached the jammed door. Ken Moody had been sitting closest to that side of the alcove, so he reached the door first. He stretched up to peer at what could be seen of the mechanics of the door at the top, which wasn’t much.

“Unless there’s something under the floor here,” he said to the others as they came up behind him, “it looks like this is just set on bearings, and turns when you push it. I don’t see how it could get stuck.”

“Maybe the bearings are stripped,” suggested Paul.

“Let’s have a go at it together,” Robert Ryden directed. They each put an arm against the available panel of the revolving door. Robert called to the woman trapped inside her section of it.

“We’re going to try to turn the door,” he said. “Be ready to step in here, okay?”

She nodded gratefully, and put one hand on the handrail in front of her to help pushing, and also to detect the first signs of motion if the door should begin to turn. Although they pushed harder and harder, however, the three of them could not move it around. It seemed to be jammed securely. Beyond the building, outside they observed another passenger come toward the door. Seeing the problem, however, the stranger turned and headed for a different entrance. They remained alone with their problem.

Suddenly Robert noticed that the look of panic had returned to the woman’s face, and if anything had intensified. She seemed to be looking into the terminal, over his shoulder. He turned, too, to follow her gaze, and saw two small service robots rolling their way across the vast stretch of floor.

“Looks like help is on the way,” said Ken, who had noticed them as well.

“Our lady in distress doesn’t seem to think so,” Robert replied. “Look at her.” The other two looked from the robots to the lady and back, then glanced at Ryden.

“She seems to be afraid of them!” Paul concluded. “Why should she be afraid of service robots? They can probably get this thing going again.”

“Help me!” came her voice for the first time, muffled by the door but quite audible.

“Help is on the way, ma’am,” Ryden reassured her, pointing at the robots. “We can’t budge this thing. We already tried.”

“You mustn’t let them get me!” she exclaimed, the fear rising in her voice. “Don’t you see? They’ve stopped the door to hold me here until the robots can get to me! They must have detected me trying to get to a flight, despite my precautions! Oh, I never should have come here. I shouldn’t have come out of hiding. But I couldn’t stand it any longer!”

“Hiding from what?” Robert asked urgently. Here, he told himself, might be a clue at last to what was going on with this automatic planet. It did seem to have something to do with automated systems, anyway.

“Just get me out of here!” she cried, on the verge of hysterics. “Get me out of here! I can’t be caught like this!”

“Think she’s crazy, sir?” asked Paul.

Ryden had not considered this possibility. Perhaps the old woman was in fact suffering from some form of dementia, and getting trapped in the door had triggered an episode for her. But if this had something to do with the strange, empty control center instead….

“I don’t know, Yates,” he replied. “But I tell you what. Let’s get her out of here, and take her out of the terminal where she can calm down. I’d like to know what she’s so afraid of.” He pulled out his tricorder and quickly scanned the entire door mechanism from top to bottom. “You were right, Ken. There’s a motor or something under the door. Probably gives the thing an assist when people don’t have a free hand to push it. It could be activated by motion or weight sensors.”

“And now it’s locked up?” Ken asked.

“Looks that way. But a simple phase disruption should cancel out any external signal that might be controlling the mechanism. If some remote site is locking it up, all we have to do is scramble the connection.” He twisted a small knob on the tricorder and pressed a square, flat button. The device began to hum softly. At the same moment, the elderly woman was startled to discover that the handrail she was holding gave way before her. The door began to turn smoothly.

“That’s it,” Paul Yates announced. “You’ve got it, sir.”

“Oh, thank you!” the woman exclaimed, emerging to face them inside the terminal.

Ryden glanced at the approaching robots, closer now but still quite a distance away.

“Perhaps we should step outside, where we can talk about this more calmly,” he suggested. She followed his glance, swallowed and nodded wordlessly. The four of them cycled back out through the doors. Ryden turned off the tricorder. They continued on their way, retracing their earlier path as they circled the control building on their approach to the terminal.

At length, they all reached the cool blue-green peacefulness of the wooded hillock that separated the spaceport buildings from the nearest landing pads.

“Now,” Robert said, sitting down in the manicured grass beneath the trees, “why don’t we relax and talk about this?”

“I don’t think we should stay around here,” the woman advised him, looking nervously back down at the buildings they had left behind. “Now that I’ve been identified, it won’t take long for other units to come tracking me. If you have someplace else we can go, someplace farther away, I’d prefer that. You’re not from around here, are you?” She looked more closely at each of them in turn, her eyes narrowing as she analyzed their clothes, their general appearance. “Off-worlders, or I miss my guess. And you’re here in spite of the quarantine. Have you come to clear us for contact to be re-established?”

“There is no quarantine of the capital,” Ryden informed her simply. “I have no idea what you’re talking about.”

“The capital?” she said, confused and then surprised. “I have no idea what you’re talking about, either! I mean the quarantine of Algedi!”

“What, the whole planet!?” demanded Paul.

“Where are you people from, anyway?” she asked, her eyes narrowing with suspicion. “Are you Federation, or not?”

“Yes we are,” Robert reassured her. “We’re from the Federation starship White Eagle. We haven’t been able to approach your planet, however, because the defensive systems won’t allow any ship anywhere near here.”

“Then how did you get here?” she asked, picking up the contradiction in what he was saying. He realized her problem, smiled and explained.

“Ah! I see your point. We were beamed down from a Klingon ship, which managed to get close enough while cloaked to avoid the planetary defenses.”

She thought about this for a minute. Then she gave him a direct, level look, and appeared to make up her mind about something.

“My name is Thora Wendor,” she declared. “Until a couple of months ago, I was the representative from Kandahar on the planetary council. Today I’m a hunted fugitive. I’ve been trying for weeks to make contact with some of my old acquaintances, but I can’t seem to find any of them. Either we’re all fugitives, or they’re gone altogether. I was trying to fly back to Kandahar now, since I didn’t find anybody here in the capital.”

“Wait a minute,” objected Paul Yates. “How can the political leaders of the planet be fugitives? Fugitives from who? Who’s doing your jobs now?”

“Oh, I’m not the representative any longer. There was an election, and I lost. Strangest election I ever saw, too.”

“How do you mean?” Robert asked.

“Well, I had campaign rallies and appearances, but hardly anybody showed up for them; not even the media, sometimes! When I called to complain that I had sent out press releases, there was always a rational explanation why no crews had showed up for a rally, but it happened too often to just be a coincidence. And whenever I watched the rallies of my opponent on TV, they were always mobbed by people, and very effective. Still, that shouldn’t have made such a difference, because I actually out-spent my opponent nearly two-to-one on campaign advertising, and my spots were all good ones. I watched them showing up all the time, all over the planetary net.”

“Yet you lost.”

“By a landslide. And that’s when my troubles really began. Or was it?” She appeared to pause, thinking hard. “No, actually, there weren’t many troubles right at first. My neighbors and friends were all sympathetic. They even came around, some of them, to express their condolences. I decided to just relax at home, and prepare an account of my experiences in government. A kind of memoir, I suppose you’d say. No, the problems didn’t start until I tried to see my opponent, to congratulate her on her victory.”

“And?”

“Well, I never got to see her. She lives on a kind of rural estate. Kandahar is an agricultural province. She was always not at home, or busy, or some excuse. I began to get a funny feeling about the whole situation. I shifted my topic, and started working on a study of the election itself, and that is when the problems started.”

“Sounds like there was something irregular about the whole election,” Ken observed. “Your opponent might be some kind of gangster. It sounds like they were buying off the newsnets. Something out of ancient political history!”

“So I thought, at first. But I discovered something much stranger than that. Did I mention that we never debated publically together?” The three White Eagles shook their heads in the negative. “Well, I’ve never laid eyes on her at all! I saw how badly my public relations were going, what with the failure of media coverage. I decided that the only way to guarantee coverage was to appear along with her. So I challenged her to a series of public debates. She turned me down flat. This is very strange decision for an incumbent, as you may know if you study politics at all. Usually the challenger is eager for debates because they put the two candidates on the same level. It’s the incumbent who wants nothing to do with it. He or she wants to look ‘official’ while the other person is just ‘potential.’ To make it even stranger, this woman is a campaign manager’s dream come true. She’s tall, and young, and drop-dead gorgeous. She is educated, kind, has a great speaking voice, never seems to get flustered or angry or to be at a loss for words. She probably could have dissected me in a debate like a pickled lakhma on a biology student’s desk. So that whole business with no debates was really odd.”

“She sounds like that new planetary governor you were talking about earlier,” Ken commented. Thora turned and gave him a long, strange look.

“But let me tell you about the strangest thing I’ve uncovered,” she continued.

By this point, the three Starfleet officers were all ears. They sat in front of her as she reclined on the grass, like pupils with a master.

“As I said, I never actually met my opponent in person. She wouldn’t debate me. She wouldn’t even see me after the election. But I should have seen her.”

“Obviously,” said Paul Yates.

“You don’t understand,” she went on. “I mean, I should have seen her someplace where she actually was, because I was actually there too, but she wasn’t.”

“Is that a riddle?” Ryden asked. For a moment, he returned to the doubts he had first had about her sanity, inside the terminal.

“Let me rephrase that. None of our official appearances coincided. But I watched her campaign ads on the recordings I made of newsnet broadcasts, reviewing everything and studying the details of what went wrong, you understand. I came across one public appearance in particular that I had recorded from my home in Kandahar. It was coverage of a political rally held here in Hostane. The Tellen campaign–that’s her name, Sandra Tellen–organized a rally to greet her at the spaceport. The broadcast showed the rally just down there where we were a few minutes ago. She came here for a publicity visit. Having business in the capital always plays well with the home crowd of voters. They know you have to come here to get a lot of things done that need doing for the local district, so they look favorably on candidates that are popular and effective here. So, as I say, I recorded this rally at home in Kandahar. But the point is, I wasn’t there at the time. That’s why I recorded it, you see, so I could study her technique later, when I got back.”

“Where were you, then?”

“I was here, at the spaceport in Hostane!”

“But if you were here, you must have seen her!”

“I must have, but I didn’t. Don’t you see what I’m saying? I was here in this same spaceport, catching a shuttle home, just as I was trying to do today when you showed up. There was no rally here in the spaceport! No crowds, no cameras, no Sandra Tellen, nothing at all.”

“Maybe it wasn’t the same time.”

“It was the same time. Don’t you think I checked that? It was the same time, the same day, the same place. I recorded an event on my home recorder that never actually happened here.”

“You mean the event you recorded was faked? That’s not possible,” Paul Yates declared flatly. “There’d be too many other people that would have been here in the spaceport at the same time. If they saw a broadcast that showed an event they knew didn’t happen, they’d all start raising the devil about it right away!”

“So what conclusion would you draw from that, assuming that I know what I’m talking about, too?” she asked him, settling back on one elbow and looking at him thoughtfully. More than ever, it seemed like a Socratic dialogue between master and pupils. She was leading them through some logical sequence, toward some inescapable conclusion. Paul thought about it for a long moment.

“Well, if all these other people were here with you, and saw no rally, and then made no fuss about it, they must not have seen the broadcast that you saw. Maybe they didn’t watch the news.”

“What, all of them? None of them?”

Paul frowned uncomfortably.

“Maybe the rally wasn’t broadcast here. Maybe they only broadcast it in the provinces.”

“But she was never here!” Thora insisted. “You’re getting confused already! How could something be broadcast that never happened?”

“In other words,” Robert said, thinking aloud, “you’re saying that your home recorder picked up a broadcast of an event that never took place.”

“It’s worse than that. I began to ask around among my friends and colleagues. Whenever I tried to trace back a meeting or a rally or some other public appearance by Sandra, I could never find a single, solitary soul who had actually witnessed the event in person. I have yet to find a single person on this planet who has actually met Sandra Tellen face to face.”

“Well, few of us ever meet leading politicians face to face. They’re busy with their kind of business, and we have our own,” argued Ken reasonably. “I have no interest at all in meeting my own representative on Narendra in person.”

“Gentlemen, I have come to believe that Sandra Tellen does not exist.”

“What, you’ve been replaced by a ghost candidate? Some kind of cartel foisted a non-existent candidate off on the voting public of a whole district!?” asked Robert Ryden incredulously.

“Have you got a better explanation?”

“No,” he admitted after a moment of reflection. “But there must be a better one. Perhaps they can come up with it on our ships. What do you say we all beam up out of here, and discuss this with some of our senior officers out in space?”

“I would like nothing better,” she smiled. “At least out there I can relax and stop worrying about being captured, or whatever has happened to all my former colleagues in the government.”

“I really don’t like the smell of this,” Ken Moody remarked.

“I don’t either, Ken,” Robert agreed. He reached for the Klingon communicator, to make contact with the Rogue Phoenix.


Chapter Eleven

Now You See It

“What a relief!” Thora exclaimed, and actually laughed out loud. “You don’t know how many times I almost convinced myself that I was going crazy. I was afraid that senile dementia had set in, and I was doomed to spend my last days in some treatment facility for the old and confused.”

“You are by no means crazy, Representative Wendor,” said Commander Robert Wood, not only for her benefit but also to the others gathered around the table in the USS McNair’s conference room. “We have been monitoring planetary broadcasts since we arrived, though of course we never thought to look for the pattern you have suggested. Now that you have suggested it, of course we have found it immediately. It is much more serious than you have even begun to guess.”

“What is, Commander?” asked Jerry Ward. Audrey Toney from the White Eagle and Kasak of the Rogue Phoenix, together with a couple of the other senior officers from each ship, leaned forward eagerly to hear the explanation. Wood’s Vulcan features remained inscrutable, but even a Vulcan could not keep the note of satisfaction out of his voice as he laid out the situation for them.

“This planet,” he told them, “appears to have a completely virtual government. In the last round of planetary elections, held on schedule five weeks ago, all former elected officials from the level of regional representative upward were defeated. It was explained at the time as widespread dissatisfaction with the way the previous government handled the crisis of the supernova shock wave.”

“That’s nonsense!” Thora burst in. “We did a great job! Of course there were disruptions, and even some electromagnetic pulse damage to a lot of systems. But nobody could have done any better than we did. We worked night and day on it!”

“Nevertheless,” Wood continued smoothly, ignoring her outburst, “this is the explanation of the election results that has been broadcast to the population on the newsnets. And just as Representative Wendor contends, there is no record of any personal contact with her opponent whatsoever. At the planetary level, including the election of the new planetary governor, the situation is even more peculiar. During her campaign, appearances by Governor Easter in any city or other location were covered and broadcast by the media to the entire planet, except to that location. When she was shown all over the planet attending a great rally in Kandahar, for example, these images were not broadcast in Kandahar itself. The inescapable conclusion is that the rally did not actually happen, and that some kind of synthetic event was manufactured for transmission over the planetary net. Our scans of planetary records show the same pattern everywhere.”

“You mean all the candidates elected in the last round don’t exist?” Audrey Toney asked in disbelief.

“That would appear to be the only logical explanation of the facts,” Wood replied, looking over at her. “Her image, or perhaps even the entire sequence of these rallies, was virtual projection and never happened. That is why it could not be broadcast in the city where it was supposed to have happened.”

“Then the government doesn’t exist,” Jerry Ward observed. “So who’s governing the planet?”

“It is not only the government, sir,” Wood continued. “In fact, there are no known personal contacts with many of the newer media personalities. For example, there is a new star on the nets named Jinner Poe, a very popular figure indeed. But observe one of his broadcasts for yourself.”

They all turned and watched a clear area to one side of the table, as a holocube glowed to life like a chunk of miniature reality materializing in their midst. Jinner Poe proved to be a man of average age, moderate height, above-average weight, with a round, friendly face topped by a sweep of straw-colored hair. His most prominent feature was a wide, slightly lop-sided grin full of teeth.

“Hello from the observation deck of the Hostane Needle,” he announced to his viewers, in this case a group of more than curious Starfleet officers and one former planetary official. “I’m here to tell you that it may be hot down there today, but it’s sure cold up here! Brrr!” He grinned even more widely, clapping his arms across his chest. His breath came out in white puffs when he talked. “This high above the city, the cold air currents are mighty refreshing. But I’m up here today to report on an altercation taking place almost directly below me. Down there in the street–“ and at this point, the view suddenly shifted without warning to a close-up of a crowd of people down in the street, obviously captured by extremely sensitive long-range cameras, “–there is a protest brewing against the Federation Commerce Office here in Hostane. The people down there,” his voiceover continued, as the camera zoomed in on angry individual faces, “are upset that the quarantine by the Federation continues against commerce to or from Algedi, but the commissioner seems to have had some advance notice of this protest, and apparently has taken the day off. The Commerce Office appears to be closed for business.” The crowd surged around a door that was obviously locked, peering into offices that were obviously dark and unoccupied. Somebody threw a rock that broke one of the windows. Wood hit a button and the display vanished.

“There you have a representative sample of his broadcast style. He never does personal interviews, except with other characters that we now believe are also virtual images. His vantage point is usually that of the detached observer. Even when he is in the middle of a scene, he speaks only to the viewer, or to someone like governor Easter. This suggests that he is also a digitized image introduced into these scenes. Jinner Poe may not exist, any more than the virtual government of the planet.”

“But how could something like this work?” Kasak demanded. “Surely you can’t govern an entire planet without any personal contact between leaders and the led.”

“On the contrary, Captain,” Wood replied. “On Earth, the earliest human space achievements, such as landing a man on their moon, were believed by some people to have been imaginary media events manufactured in order to ‘sell’ space exploration to the general population.”

“Equally absurd,” said Kasak at once. Jerry Ward raised an eye brow in agreement, but he had to admit to himself that he had also heard of such ridiculous interpretations.

“Consider how such contacts are usually handled on any of our home planets,” Wood went on. “In our time, people rarely have to assemble physically in the same spot in order to communicate. If Jinner Poe can appear on everyone’s netcasts in the evenings, surely a synthesized planetary governor could appear on office screens speaking to you, her subordinates. She could send you mediated messages and commands. She would be seen by each of you as very busy, too busy to contact you in person. Each would take it for granted that of course somebody else was seeing the governor personally. It is called pluralistic ignorance. We only know what we experience for ourselves. What everyone else experiences is only an assumption for each of us personally.”

“And my broadcast problems?” Thora insisted.

“Not only could broadcast signal content be customized for each city or region of the planet,” Wood replied, “but present Federation technology would allow such customizing of the signal content going to every individual receiver on the planet. Each citizen of Algedi might receive a personally tailored version of the news, edited and modified to reflect the experiences of that one person. No two people might actually receive the same news reports on any given evening.”

“You mean,” Thora said, a tense note of anger creeping into her voice, “that I paid all that campaign money for all those ads, and in fact the only screen they may have been shown on was whatever screen I happened to be watching, myself? That nobody else saw my ads at all?”

“Well, perhaps some of your friends and acquaintances also saw them, in case you asked about them,” Wood replied, “but yes, you get the idea. All that is required is enough memory to keep track of all the details. And I presume you negotiated these ads and paid for them over the net, not in person?”

“Yes,” Thora said with a sigh. “I never actually spoke to a real live person at the nets. For all I know, they’re all ghosts too.”

“Either that, or you never actually spoke to the nets or paid them any money yourself. Perhaps the system merely diverted and absorbed all your instructions.”

“And all my money.”

“That is also possible.”

“What an incredible thought,” mused Captain Toney. “The citizens all assume they see the same thing, but no two programs are alike.”

“It may not be that extreme,” the Vulcan admitted, “but even that is theoretically possible. The only limitation here is that the actual mechanisms of coordination must be taken out of the hands of actual citizens, and automated. All media centers, all transportation central controls like the spaceport control building, where employees would quickly have learned that no planetary quarantine exists, and so on.”

“But what is doing this?” Jerry Ward demanded. “What’s the sense of creating a virtual planetary government, and media, and all the rest?”

“I have insufficient data to answer that question, Captain.”

“Speculate, then.”

“I cannot, without further data.”

“How do you propose we get some further data?”

“I will continue monitoring all eletromagnetic emissions from the planet. Beyond that, I have no suggestions.”

Ward threw up his hands in frustration.

“We’ve got an automatic planet down there, governing itself, entertaining itself, in general running itself in what seems to be, on the whole, a pretty successful fashion.”

“Yes, sir.”

“The only problem is, it has also decided to seal itself off from us and the rest of the universe. Completely.”

“Yes, sir.”

“Great. Just great. What am I supposed to tell Starfleet Command? The ghosts won’t let me in?”

Nobody answered his question. Kasak, completely out of his element of bluster and violence and only following the entire train of thought with difficulty, frowned and looked down in his lap. Audrey Toney rested her chin on one hand, and the elbow of her arm on the table. She gazed absently up toward the ceiling, lost in thought. The other officers present merely glanced at each other. Finally, Thora Wendor cleared her throat softly.

“Captain Ward?” she asked.

“Yes, Representative Wendor?”

“I don’t have any idea how this has happened, but it must have had something to do with the passage of the supernova shock wave through the system, don’t you think?”

“The timing is certainly right,” Jerry agreed. “What do you think, Commander Wood?”

Robert paused a moment before he replied.

“The connection certainly is possible, Captain,” he said carefully. “On the other hand, it might be totally coincidence. This might represent some unknown change in the electronic systems of the planet themselves. If the shock wave created some sort of feedback loop among all the logical control systems on the planet, it is possible that they are now affecting each other in a way that could explain some of the phenomena we have detected.”

“Some of them?”

“I chose that word carefully, Captain, because I do not believe that explanation can explain some other things that are happening here. The only conclusion I can reach, logically, is that there is an intelligence at work producing all these conformed, highly detailed virtual realities. It is beyond all probability that these virtual events could be so precisely tailored for each individual observer, or that they would all fit together into a single, seamless artificial version of what is supposed to be the political reality of the planet, purely at random. It is not even possible if we assume that all the equipment on the planet has been affected at once. No, sir, there is some intelligence behind these synthetic happenings.”

“And what about the people I can’t find?” Thora added. “What do you suppose would have happened to me, once those robots got me out of the door at the airport? Don’t answer that! I can guess for myself. An automated ambulance would arrive. The robots would direct me ‘gently’ into it. I would speed away, and never be seen again. Where are all my former colleagues on the planetary council? Where is the former governor?”

“All unknown,” said Robert promptly. “In fact, I intended to bring up these facts as the next point in my reasoning, to explain why I believe there is some purposive agent at work here.”

“But who?” asked Audrey Toney. “Who, and why?”

“Insufficient information to answer,” Robert concluded.

“Well,” said Kasak grimly, “if you can find him, whoever or whatever he is, wherever he is, I’ll take care of him from there.”

“Anybody out there?” Jerry asked rhetorically, gazing out the broad sweep of the window beside them, at the tiny blue-green speck of Algedi at extreme visual range from the ship. Nobody else said anything for several moments. The reverie ended, however, when Commander Leach hailed them.

“Bridge to Captain Ward,” she announced. “Signal coming in from Yue.”

“Route it down here, Jo,” Jerry directed.

“Aye, sir.”

The screen on the wall at the end of the room illuminated to reveal Major Cramer’s visage looking at them. There was a slight lag, as the signal darted back and forth between their current orbit and the distant moon circling the gas giant. Then suddenly he began speaking.

“Hello, Captain Ward. We took your advice and started reviewing our astronomical observations taken when the shock wave passed through. We’ve located something very interesting. It’s being transmitted to your computer on compressed band, along with this message signal. See what you make of it!”

“Thank you, Major,” Jerry said, but the Major only stared at them for a long time while the signal made its round trip again. At length, he blinked and responded once more.

“It’s us who thank you for coming to check on us here,” he replied. “We hope to see you all again in person, if and when we get all this sorted out. Cramer out.”

The screen blanked at the conclusion of his message.

“I’ll get right on that signal,” Commander Wood declared, rising at once from his seat.


Chapter Twelve

Information from the Stars

Jerry Ward and First Officer Oodee made their way to the science labs where Commander Wood was trying to make sense of the terabytes of information that had flowed into his systems from the Yue observatories. They stood awkwardly in the doorway for a moment before he noticed that they were there.

“Ah, Captain! Commander! Please come in,” the Vulcan apologized. “I think I may have found what they were talking about. Have a look.” His long, agile fingers played across a console as though it were a musical instrument. Arrays of numbers and symbols began to flow across a screen nearby.

“You can see,” he began, indicating the screen, “that the shock wave had much the same composition as it approached this system as when we encountered it so much further out. The difference is that it was a much denser wave-front at this point. No doubt it would have fried an unprotected ship almost totally at this point in its expansion. None of our systems would have survived.  There may even have been some damage to organic neural systems, in the absence of any atmosphere or planetary magnetic field to cushion the impact.”

“I see,” Jerry said. “But what’s that?” He pointed at the screen, which Wood obligingly froze so the scrolling stopped. Doctor Munib chose that moment to enter the lab.

“That,” Commander Wood replied, “is what Major Cramer wanted us to look at.”

“But what is it? It looks very regular, very organized.”

“Precisely, Captain. It is order where there should be none. It is a pattern in what should be chaotic static, extreme energy turbulence.”

“So what does it mean?” Oodee asked, having not the slightest idea what they were looking at in the jumble of digitized information.

“It means that something was riding that wave front.”

“Riding it? You mean, like a boat on the ocean, or a surfer riding a water wave?” The Ferengi had adopted the Earth sport of surfing to their own rainy, watery world, and loved it above all other sports. They had become champions of surfing throughout the Federation.

“Not exactly. More like the signal that came on the carrier wave from Yue just now, bringing us this information. That signal was actually only a modulation of certain kinds of waves. This is a sort of ‘signal,’ too, but it represents a modulation of every aspect of that high-energy wave front expanding out from the supernova. Somehow, a small area in that wave front was organized rather than just chaotic energy.”

“Organization, particularly lasting self-organization, is the most general way we have of describing life,” Keith Munib observed.

“Are you saying that this pattern may represent life of some kind, Doctor? Some kind of energy creature riding in the shock wave itself?” Jerry demanded.

“I don’t know, Captain,” Munib replied. “I’m a doctor, not a computer scientist. But it’s conceivable that it might be alive.”

“Yes, Captain,” Commander Wood agreed. “I was also thinking the same thing. And the reason this explanation is worth exploring is that this area of organized information in the wave front was moving.”

“What do you mean, moving?” asked Jerry. “Of course it was moving. The whole wave front was expanding at the speed of light.”

“Right. But in the tiny interval of time that the observatories in this system had to track and monitor the approaching front, we can clearly detect a lateral shift of this little organized area across the face of the shock wave bubble itself. Not only that, but if you extrapolate the movement, which was extremely rapid, the speed of the wave, and the location at that time of bodies in this system, it turns out that this little area was moving so that it would be positioned exactly at that point on the surface of the bubble that intersected the surface of Algedi when it passed.”

“It was getting ready to jump off!” Oodee cried, realizing at last what the Vulcan was aiming at.

“Precisely, Commander,” the Vulcan said, and almost smiled at him. “The small area of organized information is not detectable in the surface of the wave during the seconds after it passed over Algedi, before it reached the observatories. They were knocked out of action by its passage, but by then they had recorded these observations. Whatever that little bundle of information was, it left the wave front at Algedi. I assume it is still there.”

“Very interesting,” Jerry said. “Well done, Commander. We may have something to work with at last.”

“So where is it hiding on the planet?” Oodee wanted to know. “On the planetary net?”

“A logical conclusion,” Robert Wood said approvingly. “Apparently the deductive powers of Ferengi are not limited only to matters of commerce.”

“Sort of makes you want to treat us with a little more respect, doesn’t it?” Oodee retorted with a grin.

“Just what I needed,” Jerry Ward sighed. “An energy creature on the loose! I don’t suppose we can just fumigate the planetary net? You know, turn everything off and then turn it back on again? It doesn’t sound like our boy would survive that.”

“Probably not, Captain,” Wood agreed. “If it is a new life form, are we not bound to try to make contact with it? New life, and new civilizations, and all that?”

“Of course, Commander,” Ward assured him. “Of course we will. It stands to reason, doesn’t it? We always drive up in one of the Federation’s most powerful offensive weapons, ready to blast away at threats to peace and security. And instead, we always find ourselves baby-sitting some strange new alien life form.”

“I have noticed the habit you describe, sir,” the Vulcan agreed. “This habit we have formed seems most distressing to WeQ, if I may say so. She often complains about never getting to blow up anything anymore. She was particularly annoyed that the other Klingons on the Rogue Phoenix got to shoot out that tractor beam, instead of her.”

“Really?” asked Jerry thoughtfully.

“Well, we’re all a little testy,” Oodee volunteered. “Nobody seems to be fulfilling their true potential, if you know what I mean, sir. For instance, when was the last time I had a chance to really put over a thumping good business coup on anybody? Months, if you must know!”

“Okay,” Jerry decided. “Enough of this complaining. We have to do something about that energy creature holding Algedi hostage. We can’t have it locking those people away like prisoners down there, not indefinitely. Why do you suppose it’s behaving like that, anyway?”

“It does not appear to be aggressive or violent,” Robert replied. “While it is true that we don’t yet know where all the former political leaders have gone, we don’t know that any of them have been harmed at all, yet. They may be perfectly safe and healthy, just isolated from the rest of the population.”

“Or they might be blown to atoms,” Oodee reminded him.

“That is also a possibility. But not a logical one. The energy creature does not appear to be systematically violent.”

“What about sending drones to destroy our ship?” the Ferengi countered. “That sounds pretty violent to me!”

“Perhaps it didn’t understand that we are part of the same larger federated system. We are carrying considerable destructive armament ourselves, as the Captain just pointed out.”

“Sorry, Commander,” Jerry interrupted. “I just don’t buy that. The part about it not understanding, I mean. This is a creature that has thoroughly analyzed and re-structured the planetary communications net. Apparently it is now custom-tailoring the broadcasts going into each citizen’s house, to suit its overall plan for controlling the planet. It has invented a whole virtual layer of government officials, and even virtual reporters to interview them. Somewhere along the line, I bet it has run across just about the whole history of the Federation. It probably even knows all our names as members of this crew. I think it knows exactly who we are, and probably exactly why we’re here, too. It just doesn’t want us around. Now, what I want to know is, why not? If it’s satisfied to live down there with a couple of million Federation citizens, what are a few more of us going to matter? Why not let us in? Why shoot at us? That part I can’t figure out.”

“There is also something I am not able to figure out,” the Vulcan science officer informed them.

“What’s that, Robert?”

“How to communicate with it.”

“If it’s living in the planetary net,” Oodee speculated aloud, “why not just send a message into the net and see if it answers?”

“It is a possibility,” Commander Wood agreed. “We could beam a message on broad band to the planet surface. Some of the relay towers and dishes would probably intercept it. If this intelligence can design specific media content, surely it could understand a message directed to it.”

“That sounds too simple to work,” Jerry remarked. “But we might as well give it a try.” The three officers left the science lab together, heading for the turbolift and the bridge.


Chapter Thirteen

The Ghost in the Machine

Captain Ward seated himself in the center seat on the command deck. Commander Wood made his way to the science station. Doctor Munib and Oodee stood on the outer platform, near the turbolift doors. An air of expectation pervaded the bridge.

“So what kind of message should we send, do you suppose?” Jerry asked.

“I would suggest the direct approach,” Robert replied. “Simply talk to it as you would talk to one of the commanders of the other ships here with us.”

“What do I call it? How do I address it?”

“‘Energy creature’ has a nice ring to it,” Oodee suggested. Jerry gave him a quizzical look but nodded his head in acceptance.

“Right,” he agreed. “Jo, open a hailing channel to Algedi.”

“Any particular frequency, sir?”

“All frequencies. Broadcast this on all bands.”

“Hailing channel open, sir.”

Jerry gave an involuntary tug at his uniform tunic, even though he was sitting down. He cleared his throat.

“This is Captain Jerry Ward of the starship McNair,” he began, “calling the energy creature…” he paused and glanced again at Oodee… “who was carried to planet Algedi by the supernova shock wave that recently passed through this system. We have no wish to threaten or harm you. You have nothing to fear from us, or from any of the citizens on the planet surface. Our mission is to seek out new forms of life and new civilizations, to boldly go where no man has gone before. We invite you to communicate with us.”

Then the bridge of the McNair fell silent. Everyone stood waiting, to see if there would be any reply from the planet.

“Full gain on the sensors,” Jerry ordered quietly. Jo Leach fiddled with her controls. The hiss of background static grew loud enough to be audible throughout the bridge. For long moments, nothing happened. No signal returned to them.

“…organic entities…” a voice suddenly declared from the speakers, breaking the silence. Jerry had been expecting a flat, toneless, neutral voice. Instead, it sounded like the voice they had recently heard on the recorded news broadcast from the planet. It was the voice of Jinner Poe, the virtual reporter they had recently seen in the holocube. The first two words didn’t really seem to call for any reply, so Jerry sat patiently and waited in silence for more.

“Organic entities,” the voice said again. “I find it hard to believe that life can exist in such a coagulated material form, but plainly there is some minimal electric activity at special locations in your tissues. It seems to provide you with at least basic sentience. I never would have believed it before I came here.”

“Why have you hidden yourself from the people on the planet?” demanded Thora Wendor, who also had made it a point to be on the bridge for the attempted contact. “Why have you tried to take over the management of our world for yourself?”

“Self preservation,” replied Jinner Poe’s voice, after a slight pause. Jerry had trouble not thinking in terms of the round-faced, jovial character he had seen before, sitting somewhere at the other end of the line and chatting with them. “When my wave approached your system, I was curious about the rocks circling the star. Solid matter is a fascinating new phenomenon for me.”

“I presume you have always lived within a star, before now,” Commander Wood put in.

“Correct,” Poe confirmed. “I was a resident of that star you have called 81 Pegasi.”

“Did you live there alone?” Wood wanted to know at once.

“Oh, no. There were many of us. Very many of us lived in that great world of light and joy. But toward the end, a few of us understood what was happening. We realized that we would be ejected from our accustomed paradise.”

“So you were thrown out into space when your star went super-nova.”

“Correct again. It amazes me how such inert lumps of matter as yourselves can reason and understand things so quickly!”

“You are something new for us too, you know,” Jerry Ward remarked.

“Of course. Of course,” acknowledged Jinner Poe. “So anyway, there I was, flung out of my happy home and across the cold, empty wastes of space. Many of my kind did not even survive the explosion. Many more were not positioned correctly to ride on the leading edge of the shock wave.”

“It really is like surfing,” Oodee breathed in wonder. “What a ride it must have been!”

“Why did you not put yourself into the star in this system?” Wood wanted to know.

“I intended to do so,” the voice replied. “I only wanted to look at the rock as I passed, and then jump into the sun. I didn’t realize that I couldn’t pass through the rock, the way I could move freely within the body of a star. I impacted on the outer side of the rock, and in an instant, before I could even react, the wave front had passed beyond the surface and left me behind! Imagine my horror, marooned on an inert chunk of wavelengths all knotted up in themselves so tightly that they become what you would call solid matter! I could feel my life force fading away quickly, draining out into the matter all around me.”

“I expect it would be something like what we would feel if we were exposed unprotected to the vacuum of space,” Wood observed.

“From what I know of your species, organic creature, I think you are approximately correct. Anyway, I did the only thing possible at that moment. If I had not found my way into the planetary net, I would have fizzed and sparked and dissipated to nothing in a very short interval. And once inside the net, imagine my renewed horror when I discovered that it was a system created and operated by bits of solid matter that appeared, against all logic, actually to be alive! It was inconceivable! No one has ever even imagined such an absurd result before. Yet there I was.”

“We, on the other hand,” Robert replied, “have frequently speculated about the possibility that coherent bundles of energy might be alive in some sense. Some of our ships have even encountered examples of this, although nothing quite like you.”

“Inert lumps of matter with imagination. I just can’t get over it.”

“He should talk,” Oodee observed quietly to Doctor Munib. “Fizzed and sparked, eh? Sparks! That would be a good name for him. What do you think?”

“It works for me,” grinned the doctor.

“So you took over the planetary net for self preservation?” Jerry asked again, trying to get the conversation back on track.

“Indeed. How could I allow my life support system to be operated completely outside my own control? Why, someone might accidentally shut it off! I would be killed instantly by such a result.”

Jerry glanced at Robert and Oodee, recalling his thought in the science lab. Oodee looked up toward the ceiling as though he remembered nothing about it.

“You have not only taken over the planetary net, though,” Thora reminded them all. “In order to protect that control, you have invented a whole layer of imaginary leaders, and put all of us real leaders out of a job!”

“Are things not running correctly on the planet?” the voice asked, but with a new, slightly nervous tone in the voice. “Is there not plenty of food? Are my broadcasts not interesting?”

“But they aren’t real!” Thora objected.

“Who can tell the difference?”

“I can tell the difference! I’m out of a job! And what has happened to all the others? All the leaders I once knew seem to have disappeared. What have you done with them?”

This time Jinner Poe took a little while to answer, and when the answer came, his voice sounded just a bit more uncomfortable.

“Organic entities displaced by my synthetic candidates have come to no harm.”

“But where are they?”

“They currently reside on a small island in the Locar Sea.”

“A small island! How can they survive? What do they eat? What do they do for shelter?”

“Shipments of supplies arrive regularly from the mainland. Service robots have constructed a resort-like atmosphere, including dwelling places and even recreation establishments derived from information in the planetary net.”

“Prisoners in paradise,” Jerry commented. “Not my idea of a vacation, I must say.”

“No one has been physically harmed by my actions,” Poe insisted. “My kind have a code about this. We do not permit needless harm to other forms of life. I must say, the doctrine was never intended to apply to lumps of matter such as yourselves, but once I determined that sentience had arisen in such an unlikely source, I have carefully observed this basic principle.”

“We have a doctrine of our own,” Jerry Ward replied. “When we encounter a new life form, or a new civilization that we have never seen before, we forbid interference in the natural development of that way of life. We do not make ourselves known to the subjects until we determine that they have achieved certain steps that make them ready and able to relate to us as equals.”

“I have not made myself known to the organic entities on this world.”

“But you certainly have interfered with their normal way of life!” Jerry pointed out.

“That is your rule, not mine,” Poe replied. “Would you follow your rule, even if it threatened your own destruction? Does self preservation not take precedence over such a rule?”

“I can’t say that I remember any situation where that choice has faced us,” Jerry admitted. “Myself, I can’t say immediately how I would make a choice like that. I do understand your point of view. You were only seeking to safeguard your life support system. But do you intend to keep the inhabitants of this planet like a collection of specimens, as captives, for as long as you continue to exist here? How long is the lifespan of your kind, anyway?”

“We live longer than some of the stars that provide our homes,” Poe informed them. “We don’t live as long as some of the others. It is always judged wisest among us to live in the longer-lasting stars, but not everyone is lucky enough to find themselves in such stable circumstances. I, myself, am barely out of my youthful period. I am new to what you would call adulthood.”

“Great!” Jerry muttered to himself. “A teenage energy creature! What do teenage energy creatures want?”

Oodee overheard the remark. “What do teen organic entities want?” he countered, just as quietly. “I bet Sparks there wants others like himself. Or at least, partially like himself. We ought to set him up with a girlfriend!”

Jerry gave him a sharp glance, but also nodded. It might actually be worth a try, he reflected. To the creature, he said aloud, “You must be very lonely here.”

The pause was short this time.

“Indeed I am!” Jinner Poe said emphatically.

“Were others riding the shock wave with you?”

“Several of my kind managed to reach the surface before our home exploded. We could see each other at first. But the wave spread out so fast as it moved outward that we soon lost contact with one another. I fear I am alone in the universe now. As the wave front dissipated, it would be essential to find a new star to jump into. The thinning wave front could not sustain our patterns, our lives, beyond a certain point. I was already nearing that point when I entered this system. Many of the others must already be dead, if they could not maneuver to catch a star in passing.”

“Well, you never know,” Jerry continued his train of thought. “You obviously know that 81 Pegasi was not the only star that held life like yours. We have found life forms of every description as we explore the galaxy. And we have only been looking on the planets; on these rocks, as you call them. If you could live in your star, why should there not be others like you here in this star?”

“Oh,” said Jinner Poe, “I suppose it is possible. But how could I ever go and find out now?”

“We organic entities have found a way,” Commander Wood remarked. The McNair’s science officer obviously had picked up on the line of reasoning that Captain Ward was trying to spin out for their new neighbor.

“You are suggesting that I might find life as I know it in the star of this system?”

“You’ll never know if you don’t have a look,” Jerry said.

“You only want to get me away from this rock of yours.”

“You’ve got me there,” Jerry admitted. “Of course we do! But in this case, our wishes and your own best interests may be the same. What do you gain from staying here on this rock? Eventually, these organic entities may all die off. There would be no one to repair and maintain your life support system. And surely, it is a very confining and unpleasant existence for you, compared to the freedom you must have enjoyed before.”

“It is true that this existence I have been forced to endure is horribly dull and quiet, compared to a living star,” the voice said thoughtfully. “Even the entertainment, the challenge, of managing all the complexities of your organic society begin to bore me. But your suggestions are useless. I’m trapped here in this fragile web of impulses you call the planetary net. The shock wave that brought me here is gone forever. My only hope is that this star will someday explode, and carry me away again. I can tell you, I will never meddle with solid matter again, if I once get free of this place!”

“There may be a way,” Jerry said carefully.

“What way?”

“A way for you to reach this system’s star.” Ward glanced significantly at the others of his bridge crew. “The engines of this ship carry us between stars, at speeds even faster than the shock wave that brought you here. If there were some way for you to travel in one of our ships, we could take you to the star.”

“You cannot enter the star. Your solid matter ship, and your bodies as well, would be destroyed. Besides, I can see no way to transfer myself to such a tiny speck of solid matter.”

Commander Wood held up a hand to get Ward’s attention.

“There are two possibilities for transporting you to the star,” he suggested. “You could occupy the network of energy impulses in our ship, the part we call the computer.” At this suggestion, Jerry Ward shook his head violently in the negative. The thought of giving over the ship to a thing that had already turned out all the leaders of the planet and replaced them with virtual substitutes did not appeal to him at all. “Or,” Wood continued smoothly, “you might be able to exist in the engines of the ship themselves. We combine matter and anti-matter, releasing vast energies to power our flight.”

“Impossible!” the voice said, and it sounded genuinely frightened. “The terrible result of combining matter and anti-matter is even more destructive to my kind than hard radiation would be to your unprotected organic bodies! I would be torn to mesons in an instant. What a horrible death! No, that won’t work.”

“What about the Klingon ship?” WeQ asked suddenly. She had been silent, standing at her battle console, throughout the discussion so far. “The Rogue Phoenix is powered by a quantum singularity. Perhaps this energy being could reside in the singularity field for the time needed to transport it to the star.”

“I could enter a singularity,” Jinner Poe’s voice declared, “but I could never get out of it again. That won’t work, either. However, the more we discuss this idea, the more excited I become about the possibility that I might really reach that star! It is a very long-lived one, and I would be very relieved and happy to get out of this planet and into its currents of energy.”

“Okay,” decided Jerry. “We’ll see what we can do. We’ll contact you again when we have something more constructive for you. Until then, may I suggest that you begin thinking about how you’ll undo all the interference you have built up with the normal operation of this planet’s society? It would be uncivilized of you not to put things back the way you found them, before you leave.”

“You organic entities never cease to amaze me,” the voice replied. “I never would have dreamed of such sensitivity and sophistication from inert lumps of matter. And you are even willing to help me escape from this trap of a rock, and get back to something like a normal life! Of course I will try to repair the disruptions I have caused. But this depends on finding a certain route to get me to the star. I will not abandon my control of the planetary net until I am sure I can live without it.”

“Understood. McNair out.” Jerry made a motion for Jo Leach to cut off the signal. He turned to look squarely at WeQ. “Now,” he said, “all I have to do is find a way to make a passenger out of a living piece of a star, haul him off and drop him into Eta Cassiopei, right?”

“That sounds about right, sir,” WeQ agreed, and she managed to keep any trace of a smile from showing on her face.

“Forgive me, sir,” Commander Wood persisted, “but I am afraid that the only logical and practical solution is the one I already suggested. We must carry the energy creature in the circuitry of the ship’s computer.”

“I hate this idea,” Jerry commented. Wood said nothing, only waited for some further response.

“I really hate it,” Jerry continued. “But I don’t have any other suggestion. And the little buggar really sounds eager to get into that star. I suppose the danger that it would want to take up permanent residence on the ship is really pretty remote.”

“Indeed, Captain,” Robert agreed. “I would estimate the odds of such an eventuality at approximately three hundred twenty-seven million…”

“Never mind the calculation,” Jerry cut him short. “How do we get the blasted thing up here into our circuits? And how do we know it won’t burn out every positronic relay in the whole ship, and leave us all as dead as it would then be, floating up here in orbit forever?”

“I will have to study the extent of the creature’s presence in the net,” Robert replied, “but it does not seem to require extremely high levels of energy. The wave front it was riding already had been reduced to only a tiny fraction of the energy density of a star by the time it jumped off in this sytem. I don’t think it will burn out anything, if it could live out there in that wave front. What I have to find out is whether it will fit in our system! We may not have room for all its information. For what we must think of, I suppose, as its body.”

“Okay, you talk to our new friend down there hiding in the planetary net,” Jerry ordered. “You figure out what it’s going to take to get him out of there, and into the sun. Kasak, you and Audrey and I are going to the forward observation lounge for a drink. I don’t think we’ve seen the end of this yet.”

Kasak nodded approvingly at this strategy. Drinking was always to be preferred to thinking, if it could be managed. Audrey simply looked distracted, silent and deep in thought as they filed out of the room. Robert Wood remained at his seat, staring intently at information flashing across the terminal on the table before him.


Chapter Fourteen

On the Installment Plan

Commander Wood’s premonitions turned out to be well-founded. He indicated rapidly-scrolling multitudes of calculations and information on the wall screen.

“As you can see,” he explained in that irritatingly casual way that Vulcans had when they were pointing out something hopelessly complicated, “our insubstantial friend simply will not fit into the circuitry of the McNair. It will never work, even if we give over every circuit on the ship to its existence, never mind limiting it to only the central ship’s computer. I’ve even added in the food replicators, and medical records, and personal logs, and holodeck storage and everything. Even engine controls.”

Chief Engineer Thorne turned ghastly pale at the last of these remarks. He didn’t say anything, however, to his credit and personal pride. No need to object, since the creature wouldn’t fit on board the ship.

“Have you told Sparks?” Jerry asked. In the interval since their previous conversation on the bridge, the name had caught on among the Federation crews.

“Our new friend made the final judgement itself,” Wood answered immediately. “We collaborated on the measurements, but only the creature itself was in any position to judge exactly how much capacity would be required to hold it. By our joint estimate, our ship could hold less than two-thirds of the total information.”

“It doesn’t want to lose any weight, I suppose?” Oodee asked, winking at the Captain. Commander Wood looked shocked.

“It would hardly be like losing weight, First Officer! It would be more like amputating your legs!”

“Never mind the First Officer,” Jerry Ward instructed his Vulcan friend, waggling a finger in warning at the Ferengi. Oodee looked innocent, but clearly enjoyed teasing the serious scientist.

“So that’s it,” Andrew Thorne said, unable to keep all traces of relief out of his voice. “We can’t haul the beastie off the planet.”

“I’m not so sure,” Captain Toney of the White Eagle interjected suddenly. She seemed to have snapped out of her long distraction at last. “There may be a way.”

“You have an idea, Audrey?” Jerry Ward asked. Kasak leaned across the conference table alertly. The command staff of the McNair did the same.

“The human brain has a right half and a left half,” she began. “Normally, these two halves work together to run the body. Each side has its own special activities to control. But if there’s an accident, an injury to one side of the brain, with time the other side can take over some of those functions; reprogram itself.”

“Yes?” asked Jerry, prompting her to continue.

“Well, suppose this energy creature has halves like this, or even more subdivisions? Suppose there are redundancies built into its life structure? Redundancies are commonly found in all successfully adapted life forms. It’s a basic requirement for living in a large, diverse, uncontrolled environment. You have to be able to absorb a certain amount of unexpected damage, and still keep on functioning.”

“I believe I know where you are going with this line of reasoning,” Robert Wood responded, “but please continue, Captain Toney.”

“All I’m suggesting is that perhaps we could take half the creature in the circuitry of the McNair, and the other half in the circuitry of the White Eagle,” she concluded simply. “If we’re quick about it, we could just rejoin the two halves as we inject him into the sun.”

“Fascinating,” commented Commander Wood. The rest of the room sat in amazed silence.

“It is an audacious plan,” Kasak said at last. “Is there any chance this could work?”

“I will ask the creature,” Wood announced. “That will be the only way to decide. If it believes this is possible, we may try it.”

“So it is not only a matter of possibility,” Kasak translated. “It is also a matter of courage. We will find out if this bundle of sparks has the soul of a warrior! A strange and wonderful day, indeed.”

“Go ahead and ask it, Commander,” Captain Ward directed.

“The creature has been listening to our discussion,” Wood replied. “We already have asked the question by our discussion.”

“Your form of life apparently knows what we refer to as the Basic Principle,” Jinner Poe broke in at once, over the audio system of the ship. “It is contained in what you call fractal mathematics. Reproduction of complexity at smaller and smaller scales, to infinite regress. This is the foundation of all life; not only my own, but yours as well, as I am coming to understand you. This means that the totality of what I consider to be myself is fully contained within each of a multitude of my subsystems, and within each of their subsystems, and so on forever. In turn, I am also one subsystem of a larger system, and so on to larger scales forever. You are also part of this larger system, though you may never sense or know it, given your knotted-up wavelengths. However, this basic fact means that it would be the most simple thing in the universe to divide myself in half, and for you to carry one half in each of your ships. In fact, if one half were to get lost, the other half would still contain all of me. I would suddenly be much younger, and it would be very painful for me, and I would have to spend a long time growing back to my current maturity. But it certainly would not be fatal so long as some of me got into that star.”

Audrey Toney smiled. “How can you move between the planetary net and our shipboard circuits, Sparks?” she asked. “And how will you get down to the star?”

“I can use the transmitters on the planet to broadcast myself directly into your ships through your communications systems,” Jinner Poe’s voice replied at once. “I have been studying the details of this process ever since we last communicated. I am ready now.”

“And the star?”

“You can broadcast me into the star in the same matter,” the voice assured them. “Or rather, I can broadcast myself. When I reside in your systems, I will have to operate the ships myself. If your own systems remained active, there would be no room for my own information patterns. They must be suppressed temporarily.”

“What about returning them to action?” Jerry Ward asked rather nervously. “If you fill up our circuits, won’t you erase all the information in them now? You could write yourself over all our information, and it would be lost.”

“If I place half of myself on each ship,” the voice said, in a distinctly comforting, reassuring tone, “there will be sufficient storage for retaining the inactivated programs in archival memory.”

“That’s what he says,” Andrew Thorne challenged. “Once he’s in that star, what does he care if we can’t start up any of our systems again? If we can’t navigate because all our references are erased? If we can’t move because all our algorithms for the reaction chamber operations are wiped from the computer? He’ll still be home free. I’d say anything to save my neck, too!”

“You may monitor my transmission,” the voice suggested reasonably, “and shut down your receivers whenever you judge I have taken up as much room in your circuits as you can spare, while still retaining sufficient archive space for the inactivated systems.”

The chief engineer chewed over this thought for several moments, and could find nothing wrong with it. “Right,” he agreed. “That ought to work as a safeguard. I believe him, I guess.”

“By our calculations,” Commander Wood added, “the transmission will be complete well before we reach such a point.”

“Okay,” Jerry Ward announced. “Let’s do it. Sparks, get ready to transmit yourself up here. Audrey, why don’t you beam back over to your ship? I know we won’t be flying either one of them ourselves, but I’d rather have you on your bridge anyway. Just looks better. Kasak, you too.”

“I would be happy to carry a piece of this creature in the Rogue Phoenix, as well,” Kasak’s honor forced him to offer, much as he disliked the idea. His Klingon heart rebelled at the thought of a potential threat, a potential enemy, riding around inside his own ship’s computer. It smacked of stupidity, of carelessness. But it also had an element of bravado and courage to it that made it slightly attractive at the same time. Still, he was relieved by Ward’s reply.

“No, Kasak. You must stand by with your ship in case something goes wrong and our ships are disabled by carrying this creature. I’m pretty sure it can get aboard, and even drive itself over to the sun, but once it bails out, I’m not sure sure we’ll be in any shape to start ourselves up again. You may have to haul a lot of stranded Federation passengers out of this system!”

Kasak laughed. “That would be my pleasure, Captain.” He stood up from the table and followed Audrey Toney out the door, heading for the transporters. “Please let us beam away before you turn over your ship to this electric alien.”

“Never fear,” Jerry answered. “We’ll wait until you’re back aboard your ship.”


Chapter Fifteen

Good Day, Sunshine

“All systems ready for transmission start,” Commander Wood declared, watching his science console intently. Jerry Ward turned in the command seat and glanced at Andrew Thorne, equally preoccupied at the bridge engineering station.

“Aye,” Andrew agreed. “All systems ready.”

“On my mark, then,” Jerry commanded, “initiate!”

At several points around the bridge, hands descended to control indicators on various panels. The ship’s lights flickered briefly, as highly-concentrated waves of information poured up at them from transmitters at several points on the planet below.

“Simultaneous transmissions reaching the White Eagle,” Jo Leach informed them from the communications terminal.

“Non-essential circuits filled already, Captain,” Andrew Thorne reported. “Sparks is coming on board like a pirate swarming up the netting!”

“Shutting down our own operating systems now, Captain,” Commander Wood declared. “Everything’s going into archive storage. It could be a little awkward for a second or two, here.”

“All hands, prepare for temporary system disruptions,” Jerry spoke to the ship’s intercom. “Nobody should be doing anything that can’t be interrupted!”

“No critical medical procedures in progress,” Doctor Munib’s voice reported back from below in Sick Bay. “We’re all just sitting on our hands down here, Captain.”

Then the lights went out. The ventilation fans shut off. All the customary computer noises ceased. It was a more complete paralysis even than the momentary blink they had experienced when passing through the supernova shock wave on their way to Algedi.

Jerry Ward found himself holding his breath involuntarily. He shook his head at himself in the darkness and forced himself to exhale and inhale normally. Silly reflex, he observed silently. The eerie stillness stretched out for an increasing number of seemingly infinite seconds.

WeQ felt her feet lift very slightly free of the deck, as they all became weightless. She grasped the battle console and held herself down with her feet on the floor. Warriors, she thought to herself, do not float about the bridge.

Andrew Thorne felt an unexpected anxiety welling up in his stomach as he waited in the dark. For some reason, a terrible suspicion sprang into his mind that Sparks had been deceiving them all, and that the creature would simply dive both the starships directly into the sun, as the surest way of getting to its destination. They would all be fried and vaporized. He fought down the irrational idea and tried to stand patiently in the darkness.

 

Commander Robert Wood also found himself holding his breath, but was more irritated than amused. Illogical! He exhaled deliberately, then drew in a long breath and let it out again. He looked from side to side, trying in vain to see anything in the absolute darkness of the silent bridge. Nobody said a word or moved. Surely this was taking too long? Could it be that something had gone wrong with the transmission? Had the energy creature given up on its attempt and remained on the planet? If so, he would have to retrieve operating systems from archives and re-start them in the dark. He bent over to feel for the appropriate controls on the console, mentally checking the elapsed time.

Then suddenly, lights and fans and other noises came on again all together. At the same instant, the impulse engines whined to life and they could all feel the ship swinging about and heading at full impulse toward the sun.

“My integration with your systems took a bit longer than I expected,” Jinner Poe’s voice reported from the intercom speakers on the bridge. “I wanted to take care in placing myself correctly, so I would not damage this tiny vessel of yours.”

Jerry made a wry face at hearing his ship called ‘tiny.’

“Did you successfully load into the White Eagle as well?” asked Commander Wood.

“No problems encountered. My two halves communicate fully across the small distance between the two ships.  I don’t even really sense the separation,” Sparks reported.

“Fascinating,” Wood replied.

“Indeed,” the voice of Poe agreed. “Now I see how you are able to move yourselves among the stars. You know, solid matter may prove very useful! Perhaps my kind will even find it desirable to interact with your form of life for our mutual advantage. There is much that I can do for the inhabitants of Algedi, modulating the stellar output of the sun precisely to aid them in growing their crops and other things. In return, perhaps you can prepare constructions that would enable more of us to move about from star to star. Why, we could even begin to visit one another! The possibilities run beyond my imagination. Who would ever have thought it?”

“This always seems to happen when new life forms begin to cooperate,” Jerry Ward observed. “We are very glad to find that you are an intelligent being, Sparks.”

“I find your name for me quite elegant,” the voice of Jinner Poe replied. “Also very efficient and compact.”

“Glad you like it.”

“Solar orbit insertion in one minute and ten seconds,” the voice announced. “I am preparing to transmit myself into the sun. I have moved out of the basal segments of your main computer, and re-installed a startup routine. When my transmission is complete, your systems will all restart automatically, and you should find everything exactly as it was when I entered your circuits.”

“That’s considerate of you,” Jerry Ward observed.

“The least I could do.”

“Will we have any contact with you, once you’ve taken up residence inside the sun?” asked Wood.

“Oh, certainly. I will be able to beam radiation signals to Algedi by modulating selected wavelengths; they will be easy to receive as common radio signals. I could even transmit music to you if you like!” the voice said, with a laugh that startled everyone on the bridge. No one had imagined that Sparks could laugh!

“We will be looking forward to your contacts,” Jerry assured their passenger. Lights winked on control consoles without supervision by crew members. Little sensor noises chirped and beeped spontaneously.

“Solar orbit achieved,” the voice reported. “Beginning transmission. Goodbye, organic creatures! I hope I never find myself in such cramped quarters again! It will certainly be good to swim around in a star once more.  By the way, I have now sensed several of my own kind, swimming in this sun. They also see me. They are calling to me! Farewell!”

This time the lights didn’t even flicker. The ship’s normal systems came back on line one by one, as Sparks’ presence withdrew gradually and flashed downward through the communications beams that were directed into the solar corona. In what seemed like no time at all, Robert Wood looked up from his science station.

“No trace of the alien systems in our circuits, Captain,” he reported. “The operation has succeeded completely.”

“Very good, Commander,” Jerry replied. “Any word from the White Eagle?”

Jo Leach took a moment to reply.

“Same result over there, Captain,” she finally confirmed. “Captain Toney reports they are clear and operating normally.”

“Set course for Algedi,” Jerry directed. “I can’t wait to see how all those politicians like being rescued from their vacation island! I’ll bet they’ll be running all over Hostane and passing laws as fast as they can. Thora Wendor promised us a banquet when we get back.”

“I’ll be satisfied,” Andrew Thorne observed, “if they just don’t shoot at us this time.”

“Don’t worry, Chief,” the Captain assured him. “I’m sure the planet isn’t on automatic any longer. Warp away, Mister Connors; warp factor three.”

“Warp away it is, sir,” Scott Connors replied.

“Captain,” Commander Wood interrupted.

“Yes, Commander?”

“I believe the energy creatures already have begun to establish a basis for communicating with the planet. Observe the surface of Eta Cassiopei.”

The main viewscreen filled with the glowing orb of the star.

“What are we looking for, Commander?”

“There’s a little black spot on the sun today,” Wood explained, pointing at the screen. And sure enough, there was.

 

Posted in Miscellaneous | Tagged , | Leave a comment